Home

SERVICE MANUAL

1. 8 0J0S0J9vO 9 0 0 2 0 20 890 2201890 evs 2960 A 6206 69 God Gro 20650 600 9 00 2062 0 v 00 20 0 I T g Q om 27 2 010 E N U 22 220 HH e 4 on N 2 t o e N 9 EAH EA o C 2 990 2 67070 510810 aeAsXLeo 910 249 820 SOfZ VO LEO 910020 990 G0 osofovo 0000 305 REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM PULSE MOTOR 1 VALVE 1 VALVE 4 PULSE MOTOR TE2 CONDENSER RIGHT SIDE CONDENSER LEFT SIDE HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR PLUG FUSIBLE n TANK LIQUID LOW PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH SV3C PRESSURE SWITCH
2. ZH09 ZHOS 2 3 yanal mama Aiddns T ees s I9SPEZL IZ 11957 Je Uleoenn 1 ype EEE erect Ho 198 6 1 vee 8 Loa aos cou Joop lob bae MD TUS M M M iQ oe TE x Bz x yun Ei RN VN T qun ____ 00808 a xa THM 8 5 08800 2 Bee 6 wa 1 5 JOO OO Ql 1 1 Kd 9712 eunssejd 54 917678 1 AWd IEEE 4 ania NA ONG Mud MOTI3A HA N3349 NYO IHM AWAD ANO 10 09 YOM 38014 Sd 2081081
3. High igh pressure sensor I 5 6 High pressure sensor Low pressure sensor Unit Unit transferring oil Header unit 1604 receiving oil Follower unit 1204 TO i m TA i D gy PMV2 i is 8 P i i 4 TE2 i EE E N i F i PMV2 uP 4 way valve N i 1 PMV1 4 way valve _ 8 Low P pes 5 2 Low pressure sensor i eene TL SVD3 i sv2 5 _ o4 o4 S gt MI 94 Liquid tank W ON Liquid tank Accumulator 4 5 b SV43 TDi HPs HPS TD3 IHES 5 O8 _ LL jen 1 Liquid pipe f Gas
4. 0890 evs 0890 T 4 10890 GLO zokeo 070510 ScOf6L0 EVO 800 60 700 0390 800 270 700 z0Yozo R00 270 700 600 CJ Y 20 9 9 9 N TWAS o o o CA NE NN Hi Z tl H m o o H e e 2 OO 990 190 6r0 2 70 8201670 990 1 20 9 0 249 9 09 8 0 150 0 GSAS 180 910 020 990 8 0 0 lt 0 9 0 9000 8 0 050 9 0 8 0 6 0 9 0 010 24300 316 REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM PULSE MOTOR 1 VALVE 1 VALVE 4 PULSE MOTOR TE2 CONDENSER RIGHT SIDE CONDENSER LEFT SIDE HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR PLUG FUSIBLE n TANK LIQUID LOW PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH SV3C PRESSURE SWITCH LIQUID LINE VALVE SERVICE SERVICE VALVE PACKED E VALVE CAPILLARY SENSOR 2WAY TUBE VALVE JOINT STRAINER TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTOR 317 Part No Description Q ty Set MMY MAP0804 HT7P MAP1004 HT7P MAP1204 HT7P MAP1404 HT7P
5. Remote Header unit Figure controller 7 segment Miswiring example status display Header unit Header unit No U3 U4 05 U6 Fig 1 E19 00 response 01 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2 L I I 1 Header unit Follower unit No U1 U2 U5 06 U1 U2 U5 U6 Fig 2 E19 02 p response 4 U1 U2 U1 U2 L I Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Line 1 Line 2 No U1 U2 01 02 U1 U2 05 06 0102 0102 Fig 3 E20 01 response y yd py NAE U1 02 U1 U2 01 U2 01 92 U1U2 0102 Lt L I 1 Figure Status Miswiring example The number of connected outdoor units is too few Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit 01 02 03104 U1 U2 U5 U6 Fig 4 4 NK U1 U2 7 A U3 04 11192 01192 0112 01 02 U1 U2 U1 U2 14 1 L The number of connected indoor units is too few Header unit Follower unit 01 02 01 02 Fig 5 Wiring forgotten U1 02 A B U1 U2 01102 1 L 1 140 7 6 Test Operation Check 7 6 1 Fan Check START Check code appears Push the Start Stop button on the remote controller Check code appears Select the Fan operating mode Is air discharged from the discharge p
6. 01 Filter sign lighting time Depending on Type 02 Filter pollution leve 0000 standard 03 Central control address 0099 Not determined 06 Heating suction temperature shift 0002 2 Floor standing type 0 Od Existence of automatic COOL HEAT mode 0001 No auto mode cooling heating Automatically selection Cooling only 0000 Heat pump guider 10 Type Depending on model type 11 Indoor unit capacity Depending on capacity type 12 System address 0099 Not determined 13 Indoor unit address 0099 Not determined 14 Group address 0099 Not determined 19 Louver type wind direction adjustment Depending on Type Temperature range of cooling heating 0003 3 deg Ts 1 5 automatic SW control point 28 Power failure automatic recovery 0000 None 32 Sensor SW Selection of static pressure 0000 Body sensor 5d High ceiling select 0000 Standard 60 Timer setting wired remote controller 0000 Available FO Swing mode 0001 Standard F1 Louver fixing position Flap No 1 0000 Not fixed 4 way type only F2 Louver fixing position Flap No 2 0000 Not fixed 4 way type only F3 Louver fixing position Flap No 3 0000 Not fixed 4 way type only F4 Louver fixing position Flap No 4 0000 Not fixed 4 way type only Type Indoor unit capacity Cod
7. 602 TTT oR 014 281 131 OL aJ 51 a1 02 702 1 VOL a1 704 1 704 LLZ TAT ATTA Re 504 214 321 Part No Description Q ty Set MMY MAP0804 HT7P MAP1004 HT7P MAP1204 HT7P MAP1404 HT7P MAP1604 HT7P 43T50347 SENSOR ASSY SERVICE 4 4 4 5 5 43T95303 SUPPORTER ASSY 43T50348 SENSOR TD F6 43T60437 TERMINAL 4 43 58316 43 58317 REACTOR CH 55 REACTOR CH 79 43T60423 TERMINAL 6 43T52317 CONTACTOR MAGNETIC 43T60436 TERMINAL 6 43T95301 SUPORT SPACER _ _ 43 95302 SPACER EDGE A o 43T6V372 PC BOARD ASSY NOISE FILTER MCC 1608 43T6V373 PC BOARD ASSY INTERFACE MCC 1606 43T6V371 PC BOARD ASSY FAN IPDU MCC 1610 43T6V374 PC BOARD ASSY COMP IPDU MCC 1596 43T50345 THERMISTOR PTC 43T96307 43T96306 BUSHING COLLAR 43T55
8. gt 2 9 o Nd 711 LN o e 990 20 9 O LYO 6vOJZvO 2 0 8 0 vOJvVO 8 0J6v0J9vO 820 270 GSAS 820080970 810670570 990 6 0 8 0 8 0 050 9 0 8 0J0S0J9vO 120 010 2420 294 REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM PULSE MOTOR VALVE 4 PULSE MOTOR FAN M gt MOTOR FAN CONDENSER RIGHT SIDE E im m CONDENSER LEFT SIDE M 4 VALVE 4WAY lt gt HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR XO gt SV3D SBPARATOR V v SENSOR HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH SV3C PRESSURE SWITCH LOW PRESSURE LI
9. control or main 2 5 remote controller Sub code Timer Ready display e Indoor remote controller periodic COMMunication from remote controller or network E03 e communication adaptor has been lost so has central control communication Indoor outdoor periodic 204 e e communication error Signals are not being received from outdoor unit E08 E08 Duplicated indoor address e e Duplicated indoor address Indoor unit detects address identical to its own E10 _ Indoor inter MCU communication MCU communication between main controller and e error motor microcontroller is faulty Error in periodic communication mE Periodic communication between indoor header E18 e between indoor header and follower unit and follower units cannot be maintained _ Indoor heat exchanger Heat exchanger temperature sensor TCJ has Fo 9 e temperature sensor TCJ error been open short circuited _ Indoor heat exchanger Heat exchanger temperature sensor TC2 has e T temperature sensor TC2 error been open short circuited ES _ Indoor heat exchanger Heat exchanger temperature sensor TC1 has e T temperature sensor TC1 error been open short circuited _ _ Ambient temperature sensor Ambient temperature sensor TA has been open Pag e
10. p 1019 Josues 1176 ANd Z Jo eoi deg L ON LOEND ZAIWd 00 NO LAWd 510109 05 ON uonoeuuoo J012euuo L lewu ANd 51 c peuedo sapis pinbij pue seb jo doles aL dwa epoo 9 epoo 1091100 pue einjeJ4 sued pasoj Ajeuuou SI MS 4 55 1 LL 701 GAS YAS ZAS una pous are yeay 100pino 100pu exouo ANd 100pino 100pu J00pino Jo0pu 10 19 JOSUAS MS eunsseid uBi CAFO NOD 1 peuedo 51 ewou MS eunsseid yBiy sued MS einsseid uBiu seog Jossaidwiog 0 g Jossaidwod 20 403591909 210 epoo qns MS einsseid uBiu 1043 epoo vod 9 preoq 1 Y98949 ij
11. Hi i 2 Balance pipe m Liquid pipe Gas pipe Gas pipe 4 Liquid pipe CC I Indoor unit High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant LLL Evaporative gas refrigerant low pressure gas Normal refrigerant line Note The header unit is the outdoor unit to which the indoor outdoor communication The diagram shows a 28 HP system line is connected All other outdoor units are called follower units 16 HP 12 HP as an example 64 4 4 Emergency Operation Cooling Operation under Header Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario Leakage from PMV Liquid side service valve Full closure gt Liquid tank Header unit MMY MAP1604 4 Way valve gt Pressure sensor high pressure S TD2 ups compressor Balance pipe Set Up as Temporary Failure Header Unit during Emergency Operation Bm Follower unit MMY MAP 1604 Pressure sensor low pressure Y SJ Accumulator Liquid pipe Gas side service valve Balance pipe packed valve Full closure Full opening Liquid pipe Gas pipe 4 Way valve
12. 07 09 SW10 ON ON ON mm mm mm 1234 1234 1234 SW12 SW13 SW14 ON ON ON mm mm mm 1234 1234 1234 1234 SW16 SW17 ON ON m m mm 1234 1234 This is the end of cooling season outdoor unit backup operation setting 245 UNIT REFRIGERANT RECOVERY METHOD 10 1 Refrigerant Recovery from Failed Outdoor Unit Pump Down This product supports refrigerant pump down a function which allows refrigerant to be recovered from an outdoor unit in need of repair using a normal outdoor unit in a system featuring multiple outdoor units 10 1 1 Note for refrigerant recovery operation When performing pump down operation take note of the following matters Note 1 The pump down refrigerant recovery rate changes with outside temperature and other factors After pump down is completed recover any residual gas using a refrigerant recovery device etc and be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant The refrigerant recovery rate can be improved by heating the accumulator of the outdoor unit to be repaired during pump down operation Note 2 If pump down has been performed the system cannot be operated until the faulty outdoor unit is repaired Continued operation would be impossible due to a refrigerant overcharge Note 3 If outdoor PMVs 1 and 2 both happen to be faulty unable t
13. CAS 205095 251 3EAS TS JOSUOS CICAS eunssaJd 9AS 208095 31 205095 01 10889491105 108391909 apis 30014 F i A A 10889191105 MS Josues ead c MS eunsseJd Jojejnuinoov JoSUes 701 Josues 0 LMS aunssosd LVAS 9A E CVAS SAIEA EVAS 52 2 6 Parts Layout in Inverter Assembly Outdoor Unit 8 10 12HP Model MMY MAPO0804 MAP1004 MAP1204 Inverter P C board for fan Interface P C board Fan IPDU Outdoor control P C board MCC 1610 MCC 1606 je EF Im Noise Filter P C board MCC 1608 Power supply sg terminal block Relay connector for central control Communication terminal block Magnet switch Inverter P C Board for Inverter P C Board for Compressor 2 Compressor 1 A3 IPDU A3 IPDU MCC 1596 MCC 1596 52 Outdoor Unit 14 16HP Model MMY MAP1404 MAP1604 Inverter P C board for fan Fan IPDU MCC 1610 Interface P C board Outdoor control P C board MCC 1606 Noise Filter P C board MCC 1608 Power supply terminal block Relay connector for central control Communication terminal block Magnet switch Inverter P C boar
14. o Se 4 C M Fan motor Right side Or T Main heat exchanger 18 1 PMV1 Sub heat exchanger at right side Left side Main heat exchanger Z Check valve Sub heat exchanger at left side Check valve oe 4 way valve High pressure sensor Low pressure sensor v Ht TL SV3D L Oil separator Fusible PIS vA SV41 SV 4 Accumulator Liquid tank 3 d SV3C x High pressure gn D Switch pressure High pressure Switch Compressor Compressor 1 3 4 Inverter Inverter TK2 s fi Oil header SV3F Sid Du Check valve SV3B EH Led Check valve V A Liquid side Gas side Balance pipe 3 gt packed valve service packed valve v 2 E Solenoid Capillary Check Check joint Strainer Temperature Distributor valve tube valve sensor 59 Explanation of Functional Parts Functional part name Functional outline Connector CN321 White 1 Supplies oil reserved in the oil header during ON time SV3B Connector CN321 White 1 Returns oil supplied in the balance pipe to the compressor SV3C Connector CN321
15. jueoDujei Joopu aly amp ou ZHAS SI Z amp A 99U09 sjioo SPAS PU ZPAS LAS 91V E PAS Aem p uBnoiu epis uonons oj ssed q se6 ewou eouejsiseJ JOSU S ord 4 6 Apog p 09 2 uonoeuuoo 10290000 ewou ANd Joopino S Zpouado in sepis pinbiy pue jo B0IMaS eq dwa eBieuosiq 81 9 10 202 Awa episino 10 suosees AU SS 10 9 06 SI SL JPeuJON 103 9 LSL 10 202 1euiuns 10 suosees eu ui SS 10 2 0 S L31 JI 103 9 3 eue gt eunjejeduiej Josues 3 lt z c0MS 4 1 20 5 L L0MS Josues 51 zi coMs 9 ZOMS L LOMS 4 1 Buruuni eui jo LIL pu 51 2949 2949 uBnouu epis uonons ssed q se uone1edo uesa 1S9 y 10090 OU ZSNO uosues 11 OZSNO 205095 31 SOSNO 206098 LSL uonoeuuoo J0 9euuoo 199407 5 Josueg 6 8 uo sonsuejoe1euo Josuas
16. NO AO c xXoeuo uoneJedo JO Joopur se uons snjejs JO indui 2945 LZNO Jejonuoo eq 1046 euondo c peyoeuuoo 10 uonoe jo Aejdsip 10419 euondo Jo 10 Sumos 99 feuondo 440 eq ynejap Hope Jeyipiunu peuondo u3 1 7114 jndurjoue 20 NOO AZLOG indui SjsisJed uomnipuoo Jeuonipuoo sinus pue 051 159 L 08NO BIA JO esn Jeueej NO qindinouej 9 o1nv 1epun v3 uonejedo jeuonipuoo 1epun 10 7009 uone1edo NO indino BuljooD NO 1055 NO NO jndino NO sowy peisoJjep NO qindino Bunsojgeq z NOO AZLOG O9NO 1i
17. N33H9 NHO HOUND Zt OND mw mo amo 8 Jest 5 a LJ WOA ENO 23 MMY MAP1404 and MAP1604 Models di NMOM8 NH8 UOUMS did vLMS ELMS ZLMSLLMS jo roo OLMS 60MS 20MS 90MS uoyws uoyng usnd SLMS S0MS 0 6 9651 09 yams Aejod 0MS Z0MS LOMS y9v18 19 L9AS EPAS ZvAS loo 2 LpAS JEAS 3EAS QEAS SLIHWIHM 124115 105552965 O AS 8EAS VEAS ZAS 2048152 joejoud 1ue uno usns gY uoneorpur 1005 qns JOJO esind vAWd E esind ZAWd LAWd MOT JOSU S eJnsseJd Sd s 5 E eas be BEAS ZAS E WAS ES 5 ER 25 5 5 ES 10 Gesn ms i EE 5 1 JO JOJOe9M NO TZINO 1 LIWO 1 S 194294 eseo L 4 4 444 4 Jojeou oseo Josseduioo CH3lV3H LH3lVv3H D 100W W4 A0SZ 0054 de ue esn4 019 290 me NOSZ WE OL 04 204 103 E L OR 78 4914 SION esn4 8091 99 N0SC V 9 L 204 104 L esn4 9091 99 om
18. 252 11 REPLACING COMPRESSORS 253 11 1 Compressor Replacement Procedure 253 11 2 Replacement of 0 6 1 254 11 3 Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor Shortage 259 12 OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS REPLACEMENT METHODS 262 13 P C BOARD EXCHANGE 5 275 13 1 Replacement of Indoor P C Boards 275 13 2 Replacement of Outdoor P C 1 282 13 2 1 List of service P C 282 13 2 2 Configuration of inverter assembly 282 13 2 3 Interface board MCC 1606 replacement method 283 13 2 4 Comp IPDU P C Board MCC 1596 Replacement Procedure 284 13 2 5 Fan IPDU P C Board MCC 1610 Replacement Procedure 286 13 2 6 Noise Filter P C Board MCC 1608 B Replacement Procedure 287 14 EXPLODED DIAGRAM PARTS LIST 290 SAFETY CAUTION Please read carefully through these instructions that contain important information which complies with the Machinery Di
19. 4 110 6 8 4 External master ON OFF Control 110 6 8 5 Night operation sound reduction 111 6 8 6 Operation Mode Selection 112 6 8 7 Error Operation Output 113 6 8 8 Compressor Operation 114 6 8 9 Operating Rate 115 7 hESTOPERATION s SR a kem 116 7 1 Procedure and Summary of Test Operation 116 7 2 Check Items before Test Operation before 117 7 3 Check at Main 4 121 1 4 Address Setup oasis meer baw titty Wa eee eee 122 7 451 PreCautions s TU ERR REIN AA IS a 122 7 4 2 Address Setup and Check 122 7 4 3 Address Setup 123 7 4 4 Check after Address Setup when Central Control System Is Connected 136 7 5 Troubleshooting in Test 137 7 5 1 A Check Code is Displayed the Remote
20. 43T95302 SPACER EDGE A o 43T6V372 PC BOARD ASSY NOISE FILTER MCC 1608 43T6V373 PC BOARD ASSY INTERFACE MCC 1606 43T6V371 PC BOARD ASSY FAN IPDU MCC 1610 43T6V374 PC BOARD ASSY COMP IPDU MCC 1596 43T50345 THERMISTOR PTC 43T96307 43T96306 BUSHING COLLAR wll 43T55360 FILTER LINE 311 SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT MMY MAPO0804HT7P MMY MAP1004HT7P MMY MAP1204HT7P 312 VAS 720 920 6101820 0 0610 600 200 690710 990 8201090970 SAS ZZO 9ZO 740 6000 Z10 ec0 600 820 870 150 0 790 ZAS ZZ0 8 10 990 SEAS ZZO 8 LO GEAS 720 810 990 610 5 5 9 0 120 990 050 DEAS 720 810 ye Ag 220 810 790 8 0 9 0 0 0 820 87 313 REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM FAN MOTOR FAN CONDENSER C ora RIGHT SIDE E TO C CONDENSER E LEFT SIDE 085 K SV5 REDUCER BG
21. No Function Outline Setup Release 7 segment display Cooling test Changes the mode of all the Setup Section A Section B operation connected indoor units collectively Set SW01 SW02 SW03 to 2 5 1 and C C to cooling test operation press SW04 for 2 seconds or more 1 Note Release Control operation same as usual Return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 1 1 test operation from remote control is performed Heating test Changes the mode of all the Setup Section A Section B operation connected indoor units collectively Set SW01 SW02 SW03 to 2 6 1 and H to heating test operation press SW04 for 2 seconds or more 2 Note Release Control operation same as usual Return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 1 I test operation from remote control is performed Batch start Starts all the connected indoor Setup Section A Section B units collectively Set SW01 SW02 SW08 to 2 7 1 and C H 11 Note press SW04 for 2 seconds or more TR The contents follow to the setup Release ee on Section B fors 3 of remote controller Return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 Batch stop Stops all the connected indoor Setup Section A Section B units collectively Set SW01 SWO02 SWO3 to 2 7 1 and C H 00 for 2 seconds or more 00 is displayed Section B for 5 Return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 Individual Starts the specified indoor unit Setup Section A Section B start Notes Set SW01 to
22. high pressure Y TS1 Pressure sensor low pressure t 8 17 60 Accumulator 5 43 751 HPS 702 ups TK4 Compressor i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i MM NN NN NENNEN gt TC2 Te Indoor unit High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant LL Evaporative gas refrigerant low pressure gas lt Normal refrigerant line 4 Refrigerant recovery line Note The header unit is the outdoor unit to which the indoor outdoor communication line is connected All other outdoor units are called follower units The diagram shows a 32 HP system 16 HP 16 HP as an example 65 4 5 Emergency Operation Heating Operation under Header Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario Leakage from PMV Liquid side service valve Full closure Liquid tank TE2 Header unit MMY MAP1604 4 Way valve r Pressure sensor high pressure 47 HPS Compressor 2 Balance pipe Set Up as Temporary Header Unit during Failure Emergency Operation Pressure sensor low pressure M
23. 1591 e yeys pue Ajddns jesoy Josues eunssed 46 jo sonsuejoeeuo adas uoneJedo eAnoejoud eunsseJd uDip oZd asneg epoo 2 205095 POL 10 ZOL preoq O d Joopul i euuou POL pue 201 Josuas 400pjno uonounj Buum 1991109 pue 49949 sejqeo jo exouo oua 02 GAS poq ANd eoe deg sued sued Ayney Buisn 1 49949 Aue Y ijeuuou pue uonoeuuoo S Jo Jesuepuoo uonoeuuoo 1 aBeyeaig edid 1ueJeyip spun Aue aly ynoulo uous BuibBojo JeBueuoxe H 1934 L utun Joopul jo jo Aue S ijeuuou edid NPLA S AWd 1 51 amp e1eledo Ajpewuou Joopur Buneeu seog
24. jo 2 FE AE AE YEAS aseo 105 9 e ur Yea 20 yea 525 40 449 108095 SM O1 SIOSUOS GYL O LM JO uone ejsurstul 40 BULIMSI oui e ut pasoj sedid jo SALA 10 2 09 ZAL pue Jo 1 9 0 e aye aseo siy ul Uonipuoo jueiqure JO uonipuoo eui yo eBexee eui x2euo eq epoo xXoeuo epoo peiepisuoo 51 10 jo zou seop 10 10 epis iepuooes j Ip 1 LH Aeidsip GEAS uo uim pue 6 ZOMS dn 195 e e10UJ 10 2 JO POMS pue 07 77 77 LH Aejdsip e 1 2 0 20 L0MS dn jes s un e GEAS 101 5 ped
25. sued loquAs 30 1 2 8 Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type AP0244H APO274H AP0364H and APO484H MMD AP0184H Models 12015 Sd ureiq ING 4 esnj JOJO AWd ureJq 200 JO OW 4 LOOAY feje1 jojuoo Z00 SOOAY Josues dwa 20119 Josuas duiej joopu VL JeuuoJsueJ uL Joyoedeo JOjOUJ syed NM 00 00 Ede Te ed 280NO L80NO IHM lt 1oXaP 408039 IHM o plos NHO uondo HM 090NO 84M ma L8hOd V GINW 40 PaM ZH09 10 09 de H 10 einsseJd oneijs episjno eui esneoeq eunsseJd ed 79 eb yew moue y Aq pajeoipul peaj y pue eui JO 10 09 peaj pue ON euru eui xoeuo ye episino eui ueuM
26. LOL E 019051 poio ana 9915 Aogz mI 4 9NO oo no ono ater 66 ve 9L AA asn4 esnj 1 100pu JO1OJA IHM OOA 2 00000 221 veno KLX Xe NA 42 29 1 2 7 Concealed Duct Standard Type 6 series Models MMD AP0076BH APOO96BH APO126BH APO156BH 186 0246 AP0276BH APO306BH AP0366BH APO486BH APOS66BH Joy jeubis O d 1 eu punoJB uonoejoJd y A E In 3 1 uo 40129uuoo 1 uonoeuuoo sejeoipui o SN
27. LIQUID LINE VALVE SERVICE SERVICE VALVE PACKED E VALVE CAPILLARY SENSOR 2WAY TUBE VALVE JOINT STRAINER TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTOR 306 Part No Description Q ty Set MMY MAP0804 T8P MAP1004 T8P MAP1204 T8P MAP1404 T8P MAP1604 43T20333 FAN PROPELLER 1 43719354 CABINET AIR OUTLET 1 43T00624 CABINET ASSY AIR INLET FRONT 43T00619 CABINET AIR INLET BACK 43T00625 CABINET ASSY AIR INLET FRONT 43 00621 43 41458 CABINET AIR INLET BACK COMPRESSOR RA421A3FB 20MD 43T63345 SWITCH PRESSURE 43 57303 HEATER CASE 29W 240V 43T57304 HEATER CASE 55W 240V 43720336 MOTOR FAN DC280V 43746392 VALVE BALL SBV JA5GTC 1 43 46391 VALVE PACKED 9 52 _ 0 0 43746390 VALVE PACKED 12 7 43746393 VALVE BALL 25 4 43746403 COIL SOLENOID AC220V 240 50HZ 43746408 VALVE 2WAY 43746407 COIL PMV 43T46410 VALVE 2WAY 43 46411 VALVE 2WAY 43146395 VALVE CHECK 43146396 VALVE CHECK 43T46394 VALVE PMV 43746412 VALVE 2WAY 43T46405 COIL VALVE 2WAY 2 22 43748306
28. 0 Ajddns eu jo 4 10 Jemod pejoejep sod epoo 207 L 09IN O d Y29949 AS 8 pue AS pue 0 sayenjony yey os spueu Ajmojs pue EEND pue NO 10 uonipuoo 20 L OOW O d UO JO S pue 191591 enseajA euis 6499109 jeubis Jo 70302 01 S eq Pinoys eouejsised peuous peuedo peel jou S e UOHISOd 1 jo eauejsiseJ Z 2097 9d J0joUu UO PEEND J0j9euuoo O d uo BOND Jo 5 1 jo AOPS OZz S 9194 1090 9N Je 0 epis JOJOW je 10 WOL PINOYS S g pue jou 51 9000451591 S USE 0191 jonp pejeeouoo pue pue duind
29. adid 15080102 502 01 08 204 01 GLOd V edA Bue 50 0 0 xoiddy edA Aem 506 01 02 xoiddy 9s0dv o1 9 0dv 04 01 0 xoiddy 0504 01 8L0dY 07001 01 OZ Xo1ddy GLOdV 0 Z00d V edA Aem z GOS 01 GE xouddy 9504 01 9 0dV 001 01 04 0504 01 00d V edA ayesado Pinoys enjeA ipeuous peuedo pee pay oi pee urep seoq s pee 9 peer eiu peer peer jou 1 jeuuou pJeoq 1 Y09949 Ajddns s 216 Od 1 EEEND JOJOW 10joui JO epis ye aseyd aourjsisal o spuey Buruan Buum 198100 pue x2eu ewou S uaym eqno nom MS seog L OOW O d 100 uo EEEND 5 2071 0 preoq Od 00 VEENI ECENO uogoeuuoo 1019euuoo 12909 Jojoeuuoo uo uonpeuuoosip uonoeuuoo 1994
30. H uun jo jo Aue S E Dd 100pino S E0EN9 PANA LOEND 2 T LAWd S1010euuo Apo t 100pino uonoeuuoo 10j9euuo 2 sued sued Ajnej p1eoq O d 4 49940 pue Z peiopisuoo SI 103 9 ainssaid jo ue e z pue JI oL O d 4 1 10 9 OL Aejdsip uo ejdsip ainssaig 72 yoayD ainssaid Aq eunssejg einjreJ sued uedo LL edid JO JO 701 p1e0q O d 4 1 J00pinO 6 GAS 8 YAS 4 ZAS 9 1eeu 100pino 100pu 6 ANd 100pino 100pu 10119 72 10149 108095 L oN uoroeuuoo ANd 1 S 7 16 Aue eJeui S Zayeiado Aj euuoU 100pino uone1edo uoseas 0
31. 137 7 5 2 Operation from the indoor remote controller is not accepted and a check code is displayed on the 7 segment display of the interface PC board of the header unit 138 7 6 7 5 3 There is no display of a check code on the 7 segment display on the interface PC board of the header unit although there is indoor unit that is not accepting operation from the indoor remote controller 138 7 5 4 n checking the number of connected outdoor units and connected indoor units after address setup a lower number of connected units is displayed There are outdoor indoor units that do not operate a test operation 139 Test Operation Check e OEA eee t FCR ce a 141 4 621 Fan Check zo ERES ae e 141 7 6 2 Single cooling Single heating Test Operation 142 2 7 7 Service Support 146 7 7 1 Check Function for Connecting of Refrigerant and Control Lines 146 7 7 2 Function to Start Stop ON OFF Indoor Unit from Outdoor 148 7 7 3 Error Clearing 1 153 7 7 4 Remote Controller Distinction 155 7 7 5 Pulse Motor Valve PMV
32. ejqeaydde jon ndu eol 208095 19 20 L OOW O d MHOMLAN IY Jo 9562 ul jeuondo Jejpojuoo 0 02 Lor L 0OW poq O d uonoeuuoo uonounJ 1 11212 2 ZNO Ae dsiq 1 Ae dsiq umas uonounJ suun 2 dn ejduiis pall eoeyiejur uonoeuuoo L Joopu 90 1 way Cassette YH Type Floor Standing Type Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type Floor Standing Concealed Type Floor Standing Cabinet Type Fresh Air Intake Type gt 49 1 04 U09 ejduis e oi pejoeuuoo eq ejnpeuos v jun euo eq Ajuo ueo uonoeuuoo 4J9pouJ L 941 palesu 5 uonoeuuoo L jl sun 7 0 dn 1 eq ued 8 oi dN 2 2809 01 2809 0 2 022 OL 21 05 en 2n 11210
33. Japeay pal jeuondo e eyiejur uonoeuuoo L Joopu MHOMLAN IV 10 9562 ul jeuondo Jejpojjuoo 10 jequeg 85 6 1 2 When Wireless Remote Controller Kit Connected New 4 way Cassette Type MMU AP 4HP jun uo ul eq ueo eoeyejur uonoeuuoo 1 941 S SSO9J8JIM 2 pej eisul S uonoeuuoo 7 0 dn peioeuuoo eq ueo 8 0 yun 991108 121 J9MOd yo seawes yun JOOpINO 991108 1 y seawes ZHO09 Aoze OL ZHOS AOvc 0cc OL 201106 amod en in Joopino 1oopu en IAN 0002 1V3H Joyow ueJ 1009 NO sowy mop oydu pugs 4089 uogeounuuuoo uopezuonpu s sna m uoneedo uy anssesd 21815 YBiy yonp pateaouoo o JeuuoJsueJ 105095 now 105095 19 Ms Uonounj eza LNW A ddns LOpL OOW Jamo MS uonejedo d juoneotuntuuoo __ poq oueD19U3 sowy
34. 20 epoo qng DuiBBojo 5 10419 Mejide 499u2 1 72 JO 1019 eAnoejep ZAL siu JOSUBS zy Jo O Bulwog 10119 N9110 UONOS SP 948 IIO eui Bumoesoi sayy enjex eouejsisoJ 105095 LL JO ay 4510505 SALPALEALZAL EAL uo 203 9 ZAL JOU S 91H 9 20H epoo jo 0 1 JELAS d y O d 4 1 49940 410119 ON JEANS JO Y99049 10119 ON 51 yay 10 uomezipenb 10 jo BuibBojo e Seu 10 dwa episino senunuoo J peye1edo sey 10sseJduioo Jaye saynuiw 01 xoidde 10sues 0949 epoo xoeuo eui jo ejorue oj L JON JELAS jeureng T pejepisuoo si 4 jo sey einje1eduje apis no j yewxosdde
35. S ijeuuou jo 3994109 1 1053219109 0 z 10sse1duio 20 1055 2 10 epoo qns Joue Dd 1040 4055919109 uonoeuuoo Z 400pino 410119 0 5611 0 9 2 epoo xXoeuo 2242 221 eui JO e dsip YOSYO ou eJeu sdois pue 10119 Leal jo yun eui 807 10 207 1207 1203 jo jeuuouqe si dnoi6 eui jeujouy 10419 dnoJ5 J0JJ0 JOOPU esneo 1048 Josse1duio 10119 405591909 eoe deg 10119 405591909 se pue 1284100 pue 40119 nadrev 2 109 10 99UUO9 9JIM 71 xXoeuo 2 einjre4 O d NAdl EY X98949 p u do 0 S 2970 120 sI jou pun eui ileuuou pue uo
36. uoneuBejs Jo esneo Bui66019 yo Io SANLA AAS eA e ASAS e s 1 juejeAmnbo esu jou eui ul 6 SEAS 10 epis Arepuodas einyejeduie syun j00pino JUM 6 71 DH Aeidsip 465 EAS OSAS uo um pue 8 ZOMS dn 195 e owes y ui 10 Spuooes Z JO VOMS usnd 100pino je jo OEAS LH Aejdsip 2 c 1 2 60 20 10 6 dn 19 s 100pino YEAS 42 5 10 4oeuo I GML pue PHL EML LML siosues jou seop 3 AS 1091 0 o e0 z0 Lo0MS eui an Aq abide SI FAS Jo apisyno juejeAinbe j 10 oe Iun jo jo YEU FEAS 10 epis iepuooes y ye edid y xoeuo seinurui eeAes 20
37. 31 1 2 9 Slim Duct TYDE i oie wade ROS ERREUR ee 33 1 2 10 Slim Duct Type 024 27 34 1 2 T1 Ceiling EVpe nak ther renean ed dd eden a 35 1 2 12 High Wall Type 4MH 36 1 2 13 High Wall 37 1 2 14 Floor Standing Cabinet 38 1 2 15 Floor Standing Concealed Type 39 1 2 16 Floor Standing Type 40 1 2 17 Air to Air Heat Exchanger with DX Coil Unit 41 1 2 18 Fresh Air Intake Indoor 45 2 Parts Rating 26 6c esses xy oe ci WO ROCA 47 2 1 Outdoor Unit 50Hz model 4 8 47 2 2 Outdoor Unit 60Hz model MMY MAP AHTT P 48 2 3 Outdoor Inverter 50Hz model 4 8 49 2 4 Outdoor Inverter 60Hz model 4 7 50 2 5 Parts Layout in Outdoor 51 2 6 Parts Layout in Inver
38. d n 090900 090000 H NI OV 38 ANd NH o d ereorpur 2276 2 94 044409 JOJOW Ue 700 500 DA oguoo 3ONYUO MI jonuoo 2008 So uexoJq pue Z Jequunu BU episur 1e 10437 EeuruJe eui Sejeoipu L LOOAY AVHO 1 2 15 Floor Standing Concealed Type MML AP0074BH AP0094BH APO124BH APO154BH 184 and AP0244BH Models Josues 101 MOVv 18 Josues 1o0pu YL ania ZHO9 MOTI3A 13A ZHOS 072 022 J WJOJSULJIL HL fi eseud Joyoedeo Buruund 3LIHM IHM aeyonuoo amod 1852 10 0W UP IHM Z 0NO IHM 090 0 180NO 27 LY 27 19X4 PY Nd 2 O0LNO e Top ona mg Z80N9 2990090 6008000000 0t L DOIN 2d 05
39. This compressor is driven with a 4 pole motor The value of the compressor frequency rps measured with a clamp meter at the compressor lead line is two times the rotation count rps of the compressor Each compressor may have a different frequency as a measure against resonance The temperature of the indoor heat exchanger TC indicates TCJ sensor temperature when cooling and TC2 sensor temperature when heating respectively 2 Criteria for operating pressure Operating mode Cooling Heating Indoor temperature 18 32 15 32 Outdoor temperature 25 35 5 35 High pressure MPa 2 0 3 3 2 5 3 3 Low pressure MPa 0 5 0 9 0 5 0 7 Criteria after 15 minutes or more has passed since operating started 3 On rotations of outdoor fans Outdoor fans may rotate slowly to control pressure when cooling with low outer air temperature or heating with excessive load For control content also refer to items in Section 5 Control Outline Outdoor Unit Outdoor Fan Control 145 7 7 Service Support Function 7 7 1 Check Function for Connecting of Refrigerant and Control Lines This function is provided to check misconnection of the refrigerant pipes and the control transmission line Wiring over lines between indoor unit and outdoor unit by using the switch on the interface P C board of the header unit However be sure to check the following items p
40. sesu opis 26 5 10 OEAS OU ui jou eBexee DEAS DEAS eDexeo qL yy s eunjejeduje J 9u 2 DEAS epis JO uoneJedo Jay e Jaye 1591 e eS UA pue DEAS JO aye A ddns 1ewod au e O AS 10 9 YEAS YEAS OU sin290 pastes si J y 1 YEAS epis 4 eui 12940 e Jaye 159 5 ueuj pue YEAS JO 1012euuoo A ddns 1ewod y jo e 104 YEAS 10 4oeuo piouejos uo pue 1 uoneJedo pes pue jddns 1esei Any edid eouejeq uedo Any Joopjno Jo edid ooue eq aly 5 nouo
41. 10 104405 p1eoq o d 72 apis eui uexoJq pue Psyop vc Jequunu eu sejeoipul episul YOO O jeuruue eui L 1 eur 1 105 0261 2011 qns uondo gt lt lt 1 ORT enema 1 4 41 IHM Ajddns N 40j9euuo2 A 2 yee yun 40 09 9S 4 ZHO9 022 ZHOS 0 2 022 ejbuis jddns samog 100puj 40 1 2 17 Air to Air Heat Exchanger with DX Coil Uni MMD VNK502HEXEx 802 MMD VNK1002HEXE MMD VNK1002HEXE2 uondo ral Xuld EIM EM y 100p no pue NN E y 40 ueemjeq e 154 zal xuld YBIH pue enx3 Ts E u91MS 1 sjuese1doeJ 5 5 r pies 9 ZH 09 A 022 n e ZH 08 A 0 2 022 peu oov e
42. 120 7 3 Check at Main Power on After turning on the main power of the indoor units and outdoor unit in the refrigerant line to conduct a test operation check the following items in each outdoor and indoor unit After turning on the main power be sure to check in order indoor unit outdoor unit Check on the outdoor unit 1 Check that all the rotary switches SW01 5 02 SWO3 on the interface PC board of the header unit are set to 1 2 If another check code is displayed on the 7 segment display B remove the cause of the problem referring to Section 8 TROUBLESHOOTING 3 Check that LO8 is displayed on the 7 segment display B on the interface PC board of the header unit 108 Indoor address not set up If the address setup operation has already been completed during servicing etc the above check code is not displayed and only U1 is displayed on the 7 segment display A Interface PC board 9 099303 021007 Se 04 SWO5 5 15 8 Push switches 1 O i D600 D601 D602 0603 0604 7 segment display 7 segment display A B 01 02 03 8 4 8 Rotary switches Check on the indoor unit 1 Display check on the remote controller in the case of a wired remote controller
43. 02 uonoes uonoes 105495 Indu yeod uonezuoiupuls 1V3H 1009 NO sowy L uj indino jeu is diy 5 ubt 92 030 JON p Ajuo ed uoneoiunuiuoo sues 201 6 0 8H 1 105095 101 Je o3u09 SSejoM 108095 WL nouas 1 jddns E07 1 0OIN pueog O d 1 Joopu A ddns Ajddns Ex ZNO youms Bumes uonounJ 021 2 02 1 Keidsiq 1 Keidsiq suun z dn ejduiis pal reuondo eoeuejur uonoeuuoo MHOMLAN IV 10 9525 uj jeuoydo 1 jequeg Joopu 91 t Board 1570 4 way Cassette Type MMU AP 4HP ircui Indoor Printed C 6 2 MS 1ueusnipe Duijieo ubIH ASOG AGO LZNO AZLO 49219 L NO yun S4 10 NANO ASO
44. 230 8 9 Sensor 234 8 10 Pressure Sensor Output 237 9 BACKUP OPERATION EMERGENCY OPERATION ccs cht oie ete tage ew Pee chine eed 239 9 1 Note for Backup Operation 2 239 9 2 Compressor Backup Operation 0 240 9 3 Outdoor Unit Backup Operation 0 241 9 3 1 Follower outdoor unit backup operation setting failure of follower outdoor unit 241 9 3 2 Header outdoor unit backup operation setting failure of header outdoor unit 243 9 4 Cooling Season Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting 245 10 OUTDOOR UNIT REFRIGERANT RECOVERY METHOD 246 10 1 Refrigerant Recovery from Failed Outdoor Unit 246 10 1 1 Note for refrigerant recovery 246 10 1 2 Refrigerant recovery procedure A Case of no outdoor unit backup operation setting 246 10 1 3 Refrigerant recovery procedure B Case of outdoor unit backup operation 249 10 2 How to Operate System While Failed Outdoor Unit Being 251 10 3 Work procedure after
45. c 13 epoo epoo einje4 Jo3uoo 100pul esiou uonipuoo amod yoouD uo Aue si SNOW 100pul 10110 Joopul ueewjeq gt fora asneg epoo epoo O d xoeuo sseJppe 1e jojuoo 2919101009 49M0lJO 19410 991 S dn jas pue y se euo dn 195 Jejjonuoo pereordnp si jepeeu jo Jepeeu 603 epoo 9 A ddns samod Jaye dn jeg esiou amp 99Jnos BSIOU OU 3134 51 jddns nooo Jaye ureBe dn jes einjrej amod e 195 AIM JOMOd 1291102 M je Mod jo Aue S 609 409 iun 400pino sapeay JO p1eoq 24 J uo JO uoipeuuoo 1994102 LOND 10 uonosuuoo O d Joopur uo 201290002 JO uonoeuuoo 1294409 Jo uonoeuuoo s
46. einjre4 24 Jooput 4249 Sseppe 49049 196 41901100 dH SHUN Joopui jo dnjes 1 ureBe jewod eui uo uo peuin win iun Joopul jo Jo siemod asy Y29049 1991409 ojoeuuoo 10 ON gt io 16 uun 100pur PNI YOOUD Jo 9o q 1 20 jo uonoeuuoo 1291102 jo uonoeuuoosip Aue S dn 125 o JOOP NO jo dnyoeq s OJIM jIun 19 ut ejouje1 1991109 1 spun pejoeuuoo jo 10 4 00 epoo qns y puo eq 8 pue Jepeeu 9 pue Japeay eral epoo yoy epoo poujeui dnjes sseuppe eui Burwoj oj seul ay uee eq uonoeuuoo eu jeujoue Joopul ue gt 20 Jjeujoue ui 1 ue 5 0 epoo qng pejoeuuoo si jeujoue ul
47. 724 and AP0964H Models 02 961 2 NHO Bumes 1 261 2 69 19 8 A0SZ 70011 ue4 200 5008 Josues duie 621221121 Josues 100pu VL 5 ul Joyoedeo Buluuny IHM IHM sued ZHO9 022 ZHOS 0 2 022 eseud Ajddns melds Quee yun ON ul Suneseud Seis uea eunt 052 VO OLL zd 258 o ady N0SZ Wout Pue Pesolo 22 1 ey Pay 080NO mua 001 0 180 0 0 ZOLND 0t1 99IN yun 100pu 104 Od 1 3 rol vL 0 0 ig na IHW LOND pod ou an pieoq 9d qns undo _ Jeydepy iomon yovga 1d EY d ama 12214 1080
48. ou ueuM jeuuou jun pL pue 21 eouejsisei pue jo dyes 1991105 idi uolo diges 9p ON 3302 dnas eui xoeuo 28 1e onuoo per e Sseippe epoo qng epis 1e Jo11e uonoeuuoo Joopino 1oopu 72 dnjes eouejsisel 10119 gt reuiu pue 71 uoneoiunuuduloo epoo you 103 ereordnp sesseippe joopul 803 X99u pue EN LN Jo dnjeg sseJppy 2 2 01 jo uo uin uonoeuuoo 1012euuoo 1oeuuoosiq dn jas 5101090009 pue en Ln spun 20 Joopino pue 1oopur 10 epoo qns 20 epoo qns Jo DuisseJppe spun jo Burssejppe Bunes 72 10 epoo qns 1ue1eDuje1 Buissejppe spun jo Bursseuppe 71 10119 5 ssoeJppe
49. 40 dnjes peioeiep spun Joopul 10 euo e se s yun uo pefeldsip epoo xoeuo siu L Qu uo Auoud JOOpU Joud JO spun 607 reg aero tn dnas ssaippy 1949H eoe deg eu dn jes ay O d Jo0pino eoejdeg O d 100put Y09949 9N BU 19902 pue pryen Fen suogoeuuoo 5 198 002 1 S 211 dnjes i dnies sseuppe yh L 21 9poo i d S eui 1204002 1 njes jo sesseJppe eui YOOYD sseJppe yun Joopul sesseippe 100pino jo dnjes 707 HUN ue s y ue Sisixe y 401 epoo epoo epoo 2 dnas y eBueuo Aoud JOOpU euo Sy e dnjes sseuppy 0 sesseupp
50. O d 4 1 Joopino 2 40419 Je Mod JOOPING episino 100put episino ay jndur jeuuouqy JO 490 jou S OLONO Jo uonoeuuoosip JO 10119 OU S OY peddinbe sjapow au 104 Joopu epoo eureu epoo Od 100pino A ddns 100pino jo Aue S 213 19410 157 epooxoeuo epoo Jewwouge esneo ayeiado episino 4 amp 08NO 10j9euuoo episino S episino JOOPU Ul 027 epoo 309409 eoejdeu 109 JO uomejeisur 1201107 em p Anjey pjeoq O d NAdI EY 10949 eui eyeurun3 LOEND 2 O0 NO S10j9euuot edid 400pino jueieDujeu ay pue edid ou Y92949
51. 0 SW07 09 SW10 ON ON ON swi2 SW13 81 14 ON ON ON mm m 1234 1234 1234 SW17 ON mm 1234 SWO06 Three compressor model Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Factory default setting OFF OFF OFF When compressor No 1 front left is faulty ON OFF OFF OFF When compressor No 2 front center is faulty OFF ON OFF OFF When compressor No 3 front right is faulty OFF OFF ON OFF SWO06 Two compressor model Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Factory default setting OFF OFF OFF OFF When compressor No 1 front left is faulty ON OFF OFF OFF When compressor No 2 front right is faulty OFF ON OFF OFF 8 Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system This is the end of compressor backup operation setting 240 9 3 Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting Outline This product allows outdoor unit backup operation setting to be performed either at the header unit or a follower unit If any of the fault modes specified below occurs to one of the outdoor units in a multi outdoor unit system proceed with outdoor unit backup operation A compressor failure e g a layer short circuit or a compressor failure in which no compressor is available to back up the faulty compressor e A failure of a pressure sensor Pd or Ps or a temperature sensor TD1 TD2 TS1
52. 0sues uonel ejsur 4991109 108095 201 S NJLA 15 JO 10119 OSU Jo uonoeuuoosiul 201 405 5 epoo 0 epoo 0 TZOH epoo xoeuo jo ejorue eioN T x99uo jo uonounjpeui 10 eqn 1 jo jo 2 e eBueuo sey 40 dwa Ajayewixosdde eJnjejeduie JI peje1edo sey 10sse1duioo aye sejnuiu 01 xo1dde 10sues zy 0940 1 O d 4 X09940 ON L 30N JEANS 10 eui 2940 ON 208 e H L1 80 20 10MS Aejdsip jueuiBes uo 10sues e dsiq T ped 10 1009 uoneiedo 1581 e Josueg 6 8 uo Josuas 295 10419 JOSUBS Pal SESNO SL VESNO HAL E SNO EAL ueoib ZESNO ZAL LESNO XL 1291102 Josues jo uonejeisur 1281102 94 y uorneuBejs
53. H06 VF Activation of low pressure protection All stop Low pressure Ps sensor detects operating pressure lower than 0 02MPa Check service valves to confirm full opening both gas and liquid sides Check outdoor PMVs for clogging PMV1 2 Check for defect in SV2 or SV4 circuits Check for defect in low pressure Ps sensor Check indoor filter for clogging Check valve opening status of indoor PMV Check refrigerant piping for clogging Check operation of outdoor fan during heating Check for insufficiency in refrigerant quantity MG CTT Magnet contactor 1 Total shutdown in case of header unit Continued operation in case of follower unit 181 Check code Main remote controller Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition s Check items locations H07 H07 VF Low oil level protection All stop Operating compressor detects continuous state of low oil level for about 2 hours All outdoor units in corresponding line to be checked Check balance pipe service valve to confirm full opening Check connection and installation of TK1 TK2 TK4 and TK5 sensors Check resistance characteristics of TK1 TK2 TK4 and TK5 sensors Check for gas or oil leak in same line Check for refrigerant entra
54. Header unit X Central A B Follower unit Header unit A B Follower unit Header unit remote controller Relay connector Individual Group Indoor units automatic setting Line system address 1 1 2 3 Indoor unit address 1 1 1 Group address 0 1 0 NCAUTION Relay connector connection Never connect relay connectors between the U1 U2 and U3 U4 terminals before completing address setting of all the refrigerant lines Otherwise the addresses cannot be set correctly 127 Manual address setup from the remote controller With indoor wiring work completed and outdoor wiring work not done in cases where indoor unit addresses are decided in advance from the wired remote controller or in cases where addresses are change after address setup Wiring example for 2 refrigerant lines Remote controller group control In the above example where remote controllers are not yet wired set the address manually after individually connecting the wired remote controller Wiring during manual address setup Si a t inr i 1 Remote 1 Remote controller controller controller controller controle E at After address setup return to the original wiring over remote controllers Group address Individual 0000 In cas
55. Sold separately position is connected to terminal block when change to static pressure Exchange the lead wire of arrow 2 pisition after the terminal number as figure and lead wire s color of fan motor G amp Y Terminal block No R WHI Y G Fan motor wiring Color Identification ED RED WHITE YELLOW BLUE BLACK RY GRAY NK PINK RN ORANGE RW BROWN amp Y GREEN amp YELLOW EL LU LK F1 Low static pressure tap Blue 50 60Hz F2 Intermediate static pressure tap Orange 50 60Hz At shipment from factory F3 High static pressure tap Bkack 50 60Hz F4 45 Models MMD AP0721HFE MMD AP0961HFE WHI Aer RED Surge absorber Option WHI RED Surge absorber Fan CNOS30 CN104 CN102 CN101 CN100 CN103 RED YEL RED BLK 007 L JUL FS PNL 77 5 0 RED ERG CN304 GRY 2117009 002 4 001 1 Control P C Board
56. uoneounuuoo O d onoeuuoo pJeoq 208095 OLS L OOW O d 10 9 soja 9 V jeuondo uonoeuuoo Hi yun uogeounuuo2 1 1 3 MHOMLAN IV 10 9520 jeuondo Jejpojjuoo Jouoo jequeg 86 Compact 4 way Cassette Type 1 way Cassette SH Type 2 way Cassette Type Ceiling Type Concealed Duct Standard Type Slim Duct Type High Wall Type zH09 022 01 ZHOS 2 022 L qun 95 1105 400pinO en in yun oopino ioopu 1o0pino zn 190nos C in S anos 19 200 1009 NO sowy jroo pdu eub De uoneoiunuuuoo uonezuoiupufs sna a uj IS 90 4 propus po eeouoo 95 7 pem D 904 eunssaid ayers yBly yonp oj 90821008 jon indui 12014 posues 251 105095 Bunes young Addns amog Jo seo uj Losues 191 jeuondo Muonouna Leer ess boa 1A Ajddns LNW yog 1071 95
57. uee15 08NO 19X3 jnaur 10119 ANd AZLOG ureiq ASO Hari MS 12014 AGO LNO 105095 LOL ASO P2 ZOLNO Josues FOL ASO wolleA pOLNO 105095 VL LOLNO 105095 ZOL AcLOG FAO LOSMS 9 9 jndino jeuondo eJ1u92 uuno 100p1no I00pu peJ eora eoinos 1ewod 1ej o3u09 eyoueH y0e q Z9NO 1 Losa SUUM ESEND 431 921006 se ue ddns jeuondo SUUM OLSNO 2 JoAno UoneoiunuJuJoo Joopino Joopu 9A LONO enig OLL VH Je oujuoo 18 O 3u09 92 MCC 1402 Compact 4 way Cassette Type 1 way Cassette SH Type 2 way Cassette Type Ceiling Type Concealed Duct Standard Type Slim Duct Type High Wall Type JOSUaS yL 10 10 MHO dsid dnyoeq 100
58. 43 Ae dsip 1ueuiBes 7 JO Spuooes 10 usnd pue 1 91 2 jepeeu jo preoq O d UO EOMS ZOMS LOMS 19S rd 4 1 40940 n eee anes sjepoui dH 91 10 p4 SIPO dH 21 20 OL 8 ulysixe Z pue L ON snadr ev asuodse uinje1 Jou op sadi Ue aNd suid s pue v 1841 eseo y uj AS 1000 uj jueujeJnsee syun doua preoq Dd O d 5 1 009ND 4oopino uid pue 0 12905 ee suid g SOT Sn Aoopjno 4 by i Jo uonoeuuoo 1981102 gui 4048 O d 4 1 O d 5 1 uo 009NO pue usamjaq uonoejjep 9194 1 198 Ajddns uo n Od a d pue ueewjeq uoeorunuuuoo dnyoeq 1 uoneiedo Joopino jo dnies Buung yes ueuj pue eui p1eoq O d 5 1 pue 40j9euuoo JO uonoeuuoo 1291102 fadi peusis pun 1 jo ss
59. sejnutu uun y ui 5 e ay xoeuo e px y ur 2 peJepisuoo s 10 BuiBBojo dn jou seop ainyesadwia e lo 1 LH Aeidsip 2 aapea OAS uo uini pue 8 ZOMS dn 195 10 spuooes Z 10 OMS LH Aejdsip 2 e 1 2 0 Z0 LOMS dn jes s 1 OLAS JO Heyes y L x99uo jou 1I 10 AJLA Jo epis v 1 Aeidsip YEAS uo pue 9 ZOMS dn 195 e 10 Z JO VOMS usnd pue LH Aejdsip c 1 2 0 Z0 LOMS dn s GJUM YEAS 10 waysAs 100pino ejdnjnuu 404 e spun JO piouajos 10 Y29949 2 206 p1eoq Dd 5 1 49949 10149 ON epoo eui jo ejorue OY 19jeu L JON 1 aron anen JESAS 3 AS X
60. O d nadrev S uonejedo ui euuouqy peunooo 10119 105591900 wayshs 1055 2 72 Sey uononpuog doys 10 04 624 JOOPINO L LOH 10119 pJeoq O d 100pu 10119 49410 JOOPU asneg epoo epoo 1 115 9 guano jo eBueuo ueppns euin Buunp peaj JosseJdujoo Jo juan E n adrevoroeuo spueu yono dois 10 Buunp eseo z Burueis Jo jeuuouqe pue punos Jo eoueisIX3 BUMO 98UD 10119 1055919109 ewou 1osse1duuoo S eseo 2 spes uogeiedo 45 JosseJdujoo lewiou lays ut ueia uja 09409 indino jejeou eseo 51 ou S JO BOD jeuuouqy LLO OW JO OUS 10949 1LO ONN Jo uoneedo uonoeuuoo 5 2 119 9 eBueuox3 Buum 10 O d 4 uo uonoeuuoo uonoeuuoo 1019euuoo 1991107 EY 10 5 Sues 1055914109 Jeujo
61. 1 Power supply terminal block JXO 6004 AC600V 75A 4P 2 Relay terminal block for reactor JXO 6B AC250V 20A 6P O O 3 Communication terminal block JXO B2H or no more than DC42V 1A 6P 4 Reactor For comp CH 79 5 8mH 16A 5 Reactor For fan CH 55 5 8mH 14A 6 board Noise filter MCC 1608 7 Line filter 2 71MH AC400V 35A 8 P C board I F board MCC 1606 000100 9 P C board IPDU for Comp MCC 1596 10 Fuse MCC 1596 GAC1 31 5A 31 5A AC500V P C Board 11 Comp motor drive IPM MCC 1596 MCC 1596 25A DC1200V P C Board Oo olololo PS22A76 12 P C Board IPDU for fan MCC 1610 13 Fuse MCC 1610 GDT250V15A 15A AC250V 14 Fan motor drive IPM MCC 1610 FSBB20CH60C 20A DC600V 15 Magnet switch 60Hz FC 1S AC200 220V thermistor MZ32 13A AC500V 19 101RMARDO1E de 17 Pipe temp sensor TD 30 135 Ambient temp range 18 Pipe temp sensor TS 20 C 80 C Ambient temp range 19 Heat exchanger temp sensor TE 20 80 Ambient temp range 20 Outside temp sensor TO 20 80 Ambient temp range 21 Oil temp sensor TK 30 C 135 C Ambient temp range 22 Liquid temp sensor TL 20
62. 224 2 Display of Outdoor Unit Information Displayed on Each Outdoor Unit SWO01 02 5 03 Display detail Error data A Outdoor unit No U1 to 04 B Check code only latest one displayed If there is no check code is displayed If there is sub code check code and sub code are displayed alternately for 3 seconds and 1 second respectively lt SW04 gt push SW function Fan operation at outdoor unit with error 7 segment display section A E 1 lt SW04 SW05 gt push SW function Fan operation at outdoor unit without error 7 segment display section A SWO05 push SW function Fan operation function check mode is cancelled 2 Operation mode A Stop 3 Normal cooling C Normal heating Normal defrosting J Outdoor unit HP capacity A 8 10HP 10 12HP 12 4 14HP 14 16HP 16 Compressor operation command Operation data of each compressor is displayed in turn in 2 second intervals If compressor No does not exist is displayed Normal Compressor speed rps is displayed in decimal format 5 7 segment display C1 C2 C3 gt lt SW04 gt push SW function Switches to display of operating current decimal value 7 segment display i1
63. In the figure the contact indicates a status that the card is taken out PO Indoor control P C board Power supply Outside contact Card switch box etc Procured locally Note Determine the cable length between the indoor control P C board and the relay within 2m Power peak cut from indoor unit When the relay is turned on a forced thermostat OFF operation starts Wiring example Relay procured locally CN73 Note Determine the cable length between the indoor or outdoor control P C board and the relay within 2m mA 2 plug RED Relay coil signal Indoor control P C board 103 6 7 Applied control for Outdoor Unit The outdoor fan high static pressure support and priority operation mode setting cooling heating number of units or priority indoor unit functions are made available by setting relevant switches provided on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit 6 7 1 Outdoor Fan High Static Pressure Shift Purpose characteristics This function is used when connecting a duct to the discharge port of an outdoor unit as part of for example unit installation on the floor by floor installation Setup Turn ON the DIP switch SW10 Bit 2 provided on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit This function must be enabled with every discharge duct connected outdoor unit for both of the header a
64. jun 1o0pinQ ees ON 40410 JOSUBS 10119 JOSU LLENO 100 uonoeuuoo 1981105 40119 159 pejs pue 5 aui amp s1ojoeuuoo Josues 11 pue 131 151 219 Siosuas 1 pue 3 416110 eouejsisa1 10 sonsuojoe1euo t euuou sJosues Sq pue Jo indino 109 S ON pejoejeq epoo qns uonoeuuoosiui 108095 71 108095 JL 2019 105095 4 105095 2019 JOSUAS 3 10sues 9172 eM p 61 epoo epoo Jo uonoeuuoosip 02 nou PAS Jo uonoeuuoosip 109 ssed q ZAS euuouge eBexeeiq edid edid JO ijeuuou PAS SI ijeuuou ssed q ZAS SI uous
65. pue 1 941 4 10449 Y29049 y uo uoissiusuei 203 epoo spun pues uonejedo 1se S Z Aue pue 9je asiou 5 OWA 01 OPN p1eoq O d UO 1oeuuoo pue 791109 SI 400pino pue 100pui JO uonoeuuoo yoyo sseippe dn jas dnjes eouejsise1 pue y 1994107 uonoeuuoo 10 98uuoo 1294107 jIun J9 ul 1994107 pun jo uo Joue dnjes sseippy pue ueeMjeq uo Joa dnjes eouejsise1 euruuej pug JO0pjno pue Jo 72 uo Jo JeMOg L 01 1 1 104 12 preoq O d Joopul Y09949 949 esiou ou 3134 S ipreoq O d uo 204 0 samod 41001100 dnjes sseppe S iJeuuou
66. 10 2euuoo 72 SHUN J00pjno 10116 uonpoeuuoo jIun 19jU eoe deg O d 5 1 100pino 49949 6 219 eoinos esiou ou S i290 samod 197 1 OEMS uo spun eouejsis9 peua pue eyo 1oopino Jo jou jeuuou p1eoq O d 5 1 100pino UO END JO uonoeuuoo ou aay s 5 ues 223 YO9YD epoo eui dojs 0 S0MS sues Jo eoueunooo enp peddois eui jo eu 1epeeu e dsip y uo peAejdsip s 823 121 uonipuoo 10 puooes 10 POMS 10449 YOIYM Joopino eui Ajloads MOH epoo eui 40 pue eu jo 274 4 uo uo epoo eui ees uo peunooo UY ON Hun Joopino pojoejeq epoo qns 100pjno uo 2 seu 10113 10419 04 823 eureu epoo 9 epoo 9
67. A3 IPDU1 2 and 3 are each provided with a TH sensor Connected to A3 IPDU the high pressure SW is normally closed e Other points to note gt 1 Cooling operation under low outside temperature conditions 1 If pressure falls to extremely low levels indoor units may be shut down via freeze prevention control based on the indoor TC sensor 2 If pressure falls to extremely low levels frequency may be reduced via cooling capacity control 3 When the discharge temperature sensor reading falls below 60 C the frequency may be increased above the level called for by the command received from the indoor unit 2 PMV Pulse Motor Valve 1 When the power is turned on PMVs generate a tapping sound as they are initialized If this sound is not heard there is a possibility of faulty PMV operation However in a noisy environment it may simply be drowned out by ambient noise 2 Do not separate the actuator head section from any PMV during operation It may result in an inaccurate opening 3 When transporting relocating the set do not under any circumstances keep the actuator separated It may damage the valve by causing it to close and exposing it to pressure from sealed liquid 4 When reattaching the actuator after its removal push it in firmly until a click sound is heard Then turn the power off and back on again Schematic diagram for oil equation control
68. ERs 55 mau 0 o voda 2094 098 0094 OENO mus f UHWTTENO 900 SLMS SOMS v MS LENO ow Yaz O0SNO L0SNO ELSNO INS tezi Os ZINS yezi hs in Z1 NO 88091 09IN ep U EJ gt d Jeuondo 10 1 WMINSO or MOOON OL LENO V8091 99N aue xs LIII ES ANE ZH09 dil UNE 08 ZHOS 9815 Alddns 43MOd yooq 9An2910Jd 590514 Jno dn s jeuondo eu jo duind 1 2817181 42019 jo e uo 2 30019 euwe L 04002 9014 jeuiuue zal 5 Jamod xoojq LaL uorons josues duis edi 151 205095 duis OL Josues dwe pinbr1 VIL Josues duiej O SAL PAL EAL ZAL LAL Josues zal lal Josuas edid O MS ZLMS 9LMS O d 1934 SION WO
69. 0 pejoeuuoo ued g 6 YOUMS EOI Jo J0joeuuoo OEOND uwap e ueuM 7 O d 227 ye y pue 72 equinu euro eui sejeoipur episul Jeu eui SIPU Q ul O SL OOIN Od qns XEK XH ARRAK ue4 990 Oo lt lt gt lt S 159 LA gt N BA HM L90NO 92039 IHM VZ0NO IHM ZE0NO jddns 2 09 022 ZHOS 0 lt jddns 105 yeg Joopu C Jojoeuuoo WY pue vl A 1567 G3H IHM d 3 AIX I pua ye peso HAUS i lt lt yun jo0pino ja ka 90 SOND 21 Lorl oow Eu UE uondo Joidepe na M S yun Jojoejes 4 16 uL Dd Jonuoo
70. 15949 10449 10sues 1891 epoo 3141 1055919105 0 10sse1dui02 20 105594900 0 epoo qns 10sues 10 149 105095 HL eral eureu epoo xoeuo epoo 4 J00pino eoejdai jJeuuou 8 1005 SONSHO OBIEYD 105095 6 8 uo 105095 400p1nO 995 eoueisiseJ 10sues pue OYUM SOSNO Josues LSL 01 JO uonoeuuoo 10 JO JOSUAS LSL JO uoug uedo uoroejep epoo slu 10sues 15 10119 JOSUBS SL esne2 epoo 9 epoo 2 Joopul Jeuuou SI 10sues Sonsuejoe1eu2 JOSUSS 6 8 uo SonsuejoeJeuo 10suas 400pu BBS eouejsisai1 JOSUAS JO sonsuejoe1euo pue POLNO 40Sues YL 1012euuoo JO 10 JO uonoeuuoosip x29u2 40sues y JO uoug uedo uonoejep epoo SIUL uoug uedo Josuas 10SU S V JOODU 014 epoo xoeuo epoo 4 J00pino eoejdai jeuuou si 1osues SONSHO OBIEYD 105095 6 8 uo 105095 jun 20
71. Jojo pue uonoeuuoo J0j9euuoo JO Josseidwoo 128410 1081102 409 O d nadr ev 5 uis yeay eui 104 jo p 10149 10113 5 1 eBeyoA L pyeoq Od nadrev X09949 yonp yeay ou s ipeuesoo xuis pue 8 smaios 1 S lewiou 51 960 FFASLY 08 215 ijeuuou eBeyoA 105 20 10sseJduio 20 4 2033919109 10 10419 40d 95 epoo LLO DI Jo uone1edo 2942 LLO ONN Jo Buum uonoeuuoo x29u2 9je 5 peuesoo ou YOOUD pjeoq O d 4 J00pino jo YOBYD jun eui eui 4 eui jo eseud y 2940 10 uo 1eueAur jeuuouqy 50 2 10sse1duio uo jeuuouqy 20 ZAS Jredotj 10 uo jeuuouqy 10 S einjrej 1 1044 00 epoo qns uo Joopyno eu
72. 2 Motor base 3 Discharge cabinet anchor plate Heat exchanger right 5 Waterproof board between left and right heat exchangers 3 6 Brazed joints 2 locations on header side D 1d RECO Pull heat exchanger out of rear end Left side heat exchanger is pulled out of front end 265 No Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Inverter assembly NWARNING Wear a pair of gloves Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object 1 Detachment 1 Stop the air conditioner operation and turn off the circuit breaker 2 Remove the inverter cover M4 x 10 2 pcs 3 Remove the wiring e g the power supply wire compressor leads coils sensors and heaters 4 Steps only applicable to a 14 16HP unit Remove the reactor lead cover M4 x 10 1 pc Remove the screws securing the box M4 x 10 1 pc Detach the reactor leads 6 terminal block bolts and 2 faston connectors 5 Remove the screws securing the box M5 x 10 1 pc each for top and bottom In the case of a 14 16HP unit M5 x 10 1 pc for top and 2 pcs for bottom 6 Disengage the hook by gently pressing down the locking lever with your finger The lower part of the box moves forward 7 Hold the top board with both hands to disengage the top
73. Earth fault It is normal if the winding to outdoor cabinet resistance is 10MQ or more Inter winding short circuit It is normal if the phase to phase resistances are in the 0 6 1 0Q range Use a digital multimeter Y How to Check Outdoor Fan Motor 1 Turn off the power supply 2 Remove fan motor leads from the IPDU P C board for the outdoor fan CN703 CN705 3 Rotate the fan by hand If the fan does not turn the fan motor is faulty locked up Replace the fan motor If the fan turns measure the phase to phase winding resistances using a multimeter It is normal if the measurements are in the 1 14 1 700 range Use a digital multimeter eoe deg 129Jeq Od 1 0 euo eoe deg 129Jeq preoq 100put i19lonuoo jowal Jepeeu oym OM dnies xouddy speuruuel gy s YNIT OOL 10 eui uo epoo eui SI S Se ejouieJ eui peieorpur jou s 203 epoo 941 pue 4e o 4u09 y 2249 ureBe samod uo
74. N339 NYO 18 2 18 MOTT3A THA 3LIHM IHM day uoneoipu 10109 o O VL EUILUS eu 910 959 peusep poys peusep eys y ejeorpui LOL 621 1 o ZH09 022 Rex ow Ed 7H0S 072 022 rin EE lg ee 1 ae an I 05 D vog aam US T ICE A SPEI xxr sd Seco uo mu cc E x EXE 4 7 1 d pe yun 1098 88 st Gi Rad ove ee Keay awe eal ds s actas vec des Rak RE gia RAS ER ESSA L gt Rol ue ow ow wo 2 VUL yun L A p BENE essere eese eee RA IHM e 5 PS RV s AMA 204 Pus eye et ter K tomos xeu NEU ORIENT yal FTG ee
75. Wa 100W Ald Josues due POL ZOL LOL Josuos duie Joopu VL Wd syed joquiks 34 1 2 11 Ceiling Type 154 AP0184H APO244H APO274H APO364H and APO484H Models YMS yeo 4 4ojow ureiq feje1 10 0 Josues due 201 01 Josues Joopu Jojoui syed 3389 ama MOTI3A AVHO AHO 3LIHM MOVIS 10109 600 ays y eui pue POP Y 72 O d 224 SSe 8JIM JO 19 dpy euiuue eui sejeorpul AcLOG9 Aiddns pue Malos yee yun 10 99 S MO 4 e 24 1 100 0000 1 X O S Song YOO G Euru9 y
76. i2 gt i3 gt Pressing of SWO05 restores normal display Outdoor fan mode A FP Mode 0 to 63 0 to 63 B Compressor backup A B Displays compressor backup setting status 7 Normal Compressor 1 backup 1 Compressor No 2 backup 1 Compressor backup 1 1 7 Aj B Control valve output data Displays control output status of solenoid valve 9 4 way valve ON 4 way valve 2 OFF 4 way valve OFF 4 way valve 2 SV2 SV5 OFF SV6 OFF o 10 SV2 OFF SV5 SV6 ON SV2 OFF SV5 OFF 6 ON SV3A SV3B OFF SV3C OFF SV3D OFF SV3A OFF SV3B SV3C OFF SV3D OFF 11 SV3A OFF SV3B OFF SV3C SV3D OFF o of of o SV3A OFF SV3B OFF SV3C OFF SV3D ON SV41 SV42 OFF SV43 OFF 12 SV41 OFF SV42 ON SV43 OFF 41 OFF SV42 OFF SV43 ON SVSF OFF SISIA 13 SVSF ON P 14 PMV1 PMV2 opening Displays opening data in decimal format total opening 15 PMV4 opening Displays opening data in decimal format RUP Oil level judgment status Normal A B Initial display Oil level judgm
77. Joopyno jo dnjas eouejsiso1 pue S IM Jun 19jut jo ZN LN Jojoeuuoo S amp jeuuou 100p no 100put Jo seuiuuei ZN LN uonoeuuoo s n 100pino yun 10 JO Jepio ut uo epis 1oopui uoneoiunululoo Joopin o 10opu eureu epoo epoo peKejdsip s 903 Aj euuou pues pesn sey YOIYM JOOPU 104 JUS jou si euBis ueuM ALON Aue y y pue epoo xoeuo y 129 9 uo 704290009 JO Buum panog eui uoneorunululoo 1991405 Ajjeuuou pe uo 51 jo Ajddns 4 1 uo pun UO s 1012euuoo 5 O d uo pun UO 8 Joopino pue epoo 1 O d 1 6319 esiou ou 3134 S uo pauan yun jo S 193 ZIEWIOU pJeoq Od J00pino uo LON
78. Sensor 2 Detects low pressure in heating operation and controls the super heat Compressor Compressor 1 Connector CN331 White Compressor 2 Connector CN332 Blue Compressor 3 Connector CN333 Black case heater 1 Prevents liquid accumulation to compressor Heater Accumulator Connector CN334 Red case heater 1 Prevents liquid accumulation to accumulator Balance pipe 1 Oil balancing in each outdoor unit 60 Indoor Unit Liquid side Gas side Capillary tube Heat exchanger at indoor side Pulse Motor Valve PMV Sensor Sensor TCJ TC2 TA Fan motor NCAUTION MMU AP007YH APO12YH type air conditioners have no TC2 sensor Explanation of functional parts in indoor unit Functional part name Functional outline Pulse Motor Valve Connector 082 6P Blue 1 Controls super heat in cooling operation PMV 2 Controls under cool in heating operation 3 Recovers refrigerant oil in cooling operation 4 Recovers refrigerant oil in heating operation Connector CN104 2P Yellow Temp Sensor ATA 1 Detects indoor suction temperature 2 1C1 Connector CN100 Brown 1 Controls PMV super heat in cooling operation 3 TC2 Connector CN101 2P Black 1 Controls PMV under cool in heating operation Connector CN102 2P Red 4 TCJ 1 Controls PMV super heat in cooling operation 2 MMU AP007YH to APO12YH only Controls PMV under cool in heating
79. sseippe ueuMw Buunp JOUJO pejoeuuoo 023 epoo epoo xoeuo jun jepeeu eui se si pue Jooput ueewjeq ZN LN sew uoneorunuuuioo uy pejoeuuoo 941 pue ueewjeq 12euuoc Ulejs s Jad euo pue 1 199uu02 JOM O d 4 Joopino 2 Joopino pue 311M JO UONOBUUODSI 4 1 15 5 Jad euo 01 pue eui 100pino pue Joopul ueemieq zn 11 5 spun jepeeu JO OM 20 HUN Jepeeu 00 epoo qns 613 epoo xoeuo epoo 9 esiou pue 0 epoo xoeuo NO 01 920 15159 pue yun 400pino 10 1e od uo WNL 40 1291105 eui 1294102 1oopino u m q dnjes eouejsiseJ pu3 O d 5 1 suun
80. 80 Ambient temp range opis Bnid ZMS LMS opis 140411 eunssaJd V eunsseud ue pinbr uu mame Ld 5 quiof yoayD 10 39 9 109 108498 Josues 11 40 5 40 VCAS eunsseud juiof yosuD 208098 205098 105095 GYL eunsseJd Josues LOL H AS GAS ANd DEAS AB jutof 49949 A PASS C CI 17 6 7 rn B JC CC Li CJ JC 9A E LVAS Josues 201 f CHAS 2 5 Parts Layout in Outdoor Uni 8 10 12HP Model MMY MAP0804 MAP1004 MAP1204 208096 OL 51 MMY MAP1404 MAP1604 14 16HP Model apis Je9M ue pnb 208095 JOSUOS ZML Josues J AS DEAS 108098 YAL ejqisnj edid 08098 3499u2 eunsseud ubi Josuss 11 juiof yooyuD Josues eunssaJd uir eunsseJd Y20949
81. Sub code controller Timer Flash display 5 01 Compressor 1 Error in temperature NES F13 02 Compressor 2 F13 ALT sensor built into indoor 1 0 IB hn 03 Compressor 3 IGBT TH 01 Compressor 1 H01 02 Compressor 2 H01 e e Compressor breakdown 2 lde detectionicircuit detects 03 Compressor 3 3 01 1 H02 02 Compressor 2 H02 e Compressor error lockup Compressor lockup is detected 03 Compressor 3 Current detection circuit Abnormal current is detected while inverter 03 Compressor 3 e error compressor is turned off 01 Compressor 1 P04 02 Compressor 2 P04 High pressure SW is activated 03 Compressor 3 7 2 P07 ALT Heat sink overheating Temperature sensor built into IGBT TH detects p 9 e overheating 03 Compressor 3 IGBT circuit 1 Position detection circuit error 3 Motor lockup error 4 Motor current detection TH sensor error P22 D TH sensor error P22 e Outdoor fan IPDU error Outdoor fan IPDU detects error E Inverter DC voltage error outdoor fan Note Although letters O to F appear at locations indicated by please ignore them 01 Compressor 1 Short circuit protection for compressor motor P26 02 Compressor 2 P26 Ed driver circuit components is activated momentary 03 Compressor 3 ov
82. VEAS eui pasted s eunjejeduue Yun 2 Jo Sy E y g ALA 10 epis eunyejeduie ay e ON 0 LL JO Sonsuojoeleuo NO emod Jaye 1591 5 pue OALA 46 5 10 YO aye Ajddns Jamod eui Jo e wiayshs 100pjno ejdnjnua 404 4SAS 40 Y29409 o HEAS JELAS AEAS pue OSAS VEAS eBexeo xoeuo Lx uoneuBeis 10 ped Ayney eoejdeud 10149 ON pexeos IST pue ay spun pue uonisod yea seb Ajioeds Joopino yea 205 SonisuejoeJeu Josueg 6 8 uo Josuas 995 0 4 105095 SEGNO SX L MOII CSNO ZESNO ZAL 49214 LESNO HIAL pue 128102 SJosues ay eui jo Siosuas gy YAL EAL ML DAL ou qL UY s eunjejeduje y 1ng
83. eui 2940 anjen eouejsiso 105095 GYL Jo ay 485105095 SALPALEAL ZAL DLL uo 10 ou Josuas Gy 100 S losues 1 yOSNO 0SNO ZAL ZOSNO 2101 Uonejrejsursiu Buuistui 1994102 josues JO 128110 210 Dd 9949 Josuas A JO eoutisiseJ ay siosues uo ou S pej eisut Josuas 1 S 194 10sse1duioo y v Jeurens 10 80 epoo qns JELAS 10 DuibBojo 2 40 49 eouejsisel jo Buumsiu josues gy Jo 11219 enje1eduiel 9AL o LH epoo 9 eouejsisei 0 10113 0sues EAL 10 ZAL LAL 30 2 uonoeuuoosiul Eq 1 105 95 Joopino dmes si Ayoud Joopur euo juo sy jou
84. 12 Indoor DC fan error 1 Alternate blinking P13 Outdoor liquid backflow detection error Timer _ Ready Outdoor discharge TD1 temperature error Vl P04 Activation of outdoor high pressure SW pes poe Open phase power failure P05 Inverter DC voltage Vdc error Alternate blinking MG CTT error P07 Outdoor heat sink overheating error Poor cooling of electrical component IGBT of outdoor unit P15 Gas leak detection insufficient refrigerant charging P17 Outdoor discharge TD2 temperature error P18 Outdoor discharge TD3 temperature error P19 Outdoor 4 way valve reversing error P20 Activation of high pressure protection P22 Outdoor fan IPDU error P26 Outdoor G Tr short circuit error P29 Compressor position detection circuit error P31 Shutdown of other indoor unit in group due to fault group follower unit error MG CTT Magnet contactor 173 Light block Check code Cause of fault Operation Timer Ready F01 Heat exchanger temperature sensor TCJ error e F02 Heat exchanger temperature sensor TC2 error S F03 Heat exchanger temperature sensor TC1 error temperature sensor Aena F10 Ambient temperature sensor TA error F11 Discharge temperature sensor TF error Operation Timer Ready F04 Discharge temperature sensor
85. 16 Push the button Setup is finished Setting up blinks when Setting up goes off operation is possible 17 Return to the original wiring over remote controllers 128 NOTE 1 When setting the line address from the remote controller do not use addresses 29 and 30 Addresses 29 and 30 cannot be set up on the outdoor unit If they are incorrectly used the code 04 indoor outdoor communication circuit error is output 2 When manual address setup has been done from a remote controller and central control over refrigerant lines is to be done setup the header unit of each line as follows Using SW13 and SW14 on the interface PC board of the header unit of each line setup the line address for each line e Except for the line with the smallest line address number set SWOG bit 2 to off for the interface PC board of the header unit of lines connected to the same central control put the resistance of the end terminals of the central control line indoors and outdoors into one Connect the relay connector between U1 U2 and U3 U4 of the header unit for each refrigerant line After that set up the central control address For central control address setup refer to the installation manual of the central control devices E Confirming the indoor unit addresses and the position of an indoor unit using the remote controller Confirming the numbers and positions of indoor units To see the indo
86. 5 rd FF will be displayed on the 7 segment display and pump down operation will start To put the operation on hold midway turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units or press SWO05 on the interface P C board Trao 1 Connect liquid pipe check joint low If oil has degraded due to pressure side check joint using charge compressor fault undo SV3A 5 hose and purge hose of air valve connector E j S Sy ne erg 3 Fully close liquid pipe service valve Leave service valves of gas and balance pipes fully open 4 Set 5 01 02 03 to 2 11 1 rd Las eus is displayed Interface P C board of failed outdoor unit Press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more CN30 CN31 CN32 SWO4 SWO5 SW15 5 rd FF is displayed pump down operation starts m 0 0 Es Behavior during pump down operation LJ unit Behavior 0600 0601 0602 0603 0604 Compressors Turned off Outdoor fan On Failed outdoor unit PMV1 PMV2 and PMV4 Open SV2 3A 3B 3C 3D 3E 3F On SV41 42 43 5 6 On Operates in test cooling operation mode Every other outdoor unit 6 Approx 10 minutes after the system starts up fully close the gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit 7 Press SW04 of the failed outdoor unit to have pressure data MPa displayed The display switches each time SW04 is
87. If the displayed CODE No is not 10 press the button to erase the display and repeat the procedure from the beginning Note that the system does not respond to remote controller operation for about 1 minute after the 2 button is pushed In the case of group control the indoor unit No displayed first indicates the header unit CODE No 24 l SET DATA 2002011 CAEDE UNIT LOUVER CODE No zi DON TIME SAVE VENT r SWING FIX UNIT LOUVER CE FILTER RESET TEST TIMER SET FAN MODE E gt CB Eachtimethe button is pushed one of the indoor unit Nos under group control is displayed in turn Select The fan and flap of the selected indoor unit then come on so that the position of this unit can be confirmed E TEMP the indoor unit whose setting is to be changed hL L lt R 3 Usethe button to select the CODE No 04 4 Use the button to select the SET DATA 0001 Priority set 0001 No priority set 0000 5 Push the 5 button The setup is finished when the display changes from flashing to steady 6 Upon finishing the setup push the button This finalizes the setting When the 2 button is pushed the display goes blank and the System returns to normal off state Note that the system does not respond to re
88. O Repeat steps 6 and 7 until all the settings are checked 9 When finished push the amp button to bring the system back to normal off state 6 In the case of group operation turn the unit off reconnect the indoor indoor group control wiring and CN41 connectors and turn on all the indoor units It takes the system about 1 minute to become responsive to remote controller operation CODE No DN code go from 01 to FF with a few gaps along the way If you realize you have wrongly corrected a certain setting after pushing the button you can recover the initial value by pushing the 5 button provided that the CODE DN code is yet to be changed 278 EEPROM Location Diagram The EEPROM 1C503 IC10 is mounted on an IC socket Use a pair of tweezers etc to remove it When installing it adjust its orientation as shown in the diagram below During EEPROM removal installation take care not to bend IC leads ee board MCC 1402 P C cs MCC 1403 EEPROM IC10 When installing the EEPROM align its notch with that of the IC socket OO Notch IC socket Notch EEPROM EEPROM IC10 P C board MCC 1570 O E 503 12503 280 CODE No list Example CODE No DN Item Setting data Factory set value
89. Replace both the faulty compressor and the normal compressor s Oil equalization pipe NWARNING When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner a welded joint take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the weld filler metal melts When replacing faulty compressor only Measuring amount of oil in faulty compressor Amount of oil in faulty compressor A cc Weight of compressor as it was dismantled kg D x 1042 Specifi c volume of oil 1042 cc kg Compressor model D Weight not include oil kg Please check the type name of the compressor as it was dismantled Adjusting amount of oil in new compressor 1900cc at shipment Perform the adjustment on the basis of how much oil the faulty compressor contained A cc by following the steps below 1 Amount of oil in faulty compressor cc 0 lt A lt 1000 1 Agjust the amount of oil in the new compressor to 1000cc Lay the new compressor down and draw 900 cc of oil via the oil equalization pipe Notes Do not draw more than 900 cc of oil as it may cause damage to the compressor fthe faulty compressor contained 500cc or less there may have been a problem with the oil equalization circuit etc Perform checks in accordance with 11 3 Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor Oil Shortage 254 2 Amount of oil in faulty compressor cc 1000 lt lt 1900 1 Ad
90. The screws can be removed from the front With a 14 16HP unit remove the separately mounted anchor plate M4 x 6 4 pcs 5 Remove and replace the reactor 4 x 6 1 pc 14 16HP case 3 Screw Fixing claw slide stopper to right 4 Screws 2 locations 8 10 12HP case 4 Screws 2 locations 4 Screws 2 locations 267 No Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 2 way valve coils Pressure sensors locations 804 MAP1004 1204 Ps BID gsm W s Inverter assembly 1404 1604 SV3B SV3C SV3A Liquid tank SV3F SV3E SV3D 8 A Oil separator A SV41 42 SV43 ccumulator sv2 PD sensor z PL Compressor 3 Compressor 1 2 Compressor 2 PS sensor DES Y 1 Inverter assembly 268 No Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Temperature sensors locations and identification colors MAP0804 1004 1204 Product Front View TD1 sensor yellow TD2 sensor red HE Liquid tank TK1 sensor black One closer to you aN TK2 sensor r blue j _ Sai from you 26
91. UOEOTUNWLOD uoneot Jejo1uoo youms Key 091 pyoaM suun z 0 dn ejnpeuogs Japeay ejduirs PAM jeuondo uonoeuuoo 1 1 L Joopu MHOMLAN IV 10 2 uj jeuondo Jejjoyuoo 1031000 83 2 09 022 L 2608 A0ve 022 OL 901105 yun 100p nO en un jun jun 1 Joopino Joopino en 1 994108 1 1 99008 A i e ME 1V3H 1009 NO yor sna qns pejoeuuoo 04002 Jojoul ed uis prepueys pejeeouoo oj ejqeorjdde jon jouuto saw einpeuos indui TUN ouo 05498 Ajuo ueo uonoeuuoo 1 1 UL Z rosues 20 6505 8 ejouiei ejduiis 2 H pojeisui s L L uoneoiunuuioo spun 7
92. uo eu sejeoipui PaM 1 1 uonoeuuoo y sejeoipui o euwe eu sejeorpui T Tz biis 5905 9098 OU uexoug ays eu ejeorpur peusep poys ejqnop peusep wzzE j 21 Et X j m _ ET 2s mas 2 09 L 2 022 ZHOS jddns Josues duia xoojg jeuiue POL ZOL LOL Josues duue T yes pun 1 Jojo9jes 606 206 00d a Jopesy 1 LEA IQON E EE 89 NN 4 JOJON J8AnO V ved yun UOS 12014 esn4 206 024 1090W opo NO Sed JloquiAs Sd Wa 950d 9 0d GND NS UNO MOVv I8 MOTIAA THA IHM oNI1430HS3T hi SNITI3O N33H9 NHO AWAD AUD uoneoipu 10 09 20 2 LJ j 14 Id i Sir 4 and AP0564BH AP0124BH 154 AP0184BH 0244 AP0484BH MMD APO0074BH APOO94BH 1 2 6 Concealed Duct Standard Type AP0274
93. 9681 09l 9091 sped uos uognq usnd SLMS SOMS POMS Aey 0MS ZOMS L0MS LSAS 102 ZYAS LVAS JEAS AEAS 06 5 6 VEAS ZAS 10451591 423029 1ueuno usns ay JOJOW ZAWd LAWd 7 105095 eJnssald Sd uBiposues eunsse1d Jojoejuoo LLO BIN 10 0 W3 1 10559240109 10 J0J969M ZWO 1 LWO 1 Jayeay 9522 YSLVSH V Jejeeu eseo Jossaidwog ZYJLYIH LYILYIH Jojow 4 Wa WSL 0094 ue4 0191 2920 A0SC 91 04 204104 esnj v8091 09 VE OL 20404 esn4 9091 991 009 YS LE 204 103 1 esn4 9681 99 101290009 Joj euuoo UNO JosseJduio5 ZWO LWO yms eunsseJd ZHE9 LHE9 102 Aem p LAMY Syed 24 pieog 2 d JeueAu 0191 09 2 d 291 9SION 88091 DOIN V pJEOg 2 d 9 9SION pJeog 2 d OUD eoepeju JOSSBJGLUOD 2 d J9eueAu V8091 OOW 909 55 96S1 DOW sueg peog o d N33H9 NHO NMOHSS NH8 39NVHO NHO MNidNd AVHO AHO MOVIE 18 3nig ma MONATA 10 09 1201403 105599109 0191 29
94. AcLOGe Kjddns omo A022 9 1 zeno Jejoguoo ejouiaJ PAM 777777777 2 2 2 4 yun Joopjno Gi ZHO9 ZHOS 0 2 022 Q A ddns VSL EL 00000 X ed L ed L WHS 100pu Jojoeuuoo pue peso 5 389 89 Ovid ama MOTBA 3LIHM qaa NYO NHO AH9 M18 nia THA IHM dad 20109 M S MOJ 32 1 2 10 Slim Duct Type AP024 AP027 MMD AP0244SPH MMD AP0274SPH Models LOL eol rol vl O d 10 02 y y BE 2rd uo sejeoipul uonoeuuoo y sejeoipur o 90014 eu sejeoipul o O Sellosseooe y peyop eu a9joguoo 2091
95. C Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger Right side sub heat exchanger Left side Main heat exchanger Left side sub heat exchanger 4 way valve High pressure sensor Fusible SV3D 4 Oil separator plug SV ASV 6 42 Liquid tank High 5 36 e pressure SW 5 lt High TD1 3 pressure SW TD2 High pressure Compressor 3 7 inverter Compressor 3 2 Compressor inverter TK2 HTK5 Oil pipe SY3E gt gt n SV3A E gt CvsB Check SV f 3B Check valve Liquid side Gas side Balance pipe service valve service valve packed valve K 233 Check valve Check valve Accumulator Low pressure sensor 8 9 Sensor Characteristics Outdoor Unit Temperature sensor characteristics Outdoor TS1 TE1 TE2 TL and TO sensors ae 20 ___ __ ___621 ___0 2 15 Resistance ko 10 C or above 10 100 150 Resistance ko 10 or below 100 50 0 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Temperature Outdoor TD1 TD2 TD3 TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 and TK5 sensors o 1815 x c 150 Resistance Resistance kal core ennai 10 C or a
96. Follower unit B Follower unit C Follower unit D 119 Check the additional amount of refrigerant Checklist 2 Calculate the additional amount of refrigerant from the additional amount of refrigerant A by the pipe diameter on the liquid side the pipe length to be connected and the corrective amount of refrigerant C according to system horsepower Additional amount Actual liquid pipe length x Additional amount Corrective amount of refrigerant of refrigerant of refrigerant per 1 m of liquid pipe according to system horsepower 1 First enter the total length for each liquid pipe diameter in the following table and then calculate the additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length Pipe diameter on the liquid ues n of Total pipe length on each liquid side Additional diameter on side kg m m kg 06 4 0 025 kg 09 5 0 055 kg 912 7 0 105 x kg 915 9 0 160 x kg 919 0 0 250 x kg 922 2 0 350 x kg Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length A kg Next refer to the following table for the corrective amount of refrigerant C according to system horsepower Corrective amount of refrigerant according to system horsepower Combined HP HP Com
97. Replacement steps 1 Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit 2 Remove all of the connectors and fast on terminals connected to the interface board Remove the connectors and fast on terminals by pulling the connector body Do not pull the wire 3 Remove the interface board from the six PCB mounts f 4 Cut the jumper wires of the service board as instructed in the table below The jumper setting differs from original supplied PCB therefore be sure to configure the Jumpers as in the table below If the model is not specified inspection code L10 is displayed and the equipment will not operate Model name J02 J12 J11 J10 Jog J22 Service P C Board Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes MMY MAP1204HT8 P u u _ Cut Cut MMY MAP1204HT7 P MMY MAP1004HT8 P Cut _ Cut MMY MAP1004HT7 P MMY MAP0804HT8 P Cut Cut Cut MMY MAP0804HT7 P MMY MAP1604HT8 P Cut Cut Cut Cut MMY MAP1604HT7 P Cut Cut Cut Cut Cut MMY MAP1404HT7 P MMY MAP1204T8 P Cut Cut Cut MMY MAP1004T8 P Cut Cut Cut MMY MAP0804T8 P Cut Cut Cut Cut MMY MAP1604T8 P Cut Cut Cut Cut Cut MMY MAP1404T8 P Cut Cut Cut Cut Cut Cut MMY MAP1204HT5 P Cut MMY MAP1004HT5 P Cut 804 5 Cut Cut MMY MAP1604HT5 P Cut Cut Cut MMY MAP1404HT5 P Cut
98. eu pejepisuoo si JO uJnjeJ 0 Jo jo e uonons si enjejeduue 9 uo yo apis si JOOPyNO e JEAS ul pue 101eJedes Buroeu 2 N UN D lt agp uo ssid an vas 5 g soyesedos uo EAS Josues ainsseid yBIy uem LdVIA AININ Ld VIA AWIA VIA AININ sued eui peiepisuoo SI JOINQUISIP JO 4eureas jo 10 xoeuo uo e Moj 51 enjye1eduue uonons pue uey Aguerogjns eq seqni Aiejideo 2206 01 0L ZPL LPI EML 201431 seu y g Hedes jo pue ZYL LAL JO xoeuo
99. uonoes 2050 5 0348 20 ndu eufis uogezuoyouks ov 1V3H 1009 NO JeIsowey Apees Duet uj indino 4 ensseJd oneys yonp pojee2uoo ul ajqeaydde Ajuo ed A Ajddns je og 7 JeuuJojsuei OIHOMI3N IV 10 9520 jeuoydo 18 0 02 10 01 Jenueo 88 1 way Cassette Floor Standing Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type Floor Standing Concealed Type Floor Standing Cabinet Type Fresh Air Intake Type gt 7 dn JUO pieoq Je onu O d INOHd33 22 uonoeuuoo 0 L OOW O d jo31u09 100pul L L eq ued 8 0 jeuondo eo eyiejur uonoeuuoo E yun 6 1 3 When Both Main Sub Remote Controller and Wireless Remote Controller Kit Connected AP 2H New 4 way Cassette Type MMU en in yun yun 1 Joopino Jo0pino 99005 1 99 008 JeMOd 1 JeMOd Jeyjoguoo 1 e oi eq jouueo v jun euo ul pej
100. 0 P C board When external device is not connected to CN80 connector 1 Check for defect in indoor P C board 131 VF Extended IC Continued There is part failure in P C Check outdoor P C board error operation board I F I F Indoor Indoor fan Stop of Check the lock of fan motor P01 unit motor error corresponding AC fan unit e Check wiring VF Discharge stop Discharge temperature TD1 Check outdoor service temperature exceeds 115 C valves gas side liquid TD1 error side to confirm full opening Check outdoor PMVs PMV1 2 4 for clogging Check resistance characteristics of TD1 sensor PUR FoS B Check for insufficiency in refrigerant quantity Check for defect in 4 way valve Check for leakage of SV4 circuit Check SV4 circuit wiring or installation error in 41 SV42 SV43 185 Check code Main remote controller Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition s Check items locations 04 P04 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side 03 Compressor 3 side IPDU Activation of high pressure SW All stop High pressure SW is activated Check connection of high pressure SW connector Check for defect in Pd pressure sensor Check outdoor service valves gas side liquid side to confirm full opening Check for defec
101. 05 5 oil circuit error Outdoor discharge Wiring installation error or detachment of outdoor H25 25 temperature sensor discharge temperature sensor has been wiring error detected Identical refrigerant line address has been 104 104 SIM 222 assigned to outdoor units belonging to different 9 refrigerant piping systems Duplicated priority indoor 105 SIM unit as displayed on 4 unit has been set up as Number of priority indoor units priority indoor unit 106 check code LOS or L06 depending Duplicated priority indoor on individual unit 106 Unit as displayed More than one indoor unit has been set up as e indoor unit other than priority indoor unit priority indoor unit _ Indoor group address not Address setting has not been performed for one or L08 Lo8 e SM set more indoor units also detected at indoor end Outdoor unit capacity has not been set after P C L10 L10 SIM Outdoor capacity not set board replacement Outdoor model Old model outdoor unit prior to 3 series has been id L17 SM incompatibility error connected _ Cooling heating selection Cooling heating cycle error resulting from piping 9 SM unit error error is detected Too many outdoor units More than four outdoor units have been DEB Len connected connected 168 Check code Displ
102. 59 Accumulator Liquid pipe Gas pipe Gas side service valve Balance pipe packed valve Full closure Full opening Liquid pipe Gas pipe Liquid tank Indoor unit EN igh pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant LLL Evaporative gas refrigerant low pressure gas a Normal refrigerant line lt Refrigerant recovery line Follower unit MMY MAP1604 gt 4 Way valve Pressure sensor high pressure Pressure sensor low pressure lt Y 41 Gv 4 69 42 4 6 Accumulator 4 Svac 4 SV43 TOPS TD ips 0 TK4 Compressor Conpressr Compressor 1 2 3 TK1 TKS BX SVE 60 svaF Note The header unit is the outdoor unit to which the indoor outdoor communication line is connected All other outdoor units are called follower units The diagram shows a 32 HP system 16 HP 16 HP as an example 66 4 6 Refrigerant Recovery from Failed Outdoor Unit Pump Down Operation under Follower Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario Failure Header unit MMY MAP1604 Follower unit MMY MAP 1204 2 Y 2 9 i i A idi e PMV2 4 Way valve Pressure sensor ps
103. 7 7 6 Pulse Motor Valve PMV Forced Open Fully Close fully Function in Outdoor Unit This function is provided to forcedly open or close fully P M V PMV1 PMV2 PMV4 used in the outdoor unit for 2 minutes PMV1 PMV2 Open fully On the interface board of the outdoor unit set the dip switch SW12 bit1 to OFF SW12 bit2 to OFF and short circuit CN30 PMV1 PMV2 Close fully On the interface board of the outdoor unit set the dip switch SW12 bit1 to OFF SW12 bit2 to OFF and short circuit CN31 PMV4 Open fully On the interface board of the outdoor unit set the dip switch SW12 bit1 to OFF SW12 bit2 to ON and short circuit CN30 4 Close fully On the interface board of the outdoor unit set the dip switch SW12 bit1 to OFF SW12 bit2 to ON and short circuit CN31 Clear For both open fully and close fully after 2 minutes the opening returns to the normal opening Be sure to remove the cord used for short circuit after confirmation and set the dip switch SW12 bit1 to OFF and SW12 bit2 to OFF 156 7 7 7 Solenoid Valve Forced Open Close Function in Outdoor Unit This function is provided to forcedly open each solenoid valve mounted in the outdoor unit by the switch operation on the interface P C board in the outdoor unit Use this function to check there is no refrigerant clogging with ON OFF operation of the solenoid valve Operation 1 Set the switch
104. 7 7 9 Abnormal Outdoor Unit Discrimination Method By Fan Operating Function This function is provided to forcedly operate the fan of the outdoor unit in which an error occurred or the fan of the normal outdoor unit by the switch operation on the interface P C board in the header unit To specify which one of the follower units connected to the system was faulty use this function for the system stop due to a follower unit fault Check code E28 Operation In case to operate the fan in the erroneous outdoor unit only 1 Check that the switches SW01 SW02 SWO03 on the interface P C board in the header unit are set to 1 1 1 7 segment display JAB wid 000 Outdoor unit No Error code display 2 Press the push switch SW04 for 2 seconds or more 3 E 1 is displayed on 7 segment display A 4 The fan of the outdoor unit in which error occurred starts operation within approx 10 seconds after E 1 was displayed In case to operate the fans in all the normal outdoor units 1 Check that the switches SW01 SWO02 SWOS on the interface P C board in the header unit are set to 1 1 1 2 Press the push switches SW04 SWO5 at the same time for 2 seconds or more 3 E 0 is displayed on 7 segment display A 4 The fans of all the normal outdoor units start operation with the Max fan speed within approx 10 seconds after E 0 was displayed Release Press the push switch SWO5 on the interface P
105. BLU BLU WHI WHI WHI YEL WHI WHI OG 1Y2 1021 4243 00000 11213 112 3147516 112 3 275 61 EMG 1020 1133 1243 11213747546 T10 Fan drive Option 2 3 4 5 6 02 BLU BLU BLK BLK Aeaye Line filter Sub P C board 1540 Fan motor inside wiring diagram RED WHI RED Outdoor unit Remote controller controller 5 WHI board Motor over heating protection switch Connector WHI RED Fi 1 250V RED RED 5 6 4 1 43F1 9 Indoor unit 3 4 earth screw YEL 1 1 Power supply 2 220 240V 50Hz Closed end ie 1 220V 60Hz connector 5 4 OO 9 69 ze Fan 1 BLU ORN BLK Symbol Parts name zu 5 paka Running Capacitor mo Transformer WHI 2 3 xia BLU ORN BLK TA Intake air temp sensor TF Blow temp sensor TC1 TC2 TCJ Temp sensor 005 007 Fan motor control relay RY002 Drain control relay PMV Pulse Motor Valve F1 Fuse for fan motor Fan motor control relay Drin Pump motor ak wn Float Swotch indicates the terminal block Latter at inside indicates the terminal number A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site indicates the control P C board When installing the drain pump connect the froat switch connector to CNO30 connector
106. Fresh Air Intake Indoor Unit Type lt Air to Air Heat Exchanger with DX Coil Unit Type gt MMD VN HEXE High wall Type Console Made in Thailand model MML AP NH E Made in Thailand model Other indoor units SVM 13 011 A10 007 A12 005 12 005 A06 016 A10 022 2 SVM 09 059 SVM 11 036 A10 033 Contents SAFETY CAUTION gato uei S wae ER RUE EHE EE E ROC RR RUP RE 5 New Refrigerant 410 20 1 Wiring Diagram eee CE XOCX Xem ea or a 22 1 1 Outdoor Units tme RR ERIT de a Be EUR TRI On es Dae 22 Tas Indoor Unibet Er ba d ee Bored heh wae E 24 1 2 1 4 way Cassette 24 1 2 2 Compact 4 way Cassette 25 1 2 3 1 way Cassette Type 26 1 2 4 1 way Cassette Type SH series 27 1 2 5 2 way Cassette 2 28 1 2 6 Concealed Duct Standard 29 1 2 7 Concealed Duct Standard 6 30 1 2 8 Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type
107. Method 41 Goes Lighting 29 Blinking 0 5 seconds Light block Check code Cause of fault Operation Timer Ready e e Power turned off or error wiring between receiving and indoor units All lights out Operation Timer Ready E Faulty reception Receiving unit Error or poor contact in wiring Vul E02 Faulty transmission between receiving and indoor p Loss of communication units Blinking E08 Duplicated indoor unit No address E09 Duplicated master remote controller 10 Indoor unit inter MCU communication error E12 Automatic address starting error E18 Error or poor contact in wiring between indoor units indoor power turned off Operation Timer Ready E04 ose of indoor outdoor communication Q e Xt E06 Faulty reception in indoor outdoor communication dropping out of indoor unit Blinking E07 Faulty transmission in indoor outdoor communication E15 Indoor unit not found during automatic address setting E16 Too many indoor units connected overloading E19 Error in number of outdoor header units E20 Detection of refrigerant piping communication error during automatic address setting E23 Faulty transmission in outdoor outdoor communication E25 Duplicated follower outdoor address E26 Faulty reception in outdoor outdoor communication dropping out of outdoor unit E28 Outdoor follower unit error E31 IPDU communication error Operation Timer Ready P01 Indoor AC fan error VV xA P10 Indoor overflow error 2
108. doup seoq 01 AGLY O8E be qim iun JO 1994109 g 10559141100 50 z 20 4055914100 10 epoo qng 1019 12 DW 9 O d nadrev s 94 10sse1duuoo uoneuBeis 7 105591909 E 10SseJduio 74 4018 eui Pun 4901 10419 ZOH esneo2 epoo YO9YD epoo 49 uonoeuuoo JOJOSUUOD 1991107 203 O d 49949 e euuou p1eoq uo Jojoeuuoo 10 10sseJduio2 20 z sossaidwod 20 4 10 2 Joue Dd nadrev Sod d 10119 uo uonoeuuoo Joj9euuoo JO epoo 42949 epoo 0sues eui lt 105095 eG SOSNO 2 1 ZOSNO FOL 199402 0sues JO UONE E SU 4991109 p1eoq O d 499UD ewuou Josuas 10110 sonsuajoeseyo eouejsisoJ ay 25108095 uo 10 ou S amp Af904100 208095 LaL SI sued ANd s
109. enjejeduue JI peje1edo sey 103591409 Jaye 01 xoidde dwa Josuas ty Y90949 O d 3 1 ON 1 e10N FEAS 10 eui 2245 10119 ON 209 12 st L e0 20 Loms T 20 10 5 e dsip 1ueuiBes uo enje1eduie 10sues Aejdsiq T wed eoejdeu 10 1009 ui 191 2 URIS ejdsip uo 10sues py Aeidsig T wed eoejdeu epoui 1 10 7009 uoneedo 1 e LEIS ISAS 10 eui Jewod eur Sonisuejoeleu Josueg 6 8 uo Josuas 400pInO 295 JOSUBS pel GEGNI SL Molla VESNO HAL EAL ZegNO ZAL LESNO LL uon je1sursiu Bui IMSIUJ 1994107 j0sues JO uonejeisul 1291102 1 5 eu 2 rejideo aaea 2 eoutjsiseJ JO JON JO 71 50 epoo qng 10119 IIO eui i euu
110. not applicable the remote controller to display a filter sign on it to wireless type 2 When filter reset signal is received from the remote controller the timer Provided in measuring cumulative hours is cleared If the prescribed hours have been the separately exceeded the hours count is reset with the sign on the remote controller display mounted type erased TCB AX21E di Filter service life 2500H 150H 4 way cassette type High wall type 1 way cassette type SH YH Floor standing type 2 way cassette type Floor standing concealed Type Ceiling type type Concealed duct standard type Floor standing cabinet type Concealed duct high static pressure type Slim duct type Operation Operation standby Displayed on remote controller OPERATION standby 1 When any of the DN codes listed below is displayed Heating standby PQ5 Detection of an open phase in the power supply wiring P10 Detection of indoor flooding in at least one indoor unit No display provided e L30 Detection of an interlock alarm in at least one indoor unit on wireless remote 2 Forced thermo OFF controller e COOL DRY operation is unavailable because at least one indoor unit is operating in HEAT mode HEAT operation is unavailable because at least one indoor unit is operating in COOL DRY mode under priority cooling setting bit 1 of SW11 on outdoor P C board ON 3 All indoor units not able to engage
111. un 0 snjeys uo pun Joopul 1 M0d S Y peu s y jouueo eui S JOE 941 192 8 5 Diagnosis procedure for each check code uonoeuuoo Jamod uo 1 uogeoiunujuoo iejoquoo 1904409 8joUJ8J pue Joopul OY ON 9941 4 uomneorunuJulo2 03 epoo uone1edo 1 e ejouje1 y Buum pue 10 99uuoo 1994107 jo sseureu UO 10410 128 U09 10 uonoeuuoosip ou S s pue y uoneoiunuuuoo 10 jun 19jur 1294102 Ayadoid y pun uo eu 10 jejueo BU uo payed epoo 291 O d 1ejouoo ejouled dnjes sseppe 1ejonuoo p uo 10149 rd Joopu joopuj z 281101909
112. 0001 No 1 unit to 0064 No 64 unit 0099 Unfixed 0099 Unfixed 04 Specific indoor unit 0000 No priority 0001 Priority 0000 No priority priority Heating temp shift 0000 No shift 0001 1 0002 2 06 0002 2 to 0010 10 Floor type 0000 0 Up to 6 recommended Existence of AUTO 0000 Provided 0001 Not provided mode 0001 Not provided Automatic selection from connected outdoor unit OF Cooling only 0000 Heat pump 0000 Heat pump 0001 Cooling only No display of AUTO HEAT 10 Type 0001 4 way Cassette Depending on model type 11 Indoor unit capacity 0000 Unfixed 0001 to 0034 According to capacity type 12 Line address 0001 No 1 unit to 0030 No 30 unit 0099 Unfixed 13 Indoor unit address 0001 No 1 unit to 0064 No 64 unit 0099 Unfixed Group address 0000 Individual 0001 Header unit of group 0099 Unfixed 14 0002 Follower unit of group Louver type 0000 No louver 0001 Swing only According to type 19 Air direction 0002 1 way Cassette type Ceiling type adjustment 0003 2 way Cassette type 0004 4 way Cassette type Temp difference of 0000 0 deg to 0010 10 deg 0003 3 deg 1E AUTO mode selection For setup temperature reversal of COOL HEAT by x Data value 2 Ts 1 5 COOL HEAT HEAT COOL 28 Automatic restart of 0000 None 0001 Restart 0000 None power failure 2A Selection of option error 0000 Filter input 0001 Alarm input Air washer etc 0002 None input CN70 00
113. 09 52 06 35 lt gt 015 9 025 4 lt gt 012 7 Liquid pipe lt gt Balance pipe Suction pipe lt gt SV3F valve 19 1 lt gt 09 52 Suction pipe lt gt Discharge pipe 2255 028 6 lt gt 012 7 2 valve lt gt Discharge pipe 06 35 lt gt 19 1 SV41 valve lt gt Suction pipe SV42 valve lt gt Suction pipe 5 43 valve lt gt Suction pipe 08 0 lt gt 019 1 108 0 lt gt 019 1 08 0 lt gt 019 1 271 No Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Pipe fixing rubber detachment attachment common NWARNING Wear a pair of gloves Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object 1 Detachment 1 Hold the pipe fixing rubber in such a manner that your fingers and thumb are in contact with the two longitudinal ends of the piece and squeeze it a little to create a small gap between the rubber and the SUS band wrapped around it 2 Push the hook end of the SUS band down to disengage the hook from the square hole 2 Attachment 1 The pipe fixing rubbers use a two segment design to accommodate a wide range of pipe combinations When installing them therefore it is recommended to first split them up into segments and pair the segments up only after placing them on pipes of matching sizes separately In this regard make sure that th
114. 12213141516 112131456 112131475 Fan drive Option Parts name Color Fan motor indication Indoor temp sensor RED RED Temp sensor WHI WHITE Temp sensor YEL YELLOW Temp sensor BLU BLUE BLK BLACK Louver motor GRY GRAY Drain pump motor PNK PINK Float switch ORN ORANGE Drain control relay BRW BROWN Pulse motor valve GRN GREEN 205 CN41 BLU 00 BLK BLK a Wireed Adapter for 3 remote controller wireless 2 PNL remote controller 2 P lt 1 8 Filter 3 GRL 4 A NE gt 4 M A Nf JN AN Kd P Yor gt AAAS 9 6 s 1 Q indicates the terminal bolock letter Letter at inside indicates the terminal number 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site 3 indicates a control P C board MMU AP0074YH AP0094YH and AP0124YH 1 2 3 1 way Cassette Type Compact type Models amp BAIA IQON 9S nd pied od ud 39 j Jojow Wa ye Duui eu eyeorpur uexoJq pue Y 72 2 4 180 4 54 equunu eui sejeoipul No E ue4 400 5004 INO POOR api
115. 1404 1604 Current value A 23 5 25 5 28 5 33 2 36 5 Note 3 Criteria for cycle status 1 These data are based on operating a 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type air conditioner of 10096 connection with standard piping length Data may vary depending on temperature conditions installed pipe length and room shape combinations or indoor unit connection capacity For pressure criteria in different temperature conditions refer to 2 Pressure Pipe surface temperature Number of compressor rotations Air bie deu Outdoor MPa 2 rps o unit Operating Indoor DB WB pu mode Discharae Indoor heat Outdoor heat Liquid Compressor Compressor Compressor fan Pd Ps TD Suction TS exchanger exchanger temperature Indoor Outdoor TC TE TL 1 2 3 Cooling 2 9 0 9 85 15 10 40 40 50 50 High 27A9 35 0804 Heating 3 0 0 7 85 5 35 3 30 50 50 High 20 7 6 Cooling 3 0 0 8 85 15 8 40 40 65 65 High 27A9 35 1004 Heating 3 1 0 7 85 4 35 2 30 65 65 High 20 7 6 Cooling 3 1 0 8 85 17 8 40 40 70 70 High 27 19 35 1204 Heating 3 1 0 7 90 2 35 2 30 75 75 High 20 7 6 Cooling 3 0 0 8 85 15 10 40 40 60 60 60 High 27 19 35 1404 Heating 3 1 0 7 85 4 35 3 30 60 60 60 High 20 7 6 Cooling 3 1 08 90 15 10 40 40 65 65 65 High 27A9 35 1604 Heating 3 1 0 7 90 2 35 2 30 65 65 65 High 20 7 6
116. 26 0 8 5kg 3 Set up the outdoor unit from which refrigerant has been recovered in the manner described in 9 3 Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting This completes the procedure System capacity HP Outdoor unit combination Amount of refrigerant kg 8 8 13 0 10 10 14 0 12 12 15 0 14 14 20 0 8 8 23 0 16 16 22 0 18 8 10 23 0 20 10 10 26 0 22 10 12 28 0 8 8 8 30 5 24 12 12 30 5 8 8 10 30 5 26 10 16 30 5 8 10 10 32 5 28 12 16 32 5 10 10 10 34 5 30 14 16 34 5 8 8 8 8 40 0 32 16 16 35 5 8 8 8 10 40 0 34 10 12 12 37 5 8 8 10 10 40 0 36 12 12 12 38 5 8 10 10 10 40 0 38 10 12 16 40 5 10 140 10 10 41 0 40 12 12 16 41 5 10 10 10 12 42 0 42 12 14 16 42 5 10 10 12 12 44 0 44 12 16 16 44 5 10 12 12 12 46 0 46 14 16 16 46 5 12 12 12 12 48 0 48 16 16 16 48 5 251 10 3 Work procedure after Repair When vacuuming in the repaired outdoor unit follow the procedure described below Work procedure 1 Fully open PMV1 and 2 and PMV4 MMY MAP1404 1604 only in accordance with the table below Note PMV full opening operation via short circuiting of the CN30 pins is automatically undone after 2 minutes causing the valves to fully close To maintain fully open state turn off the power switch of the outdoor unit within 2 minutes of the sh
117. 4 0 26 10HP 8HP 8HP 4 0 28 10HP 10HP 8HP E 30 10HP 10HP 10HP 0 0 32 8HP 8HP 8HP 8HP 6 0 High Efficiency type WEE SHE 8HP 8HP 6 0 36 10HP 10HP 8HP 8HP 6 0 38 10HP 10HP 10HP BHP 6 0 40 10HP 10HP 10HP 10HP 5 0 42 12HP 10HP 10HP 10HP 4 0 44 12HP 12HP 10HP 10HP 2 0 46 12HP 12HP 12HP 10HP 0 0 48 12HP 12HP 12HP 12HP 2 0 Charging of refrigerant Keeping the valve of the outdoor unit closed be sure to charge the liquid refrigerant into the service port at the liquid side f the specified amount of refrigerant cannot be charged fully open the valves of the outdoor unit at liquid and gas sides operate the air conditioner in COOL mode and then charge refrigerant into service port at the gas side In this time choke the refrigerant slightly by operating the valve of the canister to charge liquid refrigerant The liquid refrigerant may be charged suddenly therefore be sure to charge refrigerant gradually 19 New Refrigerant R410A This air conditioner adopts a new HFC type refrigerant R410A which does not deplete the ozone layer 1 Safety Caution Concerned to New Refrigerant The pressure of R410A is high 1 6 times of that of the former refrigerant R22 Accompanied with change of refrigerant the refrigerating oil has been also changed Therefore be sure that water dust the former refrigerant or the former refrigerating oil is not mixed into the refrigerating cycle of the air conditioner with new re
118. Buum gow 100pino ay jo uonoeuuoo 10 99UU0D yoayo eui Bursn 49949 juejeDujei SOA sylun aly ue Jo sued 10 Aue e1eui S amp ou pejees LAS 512 amp 109 EFAS ZPAS LAS PNOO PAS 0sues einsseJd Aem p Z jeBueuoxe L H L 400pino jo yeay jo Aue 1 5 p1eoq O d 5 1 100pinO 6 p 02 uonoeuuoo J0JDBUUOD 71 ijeuuou Ad 400pino 51 ayesado Ajjeuuou uep Joopino seog ijeuuou Josues eunsseid uDiu Jo sonsuejoereuo Uosees y oj pepuodsauoo uonesado 159 e peys pue jddns Jamod 214 epis yea 526 jue1eBuje1 SOSUE eIeYD Josueg 6 8 uo Josuas einje1eduie 88S PAW ANd adas uedo PAS 9 Joa G Duidid
119. CABINET ASSY BACK DOWN 43T00617 CABINET ASSY FRONT DOWN 43T00618 CABINET ASSY BACK DOWN 43739351 NUT FLANGE 43T39350 WASHER 43749347 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 43T49360 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 43749357 RUBBER CUSHION 43747333 BONNET 12 70 DIA Made in Thailand 43747332 BONNET 9 52 DIA Made in Thailand 43747334 BONNET 15 88 DIA 43749338 FUSIBLE PLUG Made in Japan 43747374 TUBE CAPILLARY ID 0 8 43747375 TUBE CAPILLARY ID 1 0 43747376 TUBE CAPILLARY ID 1 2 43T19333 HOLDER SENSOR Made in Japan 43747385 BOLT COMPRESSOR 43749358 BAND FIX 43T49356 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 43785530 43785537 43785539 OWNER S MANUAL 43T85540 8 437855414 43747394 STRAINER 43747395 STRAINER 43747388 STRAINER 43747389 STRAINER 43747390 STRAINER 43747391 STRAINER 43747392 STRAINER 43747393 STRAINER _ PO 0 0 09 1 For E model 2 For SG model 3 For T model 4 For ID model 308 Inverter Assembly MMY MAPO0804T8P MMY MAP1004T8P MMY MAP1204T8P N T a ym ef a m UIS S
120. I F Check termination resistance setting for communication between outdoor units E25 E25 VF Duplicated follower outdoor address All stop There is duplication in outdoor addresses set manually Note Do not set outdoor addresses manually E26 E26 Address of outdoor unit from which signal is not received normally VF Dropping out of outdoor unit All stop Outdoor unit initially communicating normally fails to return signal for specified length of time Backup setting is being used for outdoor units Check power supply to outdoor unit Is power turned on Check connection of tie cables between outdoor units for bad contact or broken wire Check communication connectors on outdoor P C boards Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F E28 E28 Detected outdoor unit No VF Outdoor follower unit error All stop Outdoor header unit receives error code from outdoor follower unit Check check code displayed on outdoor follower unit lt Convenient functions gt If SW04 is pressed and held for at least 1 second while E28 is displayed on the 7 segment display of outdoor header unit the fan of the outdoor unit that has been shut down due to an error comes on If SW04 SWO5 are pressed simultaneously the fans of normal outdoor units come on To stop the fan or fans press SWO5 on its own 178
121. MMY MAPO0804HT8P E MMY MAPO0804T8P E MMY MAP1004HT8P E MMY MAP1004T8P E MMY MAP1204HT8P E MMY MAP1204T8P E MMY MAP1404HT8P E MMY MAP1404T8P E MMY MAP1604HT8P E MMY MAP1604T8P E MMY MAPO0804HT8JP E MMY MAPO0804T8JP E MMY MAP1004HT8JP E MMY MAP1004T8JP E MMY MAP1204HT8JP E MMY MAP1204T8JP E MMY MAP1404HT8JP E MMY MAP1404T8JP E MMY MAP1604HT8JP E MMY MAP1604T8JP E MMY MAPO0804HT8P TR MMY MAP1004HT8P TR MMY MAP1204HT8P TR MMY MAP1404HT8P TR MMY MAP1604HT8P TR MMY MAPO0804HT8JP TR MMY MAP1004HT8JP TR MMY MAP1204HT8JP TR MMY MAP1404HT8JP TR MMY MAP1604HT8JP TR Commercial name Super Modular Multi System Air Conditioner Complies with the provisions of the Machinery Directive Directive 2006 42 EC and the regulations transposing into national law Complies with the provisions of the following harmonized standard EN 378 2 2008 A2 2012 NOTE This declaration becomes invalid if technical or operational modifications are introduced without the manufacturer s consent 13 Sound power level dBA Weight kg MMY MMY MAPO0804HT7 J P MMY NEUE 78 MMY MAP1604HT8 J P MMY MAP1604HT7 J P MMY MAP1604HT8 J P E MMY MAP1604HT8 J P TR MMY MMY MAP0804T8 J P MMY EERSTE T MMY MAP0804T8 J P ID P SG MMY MAP1 CARRYING IN THE OUTDOOR UNIT NCAUTION Handle the outdoor unit carefully observing the following items When using a forklift or other machinery fo
122. SV3D _ Oil separator OFF OFF High pressure Oil header SV3E evaa OFF Check valve t OFF SV3B K Check valve Balance pipe Packed valve e Oil level detection takes place regardless of the number of compressors whether it be one two or three e Rough guide for oil level judgment 1 If TK1 TK4 2 14 C oil level of compressor 1 is optimum 2 If TK2 TK4 2 14 oil level of compressor 2 is optimum 3 If TK3 TK4 2 14 oil level of compressor 3 is optimum 76 Item Description of operation numerical data and other information Remarks 5 Oil This control function is aimed at preventing compressors from running out of oil by equation evening out the oil supply to outdoor units and is basically performed by opening control closing solenoid valves SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D and SV3F There are three control patterns as described below For a schematic diagram of oil equalization control see page 82 1 Preparatory control Oil accumulated in the oil If the oil level judgment result in the memory continues to be low for 30 seconds separator is returned to the SV3B is turned
123. Sub code controller parior Timer Ready display O Number of indoor units from which Indoor unit initially communicating normally fails to E06 E06 e e Dropping out of indoor unit return signal reduction in number of indoor units signal is received normally connected Indoor outdoor Signal cannot be transmitted to indoor units E07 04 e e communication circuit gt indoor units left without communication from error outdoor unit than one indoor unit is assigned same E08 Duplicated indoor address E08 e e Duplicated indoor address address also detected at indoor unit end Indoor automatic address setting is started while O Manor outdoor communigaton Automatic address starting ee EIE 2 El e e error Outdoor automatic address setting is started while automatic address setting for indoor units is in progress Indoor unit riot founa Indoor unit fails to communicate while automatic E15 E15 e e during automatic address dai setting address setting for indoor units is in progress Combined capacity of indoor units is too large 00 Overloading Too many indoor units 5 01 Number of units connected E16 e e connected overloading m 19 00 No header unit E19 Error in number of outdoor There is no or more than one outdoor header unit 02 Two or more header units e e 9 header units in one refrigerant line 0 unit from d Indoor unit
124. T error Short circuited _ _ Discharge temperature sensor Discharge temperature sensor TF has been open zi e TF error Short circuited E Indoor EEPROM is abnormal some other error may F29 SIM board or other indoor error detected 103 e SIM eee indoor group header There is more than one header unit in group _ Connection of group control cable There is at least one stand alone indoor unit to 07 SIM to stand alone indoor unit which group control cable is connected Address setting has not been performed for one or 108 108 SIM Indoor group address not set more indoor units also detected at outdoor unit end 109 _ _ e SIM indoor capacity not set fo ks setting has not been performed for indoor L20 SIM Duplcated central control address Rios ndoor external error input Unit shutdown has been caused by external error L30 130 Detected indoor unit No SIM interlock input CN80 Indoor AC fan error is detected activation of fan P01 e Indoor fan error motor thermal relay P10 10 Detected indoor unit No Indoor overflow error Float switch has been activated Indoor DC fan error e g overcurrent or lock up is P12 ALT Indoor DC fan error detecied Follower unit cannot be operated due to header unit P31 e Other indoor unit error alarm
125. TE2 TK1 TK2 TK4 or TL Note Keep the number of backed up outdoor units to one in the system single refrigerant line 9 3 1 Follower outdoor unit backup operation setting failure of follower outdoor unit Work procedure 1 Turn off the power supply to all the indoor and outdoor units connected to the system Setup of failed follower outdoor unit 2 Fully close the gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit 3 Leave the service valves of the liquid and balance pipe fully open to prevent refrigerant stagnation in the unit However if there is a leakage from an outdoor PMV unable to close fully close the liquid pipe service valve 4 In case of fault in compressor electrical part I F P C board or IPDU P C board From this point on keep the power supply to the failed unit off n case of fault refrigerating circuit or related part pressure sensor temperature sensor refrigerating cycle part or fan system part Disconnect the connector CNO3 for outdoor outdoor communication 8052 provided on the interface P C board Setup of failed follower outdoor unit 9r coc 000 eee g 4 In case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part disconnect BUS2 communication connector CNO3 on interface P C board 3 Leave service valves of liquid an
126. button is pushed the status returns the normal status CODE No 3 Section L rfi FI Rc SAVE VENT Cg SWING FIX UNIT LOUVER z 4 1 V Error clearing in indoor unit Error in the indoor unit is cleared by 27 button on the remote controller Only error of the indoor unit connected with operating remote controller is cleared 153 2 Clearing error by using switches on the interface board of the header unit Using the switches on the interface P C board of the header unit this function is to clear the currently detected error for each refrigerant circuit system without resetting the power supply Errors in both outdoor and indoor units are once cleared and error detection is performed again Set the rotary switches on the interface P C board of 7 segment display the header unit as follows A B Set SW01 SW02 SW03 to 2 16 1 Er I Press the push switch SW04 on the same board for 5 seconds or more is displayed in 7 segment display B on the 7 segment display board for 5 seconds and the error is completely A B cleared CL Interface EE board 7 segment display A 7 segment display B 5 01 SWwo02 SW03 Rotary switches 3 Clearing error by resetting power This
127. clogging Check piping for clogging Check SV4 circuit for leakage or coil installation error P17 P17 VF Discharge temperature TD2 error All stop Discharge temperature TD2 exceeds 115 Check outdoor service valves gas side liquid side to confirm full opening Check outdoor PMVs PMV1 2 4 for clogging Check resistance characteristics of TD2 sensor Check for defect in 4 way valve Check SV4 circuit for leakage Check SV4 circuit for wiring or installation error involving SV41 SV42 and 43 P18 P18 VF Discharge temperature TD3 error All stop Discharge temperature TD3 exceeds 115 C Check outdoor service valves gas side liquid side to confirm full opening Check outdoor PMVs PMV1 2 4 for clogging Check resistance characteristics of TD3 sensor Check for defect in 4 way valve Check SV43 circuit for leakage Check SV4 circuit for wiring or installation error involving SV41 SV42 and SV43 187 Check code Main remote controller Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition s Check items locations P19 P19 Detected outdoor unit No VF 4 way valve reversing error All stop Abnormal refrigerating cycle data is collected during heating operation Check for defect in main
128. hs oe a ee ee ee a ee A ddns c wie mc he deb tbe Se GR w LPND eae ay lcmb x EE i uade nl ci LEGSIOOW o n n nn yun ord S emu RM MEC C AMAA cd c a EM maj dud men YT nis god dui eger p dp 22222224 mag v ULL M 2 s aie aay ae a ood Heche ad sid OPO Pint peys peua T T T EE IHM o 2540 E sg Kf e MORD e ha gt ases Lco om rd 1 UO 77700 UNT nii EMIT NEAN ances hee a WOLNO IHM OONO JO jun Om NNO 19 nek eee 4 lool 18 E pmo SWN ZEND eNO eano OONO 90259 J cried ce 7769959919 OO ojo 41 5 HE 2188 62 2 iz ilz 1 Sood 1ejonuog Caan ete UMEN ssejeJAA PIM 54 Josues due POL ZOL LOL euu 0 1 0 1 Josues duiej Joopu YL JO0joeo 12014 54 ues 0 104 ueg wa
129. pue snadi snadi aseo ui ON p1eoq O d eui 5 AS 0 090 Aq O d 3 1 009 Jo suid pue 6 ueawjeq uonenjoni s S AS 0 090 11591 704 J uo 00949 Jo suid pue usemjoq Od pue Uaamjeq eui uoneoiunuuo3 uonoeuuoosip ou ipei euuo3 preoq O d pue 1019euuoo ZL pue LL OL 6 g sieduinf 1991109 O d 100pino jo dnjes Jeduun s 10118 0 ojo 30 ao 20 80 vo e 8 nadrev 6 e nadrev 10149 O d 4 1 adi nadrev E pue nadi ev ueewjeq 2 O d 4 1 40 eories dnjes epoo YO9YD apoo qng Anuenb 627 epoo 2 42 eoejdeg O d 1 yoayD uonoeuuoo JOJOSUUOD OU 10 1281102 Z L 0je asiou pue Jamod 2
130. sejeoipul L NN j 400pjno 2 E 12 iS EOD um ae es 2 l THM mE A a a 1 t anri C 1 EN Loss a 1 1 ee EE x HEN 5 d 1 M uondo ZH09 A002 fever fep i82 25 EC Adans one IHM IHM 19 l d IgNO 09NO LOND OSNO 60 NO M S yeg 10 les 1 2 12 High Wall Type 4MH ser 0074 APO094MH and APO124MH Models Ajayeredas pios Jejouuoo WL Josues oway oL Josues JeBueuoxe yeoH 291 Josues LOL Josues eeH 400pinO o d y pue eui v 72 equunu eu sepu episul 19197 yOO q eui 1 6 yn eus em QUO 3ma ma MOTIBA TAA 9 1 es ng SIMM IHM CXV d ZHO9 022 9Ward H0S 0 0 eX 915 L 90 198 590 eseud sued uomeoipui pue A ddng IHM IHM 13 HM She porno
131. the normal fan mode is restored when TH falls to 85 4 When TH gt 105 compressors are shut down 5 Compressors are restarted 2 minutes and 30 seconds later with an error count of 1 recorded If this is repeated four times error count reaches 4 the error is confirmed as final The error PO7 is displayed There will be no more restarts Possible causes of the confirmed error include a heat buildup in the outdoor unit fan abnormality blockage of the cooling duct and IPDU P C board fault The TH temperature used in this control function is the highest registered by A3 IPDU1 A3 IPDU2 and A3 IPDUS 3 Overcurrent protection control 1 When the overcurrent protection circuit on an IPDU P C board detects an abnormal current the compressor is shut down 2 compressor is restarted 2 minutes and 30 seconds later with an error count of 1 recorded If the compressor successfully operates for at least 10 minutes after a restart the error count is cleared the error count reaches 8 the error is confirmed as final 4 High pressure SW control 1 When the high pressure SW of an inverter compressor is activated the compressor is shut down with an error count of 1 recorded 2 The compressor is restarted 2 minutes 30 seconds later and if it successfully operates for at least 10 minutes the error count is cleared 3 If the error count reaches 4 the error is confirmed as final The error P04 is displayed
132. there is a leak from the oil equalization pipe check valve F 5 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen manually open the SV3B valve If gas Leakage of SV3A valve G escapes from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor there is a leak from the SV3A valve Replace the part 6 Then manually open the SV3A valve If gas escapes from the suction pipe section of the disconnected eva valve 2 compressor there is a leak from the SV3B valve Replace the part Clogging of SV3E valve 7 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen manually open the SV3E valve If gas EIU CORO of oil return distributor does not escape from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor the SV3E valve or oil return gging distributor is clogged Replace the part Clogging of SV3D valve 8 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen manually open the SV3D valve If gas Clogging of oil return capillary J does not escape from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor the SV3D valve oil return Clogging of oil return distributor capillary or oil return distributor is clogged Replace the part TL Fusible plug joint Liquid side service valve Liquid tank Liquid pipe check Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger Left side Main heat exchanger SV5
133. uomnejedo 220 esneo y 1e9 uonoeuuoo 20290009 1991402 2945 ue 10 uod 1se q 10 uons uiejqoud ou eeu S 21 0 preoq Od 3 1 100pino 10 epoo qns 1 5 pue 1 5 S H OZ L LL JO eouejsiseH ewou y Jo eouejsise eui S pe oo JO OW Joopino jou 51 lewiou preoq O d uo uonoeuuoo JO DBUUOD aM S 4 0 uoneoipur ay eoub OPA 3 10149 JOSUBS J0sues 9 JUUNI 1000 7 90 100W uonoejep uonisog uous 1851 0 epoo qns 16814 se uons 2 4048 O d 72 yoo 40418 100pinO esneg eureu epoo YO9YD epoo preoq O d nadr ev eoeideg eoueeedde 4110081 amp jeuuou 19suepuoo yoedeo yooyo 1 jeuuou 40sse4duioo eoejdou Josse1duioo 9SN voeov Jo pue esnj Bursny ou eeu S Dd ANI uo uonoeuuoS JO uoroeuuoo 1994102
134. youms uonpunJ 391 001 ejdsiq 2 suun z 0 dn PAM 80 Compact 4 way Cassette Type 1 way Cassette SH Type 2 way Cassette Type Ceiling Type Concealed Duct Standard Type Slim Duct Type High Wall Type jun Jo0pino 9910 1 JOMOd Jejoajuoo ejduuis e peioeuuoo eq 1 v 6 yo seeureg Ajuo ueo uonoeuuoo L 941 5 uonoeuuoo 121 80 7 0 dn pe1oeuuoo ueo 8 0 yun Joopino 994108 121 J9MOd yo Joopino 1oopu Aeidsiq owira jT na uonoun4 MS Unteounuuoo O d Josues 151 SSM n119 JOSUBS ZH09 7022 L ZHOS AOvc 0cc L yun 99Jnos JOMOd Jo0pino en in en 1009 NO 18 s0Uu8U Apeas uomeorunululoo eunsseid oyets yBly YN 0 102 ue yong ed pejeeouoo oj ejqeorjdde jon
135. 0 1 25 0 74 7 2 25 1 71 17 5 3 24 2 69 27 4 4 24 3 67 37 4 0 27 0 00 0 0 1 27 0 76 7 7 2 27 1 73 17 7 3 26 2 71 27 6 4 26 3 69 37 6 0 29 0 00 0 0 1 29 0 77 7 9 2 29 1 75 17 9 3 28 2 73 27 8 4 28 3 70 37 8 0 31 0 00 0 0 1 31 0 79 8 1 2 31 1 77 18 0 3 30 2 75 28 0 4 30 3 72 38 0 0 33 0 00 0 0 1 33 0 81 8 3 2 32 1 79 18 2 3 32 2 77 28 2 4 32 3 74 38 2 0 35 0 00 0 0 1 35 0 83 8 5 2 34 1 81 18 4 3 34 2 79 28 4 4 34 3 76 38 4 0 37 0 00 0 0 1 37 0 85 8 7 2 36 1 83 18 6 3 36 2 80 28 6 4 36 3 78 38 6 0 39 0 00 0 0 1 39 0 87 8 9 2 38 1 85 18 8 3 38 2 82 28 8 4 38 3 80 38 8 0 41 0 00 0 0 1 41 0 89 9 1 2 40 1 87 19 0 3 40 2 84 29 0 4 40 3 82 38 9 0 43 0 00 0 0 1 43 0 91 9 3 2 42 1 89 19 2 3 42 2 86 29 2 4 41 3 84 39 1 0 45 0 00 0 0 1 45 0 93 9 5 2 44 1 90 19 4 3 44 2 88 29 4 4 43 3 86 39 3 0 47 0 00 0 0 1 47 0 95 9 6 2 46 1 92 19 6 3 46 2 90 29 6 4 45 3 88 39 5 0 49 0 00 0 0 1 48 0 97 9 8 2 48 1 94 19 8 3 48 2 92 29 8 4 47 3 90 39 7 0 51 0 01 0 1 1 50 0 99 10 0 2 50 1 96 20 0 3 50 2 94 30 0 4 49 3 92 39 9 0 53 0 03 0 3 1 52 1 00 10 2 2 52 1 98 20 2 3 52 2 96 30 2 4 51 3 93 40 1 0 55 0 05 0 5 1 54 1 02 10 4 2 54 2 00 20 4 3 54 2 98 3 04 4 53 3 95 40 3 0 57 0 07 0 7 1 56 1 04 10 6 2 56 2 02 20 6 3 56 3 00 30 5 4 55 3 97 40 5 0 59 0 08 0 9 1 58 1 06 10 8 2 58 2 04 20 8 3 57 3 02 30 7 4 57 3 99 40 7 0 61 0 10 1 1 1 60 1 08 11 0 2 60 2 06 21 0 3 59 3 03 30 9 4 59 4 01 40 9 0 63 0 12 1 8 1 62 1 10 11 2 2 62 2 08 21 2 3 61 3 05 31 1 4 61 4 03 41 1 0 65 0 14 1 4 1 64 1
136. 00 4 02 4 04 4 06 4 08 4 10 4 12 4 14 4 16 4 18 4 20 4 22 4 24 4 26 4 28 4 30 4 32 4 34 4 36 4 38 4 40 4 41 4 43 4 45 4 47 4 49 4 51 4 53 4 55 4 57 4 59 4 61 4 63 4 65 4 67 4 69 4 71 4 73 4 75 4 77 4 79 4 81 4 82 4 84 4 86 4 88 4 90 4 92 4 94 4 96 4 98 U o MPa 1 14 1 15 1 15 1 16 1 17 1 19 1 20 1 20 1 21 1 22 1 22 1 23 1 24 1 24 1 25 1 25 1 26 1 27 1 27 1 32 1 32 1 33 1 34 1 34 1 35 1 36 1 37 1 38 1 39 1 40 1 41 1 43 1 43 1 44 1 45 1 45 1 46 1 47 zi zi zi ni s A 2 to w i o lt 5 c o o 1 Ps kg cm 11 6 11 7 11 7 11 8 11 9 11 9 12 0 12 1 12 1 12 2 12 3 12 3 12 4 12 5 12 5 12 6 12 7 12 7 12 8 12 9 12 9 13 0 13 0 131 13 2 13 2 13 3 13 4 13 4 13 5 13 6 13 6 13 7 13 8 13 8 13 9 14 0 14 0 14 1 14 2 14 2 14 3 14 3 14 4 14 5 14 5 14 6 14 7 14 7 14 8 14 9 14 9 9 BACKUP OPERATION EMERGENCY OPERATION This product offers backup modes of operation to tide over certain emergency situations If a fault occurs in one of the compressors it is possible to operate the system on an emergency basis by operating only the remaining compressor s compressor backup operation If one of the outdoor units fails in a combined outdoor unit system the system can be operated on an emergency basis by keeping on
137. 08 09NO LOND 104440 1 34 CA 0191 2210 0149 LOLNO L8NO 2 Ajddns ong 9NO 0 001NO po 2 Le JeBueuoxe L H AOSZ VSL EL asn4 1064 IHM IHM ENO 28 0 OSNO AAA AA Teno LX 1519 S8H NYS TAA 8 AONVYO EB PERE Er SX9 C L d y uoneonnuep 10109 1 2 13 High Wall Type 3 series AP0123H AP0153H AP0183H APO243H MMK AP0073H Models 2 pjog prot pog bc 209 ANGE 000000 Suse AM L 2HOS 072 002 310839 GHIA 999990 902 926 pi ee sseud 2806 v1 SLYYd NOLIVOIONI ONY BIEN i i Adang amod HI ENO 05135 gi HM 3412034 SAVE BERE e o0 11 5 90990 a By f 22 4 T 0191 220
138. 100 50 0 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Temperature 236 8 10 Pressure Sensor Output Check Outdoor Unit Pd sensor characteristics 0 to 4 41 MPa 0 5 to output for 0 to 4 41 MPa Voltage readings across pins 2 and 3 of CN501 on indoor unit main P C board with negative side probe of multimeter placed on pin 3 VOLT Pd Pd VOLT Pd Pd VOLT Pd Pd VOLT Pd Pd VOLT Pd Pd MPa kg cm MPa _ kg cm MPa kg cm MPa kg cm MPa kg cm 0 00 0 00 0 0 1 00 0 49 5 0 1 99 1 46 14 9 2 99 2 44 24 9 3 98 3 42 34 8 0 02 0 00 0 0 1 02 0 51 5 2 2 01 1 48 15 1 3 01 2 46 25 1 4 00 3 44 35 0 0 04 0 00 0 0 1 04 0 53 5 4 2 03 1 50 15 3 3 03 2 48 25 3 4 02 3 45 35 2 0 06 0 00 0 0 1 06 0 54 5 5 2 05 1 52 15 5 3 05 2 50 25 5 4 04 3 48 35 4 0 08 0 00 0 0 1 07 0 56 5 7 2 07 1 54 15 7 3 07 2 52 25 7 4 06 3 49 35 6 0 10 0 00 0 0 1 09 0 58 5 9 2 09 1 56 15 9 3 09 2 54 25 9 4 08 3 51 35 8 0 12 0 00 0 0 1 11 0 60 6 1 2 11 1 58 16 1 3 11 2 56 26 1 4 10 3 53 36 0 0 14 0 00 0 0 1 13 0 62 6 3 2 13 1 60 16 3 3 13 2 57 26 3 4 12 3 55 36 2 0 16 0 00 0 0 1 15 0 64 6 5 2 15 1 62 16 5 3 15 2 59 26 4 4 14 3 57 36 4 0 18 0 00 0 0 1 17 0 66 6 7 2 17 1 64 16 7 3 16 2 61 26 6 4 16 3 59 36 6 0 20 0 00 0 0 1 19 0 68 6 9 2 19 1 66 16 9 3 18 2 63 26 8 4 18 3 61 36 8 0 22 0 00 0 0 1 21 0 70 7 1 2 21 1 67 17 1 3 20 2 65 27 0 4 20 3 63 37 0 0 23 0 00 0 0 1 23 0 72 7 3 2 23 1 69 17 3 3 22 2 67 27 2 4 22 3 65 37 2 0 25 0 00 0
139. 16 set SWO2 SWO3 The contents follow to the to address No 1 to 64 to be started Secti Am ection A Displays the setup of remote controller and press SW04 for 2 seconds or more The other indoor units keep Release 52 the status as they are Return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 1 seconds from operation ON Individual Stops the specified indoor unit Setup Section A Section B stop Note Set SW01 to 16 set SWO2 SW03 1 The other indoor units keep the 10 address No 1 to 64 to be stopped EPI 4 status as they are and press SWO5 for 2 seconds or more Section A Displays the Release corresponding indoor address Return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 1 1 Section B Displays 00 for 5 seconds from operation OFF Individual Operates the specified indoor unit Setup Section A Section B test Note Set SW01 to 16 set SWO2 SWO3 ME 1 operation The other indoor units keep the to address No to be operated and M status as they are press SW04 for 10 seconds or more Section A Displays the Release Return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 1 1 Section B Displays FF for 5 seconds from test operation ON NOTE 1 This start stop function only sends the signals from the outdoor unit to the indoor unit such as start stop operation mode etc It does not resend the signals even if the indoor unit does not follow the sent signals NOTE 2 The above controls are not used during a
140. 40 44 AP4424 MAP1604 1604 1204 40 46 4624 1604 MAP1604 1404 40 48 4824 MAP1604 MAP1604 MAP1604 40 6 7 2 Priority Operation Mode Setting Purpose characteristics This function allows switching between priority cooling and priority heating Four patterns of priority operation mode setting are available as shown in the table below Select a suitable priority mode according to the needs of the customer Setup NCAUTION In the case of the priority indoor unit mode it is necessary to set up the specific indoor unit chosen for priority operation a single unit only 1 Outdoor unit setup method header unit SW11 Operation Bit 1 Bit 2 OFF OFF Priority heating factory default ON OFF Priority cooling OFF ON Priority operation based on No of units in operation priority given to the operation mode with the largest share of units in operation ON ON Priority indoor unit priority given to the operation mode of the specific indoor unit set up for priority operation 105 2 Indoor unit setup method for priority indoor unit mode The setting can be changed only when the system is at rest Be sure to turn off the system prior to this operation SET 1 Pushthe amp buttons simultaneously and hold for at least 4 seconds The display window will start flashing in a little while Verify that the displayed CODE No is 10
141. 50 24 AP2414 804 804 804 60 26 AP2614 MAP1004 804 804 60 28 AP2814 MAP1004 MAP1004 804 60 30 14 1004 1004 MAP1004 60 32 AP3214 804 804 804 804 60 34 AP3414 1004 804 804 804 60 36 614 MAP1004 1004 804 804 60 38 814 MAP1004 1004 MAP1004 804 60 40 4014 1004 1004 MAP1004 1004 60 42 4214 1204 MAP1004 MAP1004 MAP1004 50 44 AP4414 1204 MAP1204 MAP1004 1004 50 46 AP4614 1204 MAP1204 1204 1004 50 48 AP4814 1204 1204 1204 1204 50 104 2 High efficiency type Combined Model Combination of outdoor units Maximum external static pressure horsepower output MMY Unit 1 Unit 2 Unit 3 i Pa 16 1604 1604 40 24 AP2424 1204 1204 50 26 AP2624 MAP1604 MAP1004 40 28 AP2824 1604 1204 40 30 24 1604 1404 40 32 AP3224 1604 1604 40 34 AP3424 1204 MAP1204 1004 50 36 AP3624 1204 MAP1204 1204 50 38 824 1604 1204 1004 40 40 4024 MAP1604 MAP1204 1204 40 42 4224 MAP1604 MAP1404 1204
142. 52 DIA Made in Thailand 43T47334 BONNET 15 88 DIA 43T49338 FUSIBLE PLUG Made in Japan 43T47374 TUBE CAPILLARY ID 0 8 43T47375 TUBE CAPILLARY ID 1 0 43T47376 TUBE CAPILLARY ID 1 2 43119333 HOLDER SENSOR Made in Japan 43T47385 BOLT COMPRESSOR 43T49358 BAND FIX 43T49356 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 43T85531 OWNER S MANUAL 43T47394 STRAINER 43T47395 STRAINER 43T47388 STRAINER 43T47389 STRAINER 43T47390 STRAINER 43T47391 STRAINER 43T47392 STRAINER 43T47393 STRAINER a _ 0 319 Inverter Assembly MMY MAPO0804HT7P MMY MAP1004HT7P MMY MAP1204HT7P 717 721 co De 5 Bre Y a g oya 1912 EE 3 eg 1 a gi 2119 elr TK2 K4 TK5 TS TL TO TE1 704 AT C704 704 704 701 701 701 701 TTA To inno 712 J 703 714 706 707 707 320 Inverter Assembly MMY MAP1404HT7P MMY MAP1604HT7P ZZ 6 LLZ 04 24
143. 64 indoor unit addresses Nos 01 64 are theoretically available the number of indoor units that can be connected to the same refrigerant piping system is limited to 48 6 Display of Outdoor EEPROM Writing Error Code Displayed on Header Unit Only The latest error code written in the EEPROM of each outdoor unit is displayed This function is used to check the error code after the resetting of the power supply To display the error code press SW04 and hold for at least 5 seconds after setting 5 01 to 03 as shown in the table below 01 SWO02 SW03 Indoor address 7 segment display section A 1 Latest error code of header unit U1 E 1 2 16 Latest error code of follower unit No 1 U2 E 2 3 Latest error code of follower unit No 2 U3 E 3 4 Latest error code of follower unit No 3 04 E 4 7 Segment Display Section A Section B D600 D601 D602 D603 D604 Set SW01 SWO02 SWOS to 1 1 16 and press SW04 and hold for at least 5 seconds The latest error code of the header unit U1 will be displayed If the setting of SWO2 is changed the latest error code of a follow unit U2 U4 will be displayed 228 8 7 Oil Level Judgment Display The current compressor oil level judgment results can be accessed by setting the switches provided on the interface P C board of an outdoor unit Perform the checks in accordance with the procedure described
144. 8 24 4A PMV1 2 opening x1 pls 8 0500 500pls 1B 28 3B PMV4 opening x1 pls 1 2C 4 Compressor 1 current I1 x10 A 10 2D 3D 40 Compressor 2 current I2 x10 A 1 2 Compressor 3 current I3 x10 A DE 1F 2F SF 4F Outdoor fan current IFan x10 A CODE No Data name Display format Unit Remote controller display example 01 92 93 U4 50 60 70 80 Compressor 1 revolutions x10 rps 51 61 71 81 Compressor 2 revolutions x10 rps 0642 64 2rps 52 62 72 Compressor 3 revolutions x10 rps i 53 63 73 83 Outdoor fan mode 1 mode 0058 58 mode gt 54 64 74 84 Compressor IPDU 1 heat sink temperature x1 55 65 75 85 Compressor IPDU 2 heat sink temperature x1 E 56 66 76 Compressor heat sink temperature x1 57 67 77 87 Outdoor fan IPDU heat sink temperature x1 Z se Heatngtcooingrecovey 5 Normal 59 Pressure release 5 0010 Pressure release controlled E Discharge temperature release 79 0 Normal 0001 Discharge temperature release controlled ga 0001 04 outdoor unit release controlled 6F 7F 8F Outdoor unit horsepower x1 HP 0016 16 1 Only a part of indoor unit types is installed with the discharge temperature sensor This temperature is not dis
145. 810 gl imal Dei N i i 9 2 709 20284 5 x 704 704 2 04 704 794 701 701 701 701 __ Ao iio TCA 712 703 714 706 707 707 309 Inverter Assembly MMY MAP1404T8P MMY MAP1604T8P bol 231 131 O1 ab 51 S91 YAL 2 LL 1 aL LOZ LOZ LOZ 104 104 vol vol vol vol vol vol vol vol TAT eR S 014 TAT LLZ O C 504 214 310 Part No Description Q ty Set MMY MAP0804 T8P MAP1004 T8P MAP1204 T8P MAP1404 T8P MAP1604 T8P 43T50347 SENSOR ASSY SERVICE 4 4 4 5 5 43T95303 SUPPORTER ASSY 43T50348 SENSOR TD F6 43T60437 TERMINAL 4P 43T58316 43T58317 REACTOR CH 55 REACTOR CH 79 43T60423 TERMINAL 6P 43T52317 CONTACTOR MAGNETIC 43T60436 TERMINAL 6 43T95301 SUPORT SPACER
146. Check that a frame as shown in the following figure at left is displayed on the LC display section of the remote controller No good ON OFF MODE SAVE VENT FILTER RESET TEST SWING FIX UNIT LOUVER gt D FILTER RESET TEST SWING FIX LOUVER Normal status power supplied and operation stopped When power is not supplied normally If no frame is displayed as shown in the above figure at right the remote controller does not have a normal supply of power check the following items Check the power supply of the indoor unit Check the cabling between the indoor unit and the remote controller Check whether there is a cutoff of wire around the indoor control PC board or not and check for connection failures of the connectors Check for failure of the transformer for the indoor electrical control box Check for failure of the indoor control PC board 121 7 4 Address Setup This product requires address setup before operation Follow this procedure for address setup 7 4 1 Precautions 1 Address setup is not performed simply by turning on the power supply 2 For indoor units address setup can be done either by manual address setup or by automatic address setup Automatic address setup Setup from SW15 on the interface PC board of the header unit Manual address setup Setup from the wired remote controller For details refer to 7 4 3 Address
147. Cut Cut Cut The following characters can be attached to the end of model name in according with the destination E TR SG ID K 1 Interface P C Board Dip Switches swoe swo7 swog swio i E Push this part to the j 4 direction of the arrow swit swi2 swi3 swi4 aLL remove the PCB swie swi7 1 rt 5 a T PCB Mounts 7 Jumpers 1 5 6 Set the dip switch settings of the service board to match the switch settings of the PCB being replaced Install the service board to the outdoor control unit Confirm that it is securely fixed to the PCB Mounts Connect the connectors and fast on terminals Confirm that they are correctly and securely inserted If a component on the board is bent during board replacement adjust it manually ensuring that it is not short or contact other parts 9 Install the cover then turn on the power supply Check the operation T 8 YS YH TV 283 13 2 4 Comp IPDU P C Board MCC 1596 Replacement Procedure This board is commonly installed in different models before shipment Set the dip switch SW800 setting of the service board to the switch setting before replacement Replacement Steps 1 Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit and allow at least 3 minute for the capacitor to discharge 2 Remove all the connectors and the fast on terminals 1 connected to the Compressor IP
148. EEPROM supplied with the P C board to be replaced and now mounted on the service P C board needs to be replaced with the new EEPROM supplied with the service P C board X Replacing P C board and turning on power Procedure 2 4 Writing EEPROM data in new EEPROM Procedure 3 wy Resetting power supply applicable to all indoor units connected to remote controller in case of group operation Method 3 If it is not possible to read the setting data due to the failure of the EEPROM itself Replacing P C board and turning on power Procedure 2 pua Writing EEPROM data on basis of information supplied by customer e g high ceiling adjustment setting and optional connection setting Procedure 3 X Resetting power supply applicable to all indoor units connected to remote controller in case of group operation 276 Procedure 1 Reading Setting Data from EEPROM Read the setting data from EEPROM including both the factory settings and any modifications made to them on site 1 TEST SET cL Push the buttons simultaneously and hold for at least 4 seconds 7 This number corresponds to the same number shown on the Remote Controller Operation Diagram n the case of group control the unit No displayed first is the indoor unit No of the header unit At the same time the CODE No DN code 10 is displayed and the fan of the selected indoor unit comes on with the louver swinging depending on t
149. Forced Open Close Function in Indoor Unit 156 7 7 6 Pulse Motor Valve PMV Forced Open Fully Close fully Function in Outdoor Unit 156 7 7 7 Solenoid Valve Forced Open Close Function in Outdoor Unit 157 7 7 8 Fan Operation Check in Outdoor 158 7 7 9 Abnormal Outdoor Unit Discrimination Method By Fan Operating Function 159 7 7 10 Manual Adjustment Function of Outside Temperature TO Sensor 160 7 7 11 Monitor Function of Remote Controller Switch 162 8 TROUBLESHOOTING ruo Rer 164 8 1 Overview s ood e eere de tok now xc Ante a X ab a od AD t lot ee ue e d 164 8 2 Troubleshooting Method 165 8 3 Troubleshooting Based on Information Displayed on Remote 171 8 4 Check Codes Displayed on Remote Controller and SMMS i Outdoor Unit 7 Segment Display on I F Board and Locations to Be Checked 176 8 5 Diagnosis procedure for each check 192 8 6 7 Segment Display Function 1 223 8 7 Oil Level Judgment 229 8 8 Leakage Clogging of Refrigerating Cycle
150. Hold tetrum eR 2 35 Y Current mode 11 50 seconds Mode being lowered Highest mode 1 gt 1 i 1 t Interval control Mode lowered as rapidly as Mode 0 180 seconds every two seconds Mode 1 30 seconds down to mode 0 Available control modes are at rest to 63 2 00 1 95 2 Heating fan control 1 Outdoor fan speed mode is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the TE1 temperature sensor 2 If TE1 gt 25 is continuously detected for 8 minutes the fan may be turned off However this condition is the same as normal thermo OFF so that fan operation will be restarted 3 For a specified period after air conditioner startup and during defrosting this control is disabled 4 When refrigerant is in extremely short supply this control may cause the air conditioner to be repeatedly turned on and off TE1 temperature C Zone A Lowest mode timer count for forced compressor shutdown 25 Zone B 2 15 seconds down to lowest mode Zone C 1 15 seconds down to lowest mode Zone D Hold staying at current mode Zone E 41 15 seconds up to highest mode A Zone F Highest mode 3 Control while follower unit at rest The fan is operated at mode 1 to prevent the accumulation of refrigerant inside the outdoor heat exchanger The fan speed corresponding to the highest mode varies with the HP capac
151. I i i H Ay i Gas side service valve 260 lt MMY MAP0804 1004 and 1204 gt Check items and procedures to follow when checking oil circuit with compressor s disconnected Check item Location Procedure 1 With PMV1 and 2 fully closed apply pressure to the check joint of liquid pipe with nitrogen and check the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe Leakage of outdoor PMY If the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe increases there is a leak from PMV1 or 2 A and check valve Leakage of check valve in A f disch he faul discharge pipe convergent of discharge pipe C eplace the faulty parts A 2 If the pressure does not increase fully open outdoor PMV 1 and 2 and check the pressure at the check joint of section discharge pipe again If the pressure increases there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe C Replace the part 3 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen if gas escapes from the discharge pipe Leakage of check valve in E section of the disconnected compressor there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe E Replace the discharge pipe part Leakage of check valve in oil 4 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen if gas escapes from the oil equalization equalization circuit F Lapeer og disconnected compressor
152. Jey eoejdeu rejide2 uoyeredos I0 IWAH 10 1009 u 159 eS 0 jo 2 eoejdeu ON eoejdeu uonesado eui yes pue Ajddns Jamod 1 josseJduloo jue1eBujei 108102 peuuojied si 32 5 10 dn 9 svens 44O NO jo esojo uedo 5 10 eDexeo uoneuBeis Ajddns 1 eu 10 GEAS g AS 10 e si juejeAmbo esu zou seop p 10 epis xoeuo spun JOOPINO e LH Aejdsip DEAS IEAS YEAS uo uini pue 10 ZOMS dn 195 e 10 Spuooes Z JO POMS usnd pue LH Aeidsip e 1 2 0 Z0 LOMS dn 195 si 100pino ueis s 100pino 104 GEAS 20 5 p SALA VEAS
153. Jo uognoeuuoo 59440 JO uonoeuuoo 1281102 Sd JO uonoeuuoo 10 uonoeuuoo aly 0192 SI JOSUOS 0 jndino z t peBueuoxe Sd Sd Pd Josues einsseJd pue L Josues eunsseJd 4oopino o 14 Josues 64 JO 10119 1ndino sneg JOSU S Sq 224 29452 2042 201 uonoes Buroeuuoo JosseJduioo jo sjrejeq Au jeune BY 0 peal joeuuoo pue ANLI peuesoo s 1 J uejse J uo uomiojsip ou 81 A euns xoeuo 10sse1duio9 ay peaj 4osse1duioo y Bunoeuuoo indino y Jey pleog Dd esneo 1994002 jeuuouqe ue ou S Dd 3 1 40 TINO ji ewou 811 pue 1 uone nsul z 0 01 OL O ji ewou S 3 5 usemjag eouejsisel 992 L JO yo exer Burung d 09 jo seseud ojo esiou xoeuo iddns eoueisiseJ 1
154. MAP1604 HT7P 43T20333 FAN PROPELLER 1 1 1 1 1 43719354 CABINET AIR OUTLET 1 1 43T00624 CABINET ASSY AIR INLET FRONT 43T00619 CABINET AIR INLET BACK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 43T00625 CABINET ASSY AIR INLET FRONT 43T00621 43 41458 CABINET AIR INLET BACK COMPRESSOR RA421A3FB 20MD 43 63345 SWITCH PRESSURE 43T57303 HEATER CASE 29W 240V 43T57304 HEATER CASE 55W 240V 43 20336 MOTOR DC280V 43T46392 VALVE BALL SBV JASGTC 1 43T46391 VALVE PACKED 9 52 _ _ 42 0 _ 0 43T46390 VALVE PACKED 12 7 43T46393 VALVE BALL 25 4 43746404 COIL SOLENOID AC208V 230 60HZ 43T46402 COIL SOLENOID 43T46408 43T46407 VALVE 2WAY COIL PMV 43746410 VALVE 2WAY 43T46411 VALVE 2WAY 43746397 VALVE 4WAY 43T46395 VALVE CHECK 43T46396 VALVE CHECK 43746394 VALVE PMV 43T46412 VALVE 2WAY 43T46406 COIL VALVE 2WAY 0 0 43T48306 SEPARATOR 43T48307 SEPARATOR 43T48308 43T48309 TANK LIQUID TANK LIQUID 43T48305 ACCUMULATOR 43T19353 GUARD FAN 43743478 CONDENSER ASSY THREE ROW LEFT 43T434
155. MOd 190110 jo si pue Jewod xoeuo Aue s 202 peog nadrev uo 10jeuuo O d 4 1 100pino 72 10j9euuoo 1991002 10 uonoeuuoo Jo 3 1j00pinQ 40419 NOHd33 400pinO 124 epoo 42949 epoo sues 40sseJduioo uonnedey preoq Ord wun 100put uo spuooes 01 uo 129 109 10 soysey s1eeddesip si 2 20 viva 135 4 viva 13 NO 1 xouddy enueo JosseJduio 50 19 1 uo pe ejdsip s 10100 76 aseo siy pareada si sseijppe ejep z 10sseJduio 20 Ajeinjosqe s 1 10 uo jou WOHd33 01 ASLV 08 lewiou yun 100p NO jo O d og HUN uo WOHd33 0191 Jo Jeuonipuoo jo S 10449 SIUL
156. ON jndino indino 2 jndino _ uoee y A Orvz Ozc jndino eui91x3 43 Code Parts name Code Parts name Code Parts name CN Connector TSA TSA sensor SW701 Dip switch F01 Fuse printed circuit board TFA TFA sensor 43F11 43F12 Relay for air supplying motor F02 Fuse motor TCJ TC1 TC2 Indoor coil sensor 43F21 43F22 Relay for air exhausting motor FM1 Air supplying motor TB1 Terminal block power source RY701 RY702 Relay for air supplying motor FM2 Air exhausting motor TB2 Terminal block communication RY704 RY705 Relay for air exhausting motor DAM Damper motor TB3 Terminal block external output TRA TRA sensor FS1 Float switch TOA TOA sensor PMV Pulse modulating valve 1 The dotted line represents a wire procured locally and the dashed line represents an option sold separately 2 represents a terminal block o represents a connection terminal G9 represents a connector on the printed circuit board and 9 9 represents a short circuit connector 3 G represents a protective earth represents a printed circuit board b Using a no voltage a contact input of the external input option the following operations are available Between 1 and 2 Selecting the rem
157. ON VAS ZAS p1eoq O d oeuo pue z peiepisuoo s 10sues eunsseid 0 ue 2 pue p1eoq O d 10 E Aejdsip ejdsip ainssald 72 yoayD einsseid Aq einssejg leuuou 1059 einsseijd wo 10 sonsuosjoeJeuo yun 400pino 10 edid pue 0 SOAJEA 99 195 204 yeay 100pino 100puJ ANd J00pino 100pu Jesuepuoo pue Joopino pue usamjeq Jo KAS ZAS 10 119 JOSUGS 64 BOUR SISS JO 10449 5 EAL 10 ZAL LAL JO uonejeisuis 72 uonoeuuoosiul 141 10505 JOSUAS 5 SOH esop ovma einsseJd wo1 90H po epoo y9 49 sneg epoo epoo y ays 10sseJduioo 5 ueuM 918 JOE efueuosip uogeuBejs jue1eBuje1 jo esne2 ANd 100pino 100pu
158. Operation Output Locally procured Header outdoor unit Piu Bed c eee CIC Outdoor unit Optional PCB interface r 1 i Ki 2 OUTPUT1 i swie epu M oh 20 3 Du 1234 re 5 EN i OUTPUTS 77 k 6 l gt i Operation In operation output An in operation indication signal is output as long as at least one indoor unit is in operation in the line Error output An error indication signal is output if an error occurs in at least one indoor outdoor unit in the line Note 1 Output Relay K1 K2 K3 Contact Specifications e Output terminals OUTPUTI1 2 3 must satisfy the following electrical rating When connecting a conductive load e g relay coil to loads K1 K2 and insert a surge killer CR for an AC power supply or a diode for preventing back electromotive force for a DC power supply on the bypass circuit Electrical Rating 220 240 VAC 10 mA or more 1A or less 24 VAC 10 mA or more 1 A or less non conductive load C1 Connector cable 1 CN511 Connector on Interface side green K1 K2 Relays L1 Error indication Lamp L2 Operation indication Lamp OUTPUT Error output OUTPUT2 Operation output PJ20 Connector on optional PCB side TB1 Termin
159. SEPARATOR 43748307 SEPARATOR 43T48308 TANK LIQUID 43748309 TANK LIQUID 43 48305 ACCUMULATOR 43T19353 43T19359 GUARD FAN 43743478 CONDENSER ASSY THREE ROW LEFT 43743479 CONDENSER ASSY THREE ROW RIGHT 43T43480 CONDENSER ASSY THREE ROW LEFT 43T43481 CONDENSER ASSY THREE ROW RIGHT 43746398 VALVE CHECKED 43T46399 VALVE CHECK 43746400 VALVE CHECKED 43T46409 JOINT CHECK 43749348 RUBBER SUPPORTER 43T49349 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 43T49350 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 43T49351 1 For E model RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 307 0 WOW 0 5 5 0 oe Q ty Set MMY Part No Description MAP0804 MAP1004 MAP1204 MAP1404 MAP1604 T8P T8P T8P T8P T8P 43T49352 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 1 1 1 43T49353 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 43T49354 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 43749355 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 43T01309 MARK TOSHIBA 43T63346 HOLDER SENSOR TO 43719355 CABINET SIDE UP 43T00623 PANEL 43T50349 SENSOR ASSY LOW PRESSURE 43T50350 SENSOR ASSY HIGH PRESSURE 43T00613 CABINET ASSY SIDE LEFT 43T00614 CABINET ASSY SIDE RIGHT 43T00615 CABINET ASSY FRONT DOWN 43T00616
160. Setup Procedure 3 Automatic setup usually takes about 5 minutes per line In some cases however it may take up to 10 minutes 4 It is unnecessary to operate the air conditioner to achieve address setup 7 4 2 Address Setup and Check Procedure Procedure Item Operation and check contents 1 Indoor unit power on Turn on the power of the indoor unit for the refrigerant line for which the address is to be set up 2 Outdoor unit power on Turn on the power of all the outdoor units for the refrigerant line for which the address is to be set up 7 segment display Check that L08 is displayed on the 7 segment display B on the interface PC board of the 3 is header unit in the system where the address is to be set up Address setup start Confirm the items in 7 4 3 Address Setup Procedure and then set up the address according to the operation procedure Be careful to note that the setup operation may differ in group control and central control 4 Systems Note The address cannot be set up if switches are not operated Display check after e After address setup U1 is displayed on the 7 segment display 5 setup For follower outdoor units U2 to U4 are displayed on the 7 segment display A f an error code is displayed on the 7 segment display B remove the cause of the problem referring to 8 TROUBLESHOOTING System information Using the 7 segment display fun
161. be maintained Check remote controller wiring Check indoor power supply wiring Check P C boards of indoor units E19 E19 00 No header unit 02 Two or more header units VF Error in number of outdoor header units All stop There is more than one outdoor header unit in one line e There is no outdoor header unit in one line Outdoor header unit is outdoor unit to which indoor outdoor tie cable U1 U2 is connected Check connection of indoor outdoor communication line Checkfor defect in outdoor P C board I F E20 E20 01 Connection of outdoor unit from other line 02 Connection of indoor unit from other line VF Connection to other line found during automatic address setting All stop Equipment from other line is found to have been connected when indoor automatic address setting is in progress Disconnect inter line tie cable in accordance with automatic address setting method explained in Address setting section E23 E23 VF Outdoor outdoor communication transmission error All stop Signal cannot be transmitted to other outdoor units for at least 30 seconds continuously Check power supply to outdoor units Is power turned on Check connection of tie cables between outdoor units for bad contact or broken wire Check communication connectors on outdoor P C boards Check for defect in outdoor P C board
162. becomes crooked during replacement straighten it without touching any other component 11 Mount the terminal block sub assembly T and firmly secure it using the screws 3 12 Securely connect the red white and black leads from the service P C board A to the power supply terminal block 4 using the screws 2 13 Put the cover on turn on the power and check operation Close up view of screw on terminals 8 Screw tightening torque Nem Screw diameter Torque Nem M6 2 5 0 1 M4 1 2 0 1 0 5 0 1 Close up view of terminal block sub assembly 289 14 EXPLODED DIAGRAM PARTS LIST SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT MMY MAPO0804HT8P MMY MAP1004HT8P MMY MAP1204HT8P 55555858552 2 1 mum NM we 290 FAS 720 920 6101820 020 E LO 600 200 690710 SLO AG 990 SAS ZZO 9ZO 8201090970 290 410 20 910 050 ezo 820 8201 50270 290 ZAS ZZ0 8 LO 990 SEAS ZZO 8 LO GEAS 720 810 610 5 5 9 0 120 050 990 990 DEAS 420 810 YEAS 420J8L0 290 LYO 8 0 9 0 6 0 20 8 291 REFRIGERATION CIRCU
163. characteristics of by TK2 despite TK2 sensor compressor 2 having Check for connection error involving been started TK1 TK2 TK4 and TK5 sensors Check for faulty operation in SV3E or SV3F valve Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor No temperature Check for disconnection of TK3 sensor change is detected Check resistance characteristics of by TK3 despite sensor compressor having Check for connection error involving been started TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 and TK5 sensors Check for faulty operation in SV3E or PIS e SV3F valve Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve Checkfor refrigerant entrapment inside compressor No temperature Check for disconnection of TK4 sensor change is detected Check resistance characteristics of by TK4 despite 4 sensor compressor having Check for connection error involving been started TK1 TK2 TK4 and TK5 sensors Check for faulty operation in SV3E or SV3F valve Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve Checkfor refrigerant entrapment inside compressor No temperature e Check for disconnection of TK5 sensor change is detected Check resistance characteristics of by TK5 despite TK5 sensor compressor havin
164. compressors have just been turned on When heating takes over upon completion of defrosting When heating operation has continued for 60 minutes 2 Control details All compressors currently in operation are operated at the minimum speed with those currently not in operation turned on Indoor units are set to the heating refrigerant oil recovery control mode with their indoor PMVs opened to a certain degree Compressors are operated at the target speed Upon completion of refrigerant recovery for all the indoor units normal cooling operation resumes 5 minutes though it varies according to the operating conditions of the system Heating oil recovery control takes place approximately every hour Control duration is about 2 to 10 minutes though it varies according to loading conditions Compressor rotational speed varies with control conditions indoor unit capacity and outdoor unit specification 77 Item Description of operation numerical data and other information Remarks 7 Defrosting control reverse defrosting method 1 Defrosting commencement conditions During heating operation the cumulative duration of operation in which TE1 sensor temperature falls below frost formation temperature is measured and when this reaches 55 minutes defrosting control is introduced Just after startup or upon changeover from cooling to heating the target cumulative duration is 25 mi
165. connecting them to the screw on terminals 8 in the same manner as before Line Filter installation Screw the line filter and the connecting wires together to the terminals as below The torque of 6 screws of the line filter is 2 5 Please check that the screws connecting the line filter are not loose If the screw is loose the screw will generate heats and cause the line filter to breakdown Do not use an electric driver or an air driver as this can cause damage to the line filter Uu T 5 LEAH MELEE Connect the wires according to the wiring diagram 288 7 Install the service P C boards A and B in the outdoor unit controller Make sure that they are firmly secured to the card edge spacers 7 8 Securely connect the service P C boards to the chassis using the earthing screws 5 6 removed in step 4 If either of the screws is loose it will pose a risk of device failure by degrading noise control so take care while engaging in the work Nevertheless do not use an electric or pneumatic screwdriver under any circumstances as it may lead to component damage 9 Connect the wiring using the connectors and fastons removed in step 3 Make sure that the connectors and fastons are connected correctly and securely 10 If any component on the P C board
166. controller wiring A B x 10 006 Group control wiring Remote controller Case2 Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit one being serviced P C board X P C board Service P C board Remove CN41 1 connectors of all X other indoor units 6 rx Group control wiring Remote controller sure to restore the temporarily removed group control wiring and CN41 connectors to their initial states after Procedure 3 has been completed 278 Procedure 3 Writing Setting Data in EEPROM The EEPROM of the service P C board has been set to the factory default values SET 1 Pushthe amp buttons simultaneously and hold for at least 4 seconds 7 This number corresponds to the same number shown on the Remote Controller Operation Diagram Under UNIT No ALL is displayed At the same time the CODE No DN code 10 is displayed and the fan of the indoor unit comes on with the louver swinging depending on the model 2 The button allows you to moved the CODE No DN code up down by one place 3 3 First set the type and capacity codes of the indoor unit Changing the type and capacity codes in EEPROM overwrites the factory default settings 1 Set the CODE No DN code to 10 no change 2 Use the button to select the type 4 For example 0
167. currently developed General tools Conventional tools can be used In addition to the above exclusive tools the following equipments which serve also for R22 are necessary as the general tools 1 Vacuum pump Use vacuum pump by attaching vacuum pump 7 Screwdriver 8 Spanner or Monkey wrench adapter 9 Hole core drill 2 Torque wrench 10 Hexagon wrench Opposite side 4mm 3 Pipe cutter 11 Tape measure 4 Reamer 12 Metal saw 5 Pipe bender 6 Level vial Also prepare the following equipments for other installation method and run check 1 Clamp meter 3 Insulation resistance tester 2 Thermometer 4 Electroscope and MAP1204 MMY MAPO0804 MAP1004 Outdoor Uni 1 Wiring Diagrams 1 1 Models pJe0q 2 d plats 9014 eua L 281 Ajddns Jamod jeuiuue LaL LSL Josues OL 105095 pinbr1 105095 dwa lio GAL Josuas dwa eBueuoxe 131 eBueuosip Josues edid O MS LLMS 9LMS YAMS vLMS LMS ZLMS LLMS OLMS 60MS 20MS 90MS 399914 INO dn 51 jeuondo eu jo y je9H 1 ZAL LEL euie jo xoeq e uo palesul 2931 LO
168. display of the connected remote controller flashes Check the connected remote controller z Press the push switch SW05 on the interface P C board of the header End unit for 2 seconds or more Other end conditions 1 10 minutes has passed 2 SWO1 SWO02 SW03 changed to other position EG Boarg 7 segment display A 7 segment display B swo1 swo2 SW03 lt Rotary switches gt 155 7 7 5 Pulse Motor Valve PMV Forced Open Close Function in Indoor Unit This function is provided to open or close forcedly PMV for 2 minutes in all the indoor units by the switch operation on the interface P C board of the header unit This function is also used to open PMV fully when turning off the power and executing an operation Operation Open fully Set the switches SWO1 SWO02 SWOS on the interface P C board of the header unit to 2 3 1 and press SW04 for 2 seconds or more Display appears on 7 segment display for 2 minutes as follows P FF Close fully Set the switches SW01 SW02 SWO03 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 2 3 1 and press SWO5 for 2 seconds or more Display appears on 7 segment display for one minute as follows P 00 Clear After 2 minutes 1 minutes for Close fully after setting up the opening automatically returns to the normal opening
169. dn aojonuco eq ueo 8 0 ZOv1 OOW O d 1700 189 8H uomeorunutuoo 10 1 02 preoq O d uoo uonoeuuooS L Aiddns A ddns aiqeebieyooy 1 Jemog Ex INO youms youms suun 0 dn Japeay 5 Compact 4 way Cassette Type 1 way Cassette SH Type 2 way Cassette Type Ceiling Type Concealed Duct Standard Type Slim Duct Type High Wall Type jeuondo uonoeuuoo L Joopu MHOMLAN IY Jo 9562 uj guondo Jejouoo Jouoo jequeg 84 1 way Cassette YH Type Floor Standing Type Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type Floor Standing Concealed Type Floor Standing Cabinet Type Fresh Air Intake Type qns pejoeuuoo jouueo ejnpeuos v iun euo pejejsul Ajuo ued uonoeuuoo 21 SUL 2 pejoeuuoo 5 1 ejduulS 2 palesu 5 eoepejul Uuonoeuuoo J9poul L JI spun 7 0 dn 1
170. e g mounting screws and thermal conductivity Check for defect in A3 IPDU faulty IGBT built in temperature sensor TH P10 P10 Detected indoor address Indoor unit Indoor overflow error All stop Float switch operates Float switch circuit is open circuited or disconnected at connector Check float switch connector Check operation of drain pump Check drain pump circuit Check drain pipe for clogging Check for defect in indoor P C board P12 Indoor unit Indoor fan motor error Stop of corresponding unit Motor speed measurements continuously deviate from target value Overcurrent protection is activated Check connection of fan connector and wiring Check for defect in fan motor Check for defect in indoor P C board Check impact of outside air treatment OA 186 MG CTT Magnet contactor Check code Main remote controller Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition s Check items locations P138 P13 VF Outdoor liquid backflow detection error All stop During cooling operation When system is in cooling operation high pressure is detected in follower unit that has been turned off During heating operation When system is in heating operation outdoor PMV 1 or 2 continuously registers open
171. eAnoejep nyesa dwa LAL Gap enses P Dt Buuiwsiu 10419 1949 IO 91H 201 Af anssi ainssoid eras n OLAS epoo Y20949 as y rns 25 n V 5 2 peu SESNO VESNO soyesedes 5 2 ZESNO 9 LESNO 20090009 pJ amp oq O d 4 1 Jo0pino ay eoejdei ewou sJosues U j josues jo eouejsise1 pue JO 1osues einje1eduie eAnoejep ue S pejoejep 941 J0sues 10119 108095 GY 60 10449 JOSUOS ty 70 10119 JOSUOS EY 20 40110 JOSUOS ZYL 20 1029 1OSU S L YL 10 epoo qns 709 Ld VIA AININ vOv Ld VIN AINIA 10119 JOSUBS uoug uedo 10sues Sy 0 LAL Je el IIO 80H asneg epoo xoeuo epoo p1eoq O d 5 1 499UD ijeuuou Josues Josues 105095 Jo sonsuejoeieuo eouejsisel eJ aniq yOSNO EAL edi ganan 0SNO ZAL uo uomejeisursiu ZOSNO LOL 129407 ou S amp Af904100
172. ee 1008 VS LE 20 704 em 9 108594409 esn4 9691 2020 ZT vH JOYSUUOD xxx Foy 30j5euuoo UNO KD T licet 108591409 LO beri pezh sez amp 5 H youms eunsseud uBIH HE9 ZHE9 LHE9 TT TIPS IT 169 LAMY ZENO QNO o ZEZE PEEL ve sued puis i OOO 80 fmm 00 mi an smsspms pms 0 UNS Tams 0 0 20 1 umo Eu 9 OSON po V pJEOg 2 2910 OSION 62294 ROO ERG 5550 peog Id 10 soepi 9091 20W 105891909 2 d 1949AU 9681 09 R x 9ureu SHed 1045 PIF0g O d 1240440 40j2euuo p1eog O d LIND USTIONLNOD m Ol WMINSDOl WooCNIOL 2 09 dZl ASLv 08 2 05 9815 5 H3MOd AP0124HP APO154HP APO184HP APO244HP APO274HP AP0304HP and AP0564HP MMU APO0094HP Indoor Un 1 2 1 4 way Cassette Type AP0364HP APO484HP 1 2 Models JejoJuoo SSM Od jonuoo 7 d5ussdue N3J3HO NHO MOV18 18 puno46 y yog euwe 207081 NM
173. found during detected after indoor indoor outdoor automatic automatic address setting is communication line address setting started Check for error in indoor power supply system EIS Check for noise from other devices e Check for power failure Check for defect in indoor P C board 00 VF Too many All stop Combined capacity of Check capacities of indoor Overloading indoor units indoor units exceeds 135 units connected 01 connected of combined capacity of Check combined HP No of units connected outdoor units capacities of indoor units Note Check HP capacity If this code comes up settings of outdoor units after backup setting for Check No of indoor units outdoor unit failure is connected E16 E16 performed perform No Checkfor defect in outdoor overloading detected setting lt overloading detected setting method Turn on SWO9 Bit 2 on I F P C board of outdoor header unit More than 48 indoor units are connected P C board I F 177 Check code Main remote controller Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition s Check items locations E18 Indoor unit Error in communication between indoor header and follower units Stop of corresponding unit Periodic communication between indoor header and follower units cannot
174. found up and the repair work is interrupted pump down and tighten the service valve otherwise the refrigerant gas may leak into the room The poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire such as fan heater stove or cocking stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous When installing equipment which includes a large amount of charged refrigerant such as a multi air conditioner in a sub room it is necessary that the density does not the limit even if the refrigerant leaks If the refrigerant leaks and exceeds the limit density an accident of shortage of oxygen is caused Tighten the flare nut with a torque wrench in the specified manner Excessive tighten of the flare nut may cause a crack in the flare nut after a long period which may result in refrigerant leakage Nitrogen gas must be used for the airtight test The charge hose must be connected in such a way that it is not slack For the installation moving reinstallation work follow to the Installation Manual If an incorrect installation is done a trouble of the refrigerating cycle water leak electric shock or fire is caused Check after repair Once the repair work has been completed check for refrigerant leaks and check the insulation resistance and water drainage Then perform a trial run to check that the air conditioner is running properly After repair work has finished check there is no trouble If check is not executed a fire elec
175. i euuou pue uoneorunuJuJoo9 1994107 JOOpU eul 5 100pu lt lt p asion E 40419 5 10 Z J09piri pU Buunp uonoeuuoo uoneorunuJuo Joopu Burpuodseuoo 613 epoo epoo 9 440 Ajensn eoepejul 100pjno X90949 NO 400pino Jepesy Dd 4 1 Uo 18 60MS UNL 1eAo Ajoedeo ejeAnoeep OJ Fx S3Hna3o0ud QHVOG O d L dH dn jas SHUN Jo GE L pojoeuuoo 196 dnjes 19811025 Buuisiu 1994002 pejoeuuoo spun eAISseox3 L Ajoedeo 10 uonoejep ou jo dnjes uonejedo eui Buunp ueeq seu 4 1oopu jo dnjes 198109U spun JOOPU pejoeuuoo Jo joede z SHUN Joopul pejoeuuoo 10 aou L 21 pue LL OL 6 dn 195 dnjes 100pino preoq Od 921 195 104 SseJppe 1 129102 2 661 SHUN pojoeuuoo edeo 8101 51
176. in any of the above operations stand by in thermo OFF state 15 4 The indoor fan has been turned off because the system is engaged in a heat refrigerant oil recovery operation Heating standby Displayed on remote controller 1 Normal thermo OFF During heating the indoor unit goes thermo OFF as the heating temperature setting is reached 2 During heating the fan rotates at a breeze speed UL or lower or remains stationary to prevent cold air from being discharged including defrosting operation 3 Forced thermo OFF HEAT operation is unavailable because at least one indoor unit is operating in COOL DRY mode under priority cooling setting bit 1 of SW11 on outdoor P C board ON HEATING STANDBY displayed 72 NO Item Specification outline Remarks Selection of 1 The range of operations that can be performed via an indoor unit remote controller In the case of a wired central control can be determined through the setting of the central controller remote controller mode 2 Setting detail CENTRAL REN CONTROL IN TCC Link central contro PROGRESS is mes displayed lit up while Operation Operation via RBC AMT32E in central control ia TCC Link cen ral Start stop Ec Timer Temperature Fan speed 2 mode control selection salecti
177. in fan The resistance value of the IPDU P C board sensor is infinite or zero open or short circuit All stop Sub code Check power voltage of Fan IPDU DC voltage the main power supply protection circuit Check for defect in fan The DC voltage higher or IPDU P C board lower than the specified Check connection of fan value is detected IPDU P C board 01 Compressor 1 side IPDU G TR short All stop Overcurrent is momentarily Check connector 02 Compressor 2 side circuit protection detected during startup of connection and wiring on 03 Compressor 3 side error compressor A3 IPDU P C board Check for defect in P26 P26 compressor layer short circuit Check for defect in outdoor P C board A3 IPDU 01 Compressor 1 side IPDU Compressor All stop Position detection is not Check wiring and 02 Compressor 2 side position going on normally connector connection P29 P29 03 Compressor 3 side detection circuit e Check for compressor error layer short circuit e Check for defect in A3 IPDU P C board Indoor Other indoor Stop of There is error in other indoor Check indoor P C board P31 es _ unit error corresponding unit in group resulting in group follower unit detection of E07 L07 L03 unit error L08 189 Errors Detected by TCC LINK Central Control Device Check code Location Main Outdoor 7 segment display of Desc
178. is not turned on Turn on the power again In the order indoor outdoor Indoor outdoor communication line is not correctly connected to the U1 U2 terminal of the header unit Fig 1 Indoor outdoor cannot communicate before address setup Correct wiring There is no of outdoor terminal resistance or there oy are two or more resistances before address setup 1 2 Sw30 Check SW30 bit 2 of the header unit No connection between multiple refrigerant lines SW30 bit 2 is on Connection between multiple refrigerant lines SW30 bit 2 of the connected header unit is turned on only for one line When connecting an indoor outdoor communication line Correct wiring E19 lt gt 02 between outdoor units under the condition of a connected jor as communication line between outdoor units Fig 2 inking SWO6G setup error Turn all SWO8 switches to off Address setup is performed with connecting an indoor Correct wiring po 01 outdoor communication line between outdoor units Fig 3 ternate blinking Address setup is performed under the condition of Correct wiring connecting multiple refrigerant lines Fig 3 7 5 3 There is no display of a check code on the 7 segment display on the interface PC board of the header unit although there is indoor unit that is not accepting operation from the indoor remote controller and outdoor the unit that does not respond to th
179. it exclusively with R410A separately from those for R22 or R407C Former tool is available Enter the refrigerate name for identification Welding machine Nitrogen gas cylinder Welding of pipes R22 Existing article Used tools Usage Proper use of tools parts Gauge manifold Vacuuming charging refrigerant N Exclusive to R410A Charging hose and operation check Exclusive to R410A Charging cylinder Charging refrigerant Unusable Use the Refrigerant charging balance Gas leak detector Checking gas leak N Exclusive to R410A Vacuum pump Vacuum drying Usable if a counter flow preventive adapter is attached Vacuum pump with counterflow Vacuum drying Q R22 Existing article Flare tool Flare processing of pipes Q Usable by adjusting size Bender Bending processing of pipes Q R22 Existing article Refrigerant recovery device Recovering refrigerant A Exclusive to R410A Torque wrench Tightening flare nut Exclusive to 012 7 015 9mm Pipe cutter Cutting pipes Q R22 Existing article Refrigerant canister Charging refrigerant A Exclusive to NATOA Refrigerant charging balance Charging refrigerant R22 Existing article Note 1 When flaring is carried out for R410A using the conventional flare tools adjustment of projection margin is necessary For this adjustment a copper pipe gauge etc are necessary Note 2 Charging cylinder for R410A is being
180. joint to a minimum 1 Copper pipe lt Piping gt The pipe thickness flare finishing size flare nut and others differ according to a refrigerant type When using a long copper pipe for R410A it is recommended to select Copper or copper base pipe without seam and one with bonded oil amount 40mg 10m or less Also do not use crushed deformed discolored especially inside pipes Impurities cause clogging of expansion valves and capillary tubes Flare nut Use the flare nuts which are attached to the air conditioner unit 2 Joint The flare joint and socket joint are used for joints of the copper pipe The joints are rarely used for installation of the air conditioner However clear impurities when using them e D 4 Tools 1 Required Tools for R410A Mixing of different types of oil may cause a trouble such as generation of sludge clogging of capillary etc Accordingly the tools to be used are classified into the following three types 1 Tools exclusive for R410A Those which cannot be used for conventional refrigerant R22 2 Tools exclusive for R410A but can be also used for conventional refrigerant R22 3 Tools commonly used for R410A and for conventional refrigerant R22 The table below shows the tools exclusive for R410A and their interchangeability Tools exclusive for R410A The following tools for R410A are required Explanation of symbols A Newly prepared It is necessary to use
181. m TS1 high pressure Liquid tank Y 1 nf Pressure sensor low pressure a Accumulator i 1 Liquid i tank i i i 4 i Lh TK5 i Pod i oA gt i n E SV3A 4 SV3B i cls Beal Noe Balance pipe Liquid line bypass gt Pressure sensor high pressure Pressure sensor pressure A gs TE 5 2 SV3D_ o s yA PN S 541 p 5 42 f f Y Y mU HPS HPS 9 Accumulator 5 Compressor 1 Y A Y Y MW SV3E Ix TK5 q SV3A viz Y Q SV3B a Liquid pipe Gas pipe lt lt Gas pipe 4 Full opening Balance pipe packed valve Gas side
182. normal Abnormal time Either one of float SW or fan motor is abnormal 2 Restricted to the normal time if short circuiting DISP pin CN72 on the indoor P C board in addition to short circuit of CHK pin CN71 on the indoor P C board the minimum opening degree 30 can be set to the indoor PMV only When open DISP pin the maximum opening degree 1500pls can be obtained again How to clear Open CHK pin While the system is operating it stops once but automatically returns to operation after several minutes Short circuit of CHK pin Normal time Abnormal time DISP pin open DISP pin short circuit Fan motor H H Stop Indoor PMV Max opening degree 1500pls Min opening degree 30pls Min opening degree 30pls Louver Horizontal Horizontal Immediate stop Drain pump ON ON ON Communication All ignored All ignored All ignored P C board LED Lights Lights Flashes To exchange the indoor PMV coil set the indoor PMV to Max opening degree e For the detailed positions of CHK pin CN71 on indoor P C board and DISP pin CN72 on indoor P C board refer to the indoor P C board MCC 1570 96 6 5 Method to Set Indoor Unit Function DN Code When performing this task be sure to use a wired remote controller Procedure To be performed only when system at rest 1 TEST SET CL Push the buttons simultaneously and hold for at le
183. oL 1212121 Oil level is low for compressors 1 2 and 3 oL 0 2 0 Cil level is low for compressor 2 and normal for compressors 1 and 3 Judgment result for compressor 3 Judgment result for compressor 2 Judgment result for compressor 1 229 8 8 Leakage Clogging of Refrigerating Cycle Circuit List of Check Codes Generated upon Occurrence of Leakage Clogging in Outdoor Cycle or Circuit Part 804 1004 1204 Clogging Site of fault Unit generating Part see next page check code Detected fault and check code Symptom Outdoor PMV1 2 Corresponding unit Activation of high pressure protection P20 Rise of pressure Activation of low pressure protection HO6 Fall of pressure n Discharge temp error TD1 Rise of discharge temp Discharge temp error TD2 P17 compressor 1 Rise of discharge temp compressor 2 Check valve in discharge pipe B Corresponding unit High pressure protection error P20 Abnormal rise of pressure convergent section High pressure SW system error P04 XX Check valve in discharge pipe C Corresponding unit High pressure SW system error P04 XX Abnormal rise of pressure Check valve in oil equalization circuit Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H16 XX Oil circuit error or oil level low Capillary D Oil level low detection and protection 7 Strainer SV3A valve E O
184. on UNIT No no outdoor unit exists on the line Push button and select another line following step 2 Cancels the line selection Execute it while the units are stopped TEST 1 Push and hold the TIME and buttons at the same time for more than 4 seconds At first the line 1 and CODE No 77 Address Change are indicated on the LCD display SWING FIX 2 Push es left side of the button and buttons repeatedly to select a system address 132 SET 3 Pushthe 5 button The address of one of the indoor units connected to the selected refrigerant line is indicated on the LCD display and the fan and louvers of the unit are activated At first the current indoor unit address is displayed in SET DATA No system address is indicated SET DATA NV PA 4 Gg TEMP FILTER RESET TEST SWING FIX LOUVER 8 gt Finish 5 7 Press to finish 6 setting 4 Pushthe TIME 2 buttons repeatedly to change the value of the indoor unit address in SET DATA Change the value in SET DATA to that of a new address 5 Pushthe button to confirm the new address on SET DATA 6 UNIT LOUVER Push the button left side of the button repeatedly to select another address to change Each time you push the button the indoor unit numbers in a refrigerant line are indicated one after another Only the fan and l
185. on the heat sink sheet will stick to the heat sink 284 6 Set the dip switch SW800 setting of the service board to match the switch setting from the original PCB Set the dip switch SW800 depending on the position of the IPDU within the electrical box as shown in the following diagram Ex MMY MAP1004HT8P Ex MMY MAP1604HT8P Dip Switch SW800 Compressor IPDU Left Side Compressor IPDU Right Side Compressor IPDU Left Side Compressor IPDU Middle Compressor IPDU Right Side For Compressor 1 For Compressor 2 For Compressor 1 For Compressor 2 For Compressor 3 Dip switch SW800 setting Dip switch SW800 setting Dip switch SW800 setting Dip switch SW800 setting Dip switch SW800 setting Tu ON ON 4 1 2 3 4 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF Puik 7 Align the insulation sheet with the screw holes on the insulation sheet and the mounting holes on the PCB with the PCB mounts And fix the Compressor IPDU to the outdoor control unit by the spacers 3 8 Screw the Compressor IPDU to the heat sink by the four T T screws that were removed in step 3 If the screws are 9 1 loose the effect component will generate heat and cause it to breakdown Do not use an electric driver or an air driver b As it can cause component damage The torque of th
186. operation 61 4 Combined Refrigerant Piping System Schematic Diagrams 4 1 Normal Operation COOL Mode DEFROST Mode High Outside Air Temperature Roughly 20 or Above Header unit MMY MAP1604 Follower unit MMY MAP1204 PMV1 PMV2 HE TE1 PMV4 TE2 4 Way valve 4 Way valve Pressure sensor high pressure Pressure sensor Pressure sensor low pressure high pressure 5 Pressure sensor low pressure sv2 SV3D_ SV SV41 sv SV42 lt S svaz Liquid tank 43 Accumulator HDi HPS HPS v Accumulator 3 IG ITKA cones 1 2 Liquid tank presse 3 TK1 sv3 TKS SV3A I Balance pipe ir Liquid pipe Gas pipe Gas pipe gt Liquid pipe TC1 TC2 i p qe 3 Indoor unit Note In DEFROST mode PMV4 also opens High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant LLL Evaporative gas refrigerant low pressure gas q4 Normal refrigerant line Note The header unit is the outdoor unit to which the indoor outdoor communication The diagram shows a 28 HP system line is connected All other outdoor units are called follower units 16 HP 12 HP as an example 62 4 2 Normal Operation COOL Mode Low Outside Air Temperature Roughly Below 20 Header unit MMY MAP1604 Follower uni
187. pJeoq ouo jddns JOMOd nono 10O MN HM OLLNO IHM 99NO uondo Jeydepe Jejonuoo 5 JO Jejonuoo PaM 1 Aes LOv L 09IN ONO nig ZONO LONO ZHO9 022 2 09 0 eseud 100p NO Ajddns samog 1 M S yun Joopuy Vb gun 5 4 27 N3399 NH9 NM8 39NVHO NYO ania 13 3LIHM IHM 038 20109 JOULIO0JSUEJ 1010 es nd USUS 12014 100w Josues dwaj 105095 Josues Josues 100pu 20 0 ue4 Sed AP0152WH AP0182WH AP0242WH MMU AP0072WH AP0092WH AP0122WH AP0272WH AP0302WH AP0482WH 1 2 5 2 way Cassette Type 2 series Models O d 77 v punoJ6 uonoejoJd GE pJeoq O d 1
188. room and flows near a fire source such as a cooking range noxious gas may be generated Never recover the refrigerant into the outdoor unit When the equipment is moved or repaired be sure to recover the refrigerant with recovering device The refrigerant cannot be recovered in the outdoor unit otherwise a serious accident such as breakage or injury is caused Assembly Wiring After repair work surely assemble the disassembled parts and connect and lead the removed wires as before Perform the work so that the cabinet or panel does not catch the inner wires If incorrect assembly or incorrect wire connection was done a disaster such as a leak or fire is caused at user s side Insulator check After the work has finished be sure to use an insulation tester set 500 V Megger to check the resistance is 1 MO or more between the charge section and the non charge metal section Earth position If the resistance value is low a disaster such as a leak or electric shock is caused at user s side Ventilation When the refrigerant gas leaks during work execute ventilation If the refrigerant gas touches to a fire poisonous gas generates A case of leakage of the refrigerant and the closed room full with gas is dangerous because a shortage of oxygen occurs Be sure to execute ventilation Compulsion When the refrigerant gas leaks find up the leaked position and repair it surely If the leaked position cannot be
189. rubber 272 No Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 9 4 valve detachment WARNING attachment 804 Wear pair of gloves 1004 Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a 4 Brazed point 1204 replacement part or some other object Before starting the work be sure to recover the refrigerant of outdoor unit by removing it with a refrigerant recovery device 1 Detachment 1 Remove the lower cabinet front side 2 Remove the inverter box in accordance with the dismantling instructions 3 Disconnect the 4 way valve coil and PMV coils 2 pieces and get all wiring located near the 4 way valve out of the way 4 Remove brazed points 2 locations for the PMV assembly which is placed in front of the 4 way valve Provide adequate cover for the PMV to protect it from overheating 5 Since it is difficult to simultaneously remove the brazed points for the pipes located above the 4 way valve 3 pieces cut through them just below the brazed points using a saw etc 6 Detach the pipe located below the 4 way valve 7 Remove the end sections of the pipes above the 4 way valve which were cut in step 5 8 Install a new 4 way valve Provide adequate cover for the 4 way valve to protect it from overheating During the installation insert pipes firmly into the 4 way valve or a blockage or leakage involving brazing filler metal may result
190. she has been trained to install repair maintain relocate and remove the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or alternatively he or she has been instructed in such operations by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to these operations The qualified service person who is allowed to do the electrical work involved in installation repair relocation and removal has the qualifications pertaining to this electrical work as stipulated by the local laws and regulations and he or she is a person who has been trained in matters relating to electrical work on the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or alternatively he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work The qualified service person who is allowed to do the refrigerant handling and piping work involved in installation repair relocation and removal has the qualifications pertaining to this refrigerant handling and piping work as stipulated by the local laws and regulations and he or she is a person who has been trained in matters relating to refrigerant handling and piping work on the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or alternatively he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus
191. spna 5 syun pu SHUN JO 22 Jo Santen eamas LAS uo eBexeo eouejeq uedo ON edid eouejeq ey Aue S SO pue peioeuuoo poeuuoo uonoeuuoo 4019euuoo 1294107 ON ZAS SI Aga epee pug XosHo a SO SolsuejoeJeuo 105095 6 8 uo 1ndino Josues jun JOOPINO 88S eouejsisol 101419 JOSU S 54 1050 5 Josues sgd 1osues dosuas 61 205095 15 JO ON 10 sonsuoejoeJeuo Sonsuejoe1euo SOA ewou 4 1 Joopino 79 LOENO cAINd ANd VAWd GNNd LAWd 00 NO LAMd S1012euu05 poq ON JOopino jo suonejedo ANd Joopino 109 2 lt LOENO 2AWd LAWd uonoeuuoo 1291107 1091409 SJ0j99uuoo YAId GNNd LAW jo suonoeuuoo uonoeuuoo 10990000 ijeuuou 1 peuedo n epis pue seb N S BIAS uedo 217 5 4 4 1 Jo0pino 79 YAS 9 edid e uo e lt G edid geAS 7 unan
192. terminal connected to indoor remote controller terminals A B and check the voltage If voltage is not applied normally 15 to 18 V replace the PC board 138 7 5 4 In checking the number of connected outdoor units and connected indoor units after address setup a lower number of connected units is displayed There are outdoor indoor units that do not operate in a test operation Status Cause Countermeasures The number of connected outdoor units is too few Miswiring of communication lines between outdoor units or an unconnected wire Fig 4 Address setup operation finished without recognizing a miswired follower unit After modification of wiring set up the addresses again and check the number of connected outdoor units The number of connected indoor units is too few Miswiring of communication lines between indoor units or an unconnected wire Fig 5 Address setup operation finished without recognizing a miswired indoor unit After modification of wiring set up the addresses again and check the number of connected indoor units The number of outdoor units connected to a group is too few in group operation from an indoor remote controller The indoor remote controller is not connected with wire Miswiring of the indoor remote controller Using the main indoor remote controller connected to a group start a test operation specify the unit that is not operatin
193. the compressor Check the operation of the outdoor fans Check for abnormal sound in the outdoor unit Abnormal sound etc of the compressor and other components YES Notes 1 3 are on the next page NO Is the operating pressure normal 144 Note 1 Criteria for the difference between suction and discharge temperatures 1 Cooling operation After operating for a minimum of 30 minutes in COOL mode if the AT dry bulb temperature difference between suction and discharge air of the indoor unit is 8 or more it is normal 2 Heating operation After operating for a minimum of 30 minutes in HEAT mode if the AT dry bulb temperature difference between suction and discharge air of the indoor unit is 15 or more it is normal If demand from the indoor unit on the outdoor unit is low because the difference between the temperature set by the remote controller and the temperature of the room is small then the AT temperature difference is small Consider that AT temperature difference may diminish in cases of a system in which the connected indoor unit capacity exceeds the outdoor unit capacity the pipe length is long or a large difference exists among outdoor units Note 2 Criteria for operating power current The table below shows the maximum current for each outdoor unit Under standard conditions operating current is about 80 of the value shown in the table below Outdoor unit MMY MAP 0804 1004 1204
194. the temperature of the indoor capacity of the heat exchanger drops indoor unit Indoor units operating in FAN mode 9 Turn off the indoor fan and display HEATING STANDBY amp on the remote controller Non operational indoor units Keep the indoor fan turned off 3 Terminate the recovery operation depending on the TC2 temperature reading The timing of termination is determined by each indoor unit 4 Operate the indoor fan and drain pump for about 1 minute after the termination of the recovery operation Applicable to 4 way air discharge cassette type 2 way air discharge cassette type and 1 way air discharge cassette type Defrosting While the outdoor unit is engaged in defrosting control the indoor units perform the For defrosting control following control tasks commencement 1 Open the indoor PMV to a certain degree PM a 990 2 Control the indoor fan according to the operation mode Indoor units operating in heating thermo ON OFF state method above Let the indoor fan continue operating for a while but turn it off as the temperature The opening position 10 of the indoor heat exchanger drops of the indoor PMV Indoor units operating in FAN mode depending on the type Let the indoor fan continue operating and capacity of the Non operational indoor units indoor unit Keep the indoor fan turned off 3 As defrosting control comes to an end it gives way to heating refrigerant oil recovery control F
195. thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work The qualified service person who is allowed to work at heights has been trained in matters relating to working at heights with the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or alternatively he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work Qualified service person Definition of Protective Gear When the air conditioner is to be transported installed maintained repaired or removed wear protective gloves and safety work clothing In addition to such normal protective gear wear the protective gear described below when undertaking the special work detailed in the table below Failure to wear the proper protective gear is dangerous because you will be more susceptible to injury burns electric shocks and other injuries Work undertaken Protective gear worn Protective gloves Safety working clothing All types of work Gloves to provide protection for electricians and from heat Electrical related work Insulating shoes Clothing to provide protection from electric shock Work done at heights 50 cm or more Helmets for use in industry Transportation of heavy objects Shoes with additional protective toe cap Repair of outdoor unit Gloves to provide protection for electricians and from heat The important c
196. 0 Reset conditions 1 gt 12 C TC2 gt 12 and gt 12 2 Passage of 20 minutes after stoppage With models without TC2 TC2 is not part of the control parameters 70 NO Item Specification outline Remarks Cooling oil While the outdoor unit is recovering cooling oil refrigerant the indoor units perform Recovery operation refrigerant the following control tasks normally takes place recovery control common for operational cooling thermo ON thermo OFF FAN as well as non igi 1 operational indoor units of ine pudor MV 8 1 Open the indoor PMV to a certain degree depending on the type 2 Engage in recovery control for a specified period of time and return to normal and capacity of the cooling operation at the end of this period upon terminating the control indoor unit 3 Operate the drain pump throughout the recovery control period and for about 1 minute after it Heating While the outdoor unit is recovering heating refrigerant oil the indoor units perform Recovery operation refrigerant oil following control tasks normally takes place recovery control 1 the indoor PMV to a certain degree 2 Control the indoor fan according to the operation mode of 5 Indoor units operating in heating thermo ON OFF state depending on the type Let the indoor fan continue operating but turn it off if
197. 0 5 0251 2211 qns 134 190 0 jddns uoneoipul 10109 IHM jvzoNoO JP maios yun LOY L 9OIN os 1077777777777 T 1ojeuuoo POSH 2 4 pe et pue peso a ms AE Ji Melos OO wee Peet 2019 1 Kies uondo Jeojdepe z B X10M 9N exer OSONOD L00AH Oo H8 LZLOdV H8 L600dV H8 LZ00d V 204 39 1 2 16 Floor Standing Type MMF AP0154H APO184H APO244H APO274H APO364H APO484H and APO564H Models JOJOW eS nd AlNd 1 10 0 ue4 200 900 Aejas 200AH o 3u09 L00AH duel 201701 Josues Joopu VL JO1OUJ W1 JeuuojJsueJ ul Joyoedeo Buruuny Ou eueusued Sed 109 989 NH9 M88 39NVHO NHO AVHO IHM IHM 8 20109 Hali b 10X3 b amd nia MOTNJA NO a6 3lIHM IHM 19 190 9 94039 22
198. 0 4 MOTNJA 13A HM IHM ma SLIHM IHM 090NO Z 0NO 10 8030 0S0NO PONO me 22 ma 453 uoneoipul 19109 190 052051 100AH NI OV o eds 1 4 uondo On uonoejoud 1010JAl 32 1 2 9 Slim Duct Type Models MMD AP0074SPH APO094SPH APO124SPH APO154SPH and AP0184SPH 19X3 UOIIMS 18014 Sd 4oyow Wa AWd jouoo ure1q 20 AH Josues r31 zo1 19L Josues 100pu VL JO OUJ Ue Syed joquixs uondo ue IHM 09NO 8 cOt L OOIN 10 I d Jouo 2ZNO OLINO edAL 5 adj IHM 2 Od o11u09 E77 epis eu eyeorpur uexoJq pue penop v Z eui sejeoipul episul 19119 peua OU ALIQ
199. 001 is for the 4 way air discharge cassette type See the CODE No list 3 Push the C5 button The display should change from flashing to steady 5 4 Use the 45 button to set the CODE No DN code to 11 5 Use the button to set the capacity code For example 0012 is for the 027 type See the CODE No list SET 6 Push the 5 button The display should change from flashing to steady Setting 4 way Cassette indoor unit model only 7 Using the set temperature Cv buttons set to the CODE No DN code 8 Using the timer time v 4 buttons set the dat 0001 9 Push 5 button The setting completes if the setting data are displayed 10 Push the gt button to bring the system back to normal off state 6 4 Next write any setting changes made on site after installation such as address settings in the EEPROM Perform the tasks specified in step 1 again 5 Use the 6 button to set the CODE No DN code to 01 To set filter sign lighting time 6 Checkthe value displayed with the value jotted down in Procedure 1 and information proved by the customer 1 If there is a discrepancy change the setting in accordance with the jotted down value and push the 2 button The display should change from flashing to steagy 2 If there is no discrepancy do nothing 7 Use the button to change the CODE No DN code Again check the value and change the setting if necessary
200. 00V 35A 8 board I F board MCC 1606 9 board IPDU for Comp MCC 1596 00000 10 1596 GAC1 31 5A 31 5 500 Board 11 Comp motor drive IPM MCC 1596 1596 25A DC1200V P C Board Oo olololo PS22A76 12 P C Board IPDU for fan MCC 1610 13 Fuse MCC 1610 GDT250V15A 15A AC250V 14 Fan motor drive IPM MCC 1610 FSBB20CH60C 20A DC600V 00000 15 Magnet switch 50Hz FC 1S AC220 240V thermistor MZ32 13A AC500V 1 101RMARD01E UE DOR DS 17 Pipe temp sensor TD 30 135 Ambient temp range 18 Pipe temp sensor TS 20 80 Ambient temp range 19 Heat exchanger temp sensor TE 20 80 Ambient temp range 20 Outside temp sensor 20 80 Ambient temp range 21 Oil temp sensor 30 C 135 C Ambient temp range 22 Liquid temp sensor TL 20 80 Ambient temp range 49 2 4 Outdoor Inverter 60Hz model MMY MAP 4HT7 P 52 5 Q Name Model Specification lt lt 4 lt 4 lt lt gt gt gt gt gt
201. 01 02 03 the interface P C board to 1 1 1 and confirm that U1 E26 dropping out of an outdoor unit is displayed on the 7 segment display 2 Set SW01 02 03 on the interface P C board to 2 16 1 Upon confirming that Er is displayed on the 7 segment display press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more 3 Er CL error clearance completed will be displayed on the 7 segment display 4 Set SW01 02 03 back to 1 1 1 The display should change to U1 Interface P C board of header unit T Set SW01 02 03 to 1 1 1 U1 226 will be displayed TH SWO4 SWOS SW15 Set SW01 02 03 to 2 16 1 ill be displayed Ms engem 0600 0601 0602 0603 0604 Press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more Er CL will be displayed Y 7 segment display Set SW01 02 03 back to 1 1 1 U1 will be displayed 5 01 SWO2 SWOS VN 2 D This is the end of follower outdoor unit backup operation setting Check the operation 242 9 3 2 Header outdoor unit backup operation setting failure of header outdoor unit Work procedure 1 Turn off the power supply to all the units connected to the system at the source Setup of failed header outdoor unit 2 Fully close the gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit 3 Leave the service valves of the liquid and balance pipes fully open to prevent refrigerant stagnation in the failed outdoo
202. 02 None 2E HA terminal CN61 0000 Usual 0001 Leaving ON prevention control 0000 Usual select 0002 Fire alarm input HA terminal 31 Ventilating fan control 0000 Unavailable 0001 Available 0000 Unavailable 32 TA sensor selection 0000 Body TA sensor 0001 Remote controller sensor 0000 Body TA sensor 33 Temperature unit select 0000 at factory shipment 0001 F 0000 Swing mode 0001 Standard 0002 Dual swing 0001 Standard FO i 0003 Cycle swing F1 Louver fixed position 0000 Release 0001 Horizontal discharge position 0000 Not fixed Louver No 1 0005 Downward discharge position F2 Louver fixed position 0000 Release 0001 Horizontal discharge position 0000 Not fixed Louver No 2 0005 Downward discharge position F3 Louver fixed position 0000 Release 0001 Horizontal discharge position 0000 Not fixed Louver No 3 0005 Downward discharge position F4 Louver fixed position 0000 Release 0001 Horizontal discharge position 0000 Not fixed Louver No 4 0005 Downward discharge position 98 DN Item Description At shipment High ceiling adjustment Air flow selection 1 way cassette SH Value Type 15 018 AP024 0000 Standard factory default 3 5 m or less 3 8 m or less 0001 High ceiling 1 4 0 m or less 4 0 m or less 0003 High ceiling 3 4 2 m or less 4 2 m or less 2 way cassette Value Type AP00
203. 09949 ON pajepisuoo S jo uonounjeu aqny Jo y uomezijenbe io jo jo e ej sey 10 dwa Ajayewixodde senunuoo enjejeduie JI pejejedo sey sejnuiu 01 duiej 10sues y 2940 1 Te zt 1 60 20 0MS ejdsip uo 10sues y 1 1 ued eoejde v3H 10 3009 1581 e LEIS 2 JOSUBS 6 8 uo Josues ee amp jeuuou 40419 JOSUBS pino 995 eouejsise1 Josuas LAL GESNO SAL 202005 j 1011911510 21 c 1215 2 2814 LESNO 1 10 ou uonejejsursiuu Duumstuu 199110 ox Iesu 3981002 205095 100 207 mm 194 10sse1duioo eui 2 10 1eurens vx 10149 Arejiideo YO YD uonezipenbe IO 72 MS eouejsisai JO joue
204. 0sues 2011 1019euuoo 10 uonoeuuoo 10 10 uonoeuuoosIp 201110 uoug uedo epoo 10449 slu L uoug uedo Josuas 201 Josues ZAL 204 epoo 9 4 Joopino eoejdai Jeuuou si 5 105095 6 8 uo 105095 jun 295 eoueisisei 10sues JO pue OYUM 205 0 40sues 1019euuo9 jo uonoeuuoo 104 jo JOSUBS LAL Jo uoug uedo epoo 10449 slu 199 uoug uedo 10sues LaL 10449 10sues LAL 709 eureu epoo xoeuo epoo 5 SONSUOJeIEYD Josueg 6 8 10 PUN 100puJ 88S y ijeuuou anjen 191 1518 1 108095 2110 JO uonoeuuoo 129409 Joopui uo 00LNO Jojoeuuoo 10sues uoug uedo Josues 101 10419 108095 91 J00pU 204 epoo 2 esneg O d eoejdei Pewou si 1osues j p1eoq Od 5 1 uo 009N9 O d uo 9050
205. 1 022 43746397 VALVE 4WAY 1 1 1 1 1 023 43746395 VALVE CHECK 1 1 1 1 1 024 43746396 VALVE CHECK 1 1 025 43746394 VALVE PMV 2 2 2 3 3 026 43T46412 VALVE 2WAY 3 3 3 3 3 027 43T46405 COIL VALVE 2WAY 8 8 8 8 8 028 43T48306 SEPARATOR 1 1 1 029 43748307 SEPARATOR 1 1 030 43748308 TANK LIQUID 1 1 1 031 43748309 TANK LIQUID 1 1 032 43T48305 ACCUMULATOR 1 1 1 1 1 035 GUARD FAN 1 1 1 1 1 43719359 036 43743478 CONDENSER ASSY THREE ROW LEFT 1 1 1 037 43743479 CONDENSER ASSY THREE ROW RIGHT 1 1 1 038 43743480 CONDENSER ASSY THREE ROW LEFT 1 1 039 43743481 CONDENSER ASSY THREE ROW RIGHT 1 1 040 43T46398 VALVE CHECK 2 2 2 3 3 041 43T46399 VALVE CHECK 1 1 1 1 1 042 43T46400 VALVE CHECK 3 3 3 4 4 043 43746409 JOINT CHECK 3 3 3 3 3 044 43749348 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 1 1 1 1 1 045 43749349 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 1 1 1 2 2 046 43T49350 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 3 3 3 5 5 047 43T49351 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 1 1 1 4 4 1 For E TR model 296 Ref Q ty Set MMY No Part No Description 804 MAP1004 1204 1404 MAP1604 HT8P HT8P HT8P HT8P HT8P 048 43T49352 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 1 1 1 049 43T49353 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 3 3 050 43T49354 RUBBER SUPPO
206. 1 171 End 7 segment display A 7 segment display B swo1 swo2 SW03 lt Rotary switches gt 151 4 Individual start stop ON OFF individual test operation function This function is provided to start stop ON OFF individually each indoor unit connected to the same system by using switches on the interface board of the header unit Set SWO1 16 and set 502 SWOS to indoor address No 1 to 64 to be started Refer to the following table only the setup indoor unit starts operation In the rotary switches of the indoor unit which operates in a group by the remote controller the follower unit cannot be individually started or stopped In this case is displayed on 7 segment display B on the interface P C board of the header unit Operation procedure etes Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side Power ON before power ON of outdoor unit If an error is already displayed with SW01 SW02 SW03 being 1 1 1 return the status to normal one according to troubleshooting and then execute a test operation The unit which is not given with priority by heating ee priority control cooling priority control and selection of cooling or heating mode is not operated In this case operation ready or g operation mode controlled is displayed on the remote controller 7 segment disp
207. 1 The full opening of PMV1 2 and 4 via short circuiting of the CN30 pins is automatically undone after 2 minutes causing the valves to fully close To maintain fully open state turn off the power switch of the outdoor unit within 2 minutes 2 The 5 5 4 series and the SMMS 3 series use different types of compressors Be sure to check the service part code Replace the faulty compressor only This flowchart only shows the standard compressor replacement procedure Since the situation can differ site by site perform the task in accordance with the following judgment criteria 1 New compressors are charged with 1900cc of oil per unit 2 The amount of oil held by an outdoor unit is as shown below MAPO0804 1004 1204 Amount of oil 4300cc 3 When a compressor is dismantled it usually contains 800 1400cc oil The amount of oil held by an oil separator is usually 0 1000cc for 804 MAP1004 and MAP1204 and 0 1500cc for MAP1404 and 1604 MAP1404 1604 6700cc 253 11 2 Replacement of Compressors Checking color of oil in faulty compressor Lay the faulty compressor down draw a small amount of oil via the oil equalization pipe and check its color against color samples Determine the number of compressors to be replaced according to the color checking result ASTM grade Below 4 gt Replace the faulty compressor only ASTM grade 4 or above
208. 10 610 5 5 9 0 120 050 990 990 DEAS 200 810 290 8 0 970 0 0 20 8 8201090970 302 REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM FAN MOTOR FAN CONDENSER C ora RIGHT SIDE E TO C CONDENSER E LEFT SIDE 085 K SV5 REDUCER BG PULSE ih MOTOR HH L PULSE MOTOR VALVE 2 VALVE 1 HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR LOW PRESSURE 4 SOR ui PLUG SEPARATOR FUSIBLE TANK LIQUID ACCUMULATOR LIQUID LINE GAS LIN E OIL BALANCE LINE VALVE PACKED VALVE SERVICE VALVE PACKED CAPILLARY VALVE SENSOR TUBE CHECKED YOINT CHECK STRAINER DISTRIBUTOR VALVE 2WAY 303 SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT MMY MAP1404T8P MMY MAP1604T8P I SSSSSSSSSSSI 00906907 il g v E A f f 2 p 2 a 304 670 620 290 9 620 9AS 810 20 zas 810 20 8 0 1 lt 0 960 81065070 GEAS 810 720 SEAS 020910 690 420 OLAS 81 0220 VEAS 810 220 990
209. 102 pieoq 94 jonuoo 20 Uonoeuuoo 1 5 1201 S sedA pue onp pejeeouoo Sseippe sun epoo qns eyesseo Aem Ajddns 1e od yo peddinbe 1 1 3 p edid jo 2 O d uonounjreui Z pud pios js E MS 1804 L JOOpU ui 01 JOJOW jo BULIM 10419 Ue Joopu YOSUD YOSUD xo9uo 40049 edid JO eoejdeu Dd 4 1 49949 SOA uonesado SJosse1duioo ui Spun edid eB1euosip Jo jo eBexee ou S ON Zeuo sued ou ON 1ue1eBuje1 eBueuoe1 pue eDexeeiq edid RONEN edid pue ou s Y29949 eBeuous sued eoejdeg 5 OU S SO Zpauadd
210. 12 11 4 2 64 2 10 21 4 3 63 3 07 31 3 4 63 4 05 41 3 0 66 0 16 1 6 1 66 1 14 11 6 2 66 2 12 21 6 3 65 3 09 31 5 4 65 4 07 41 5 0 68 0 18 1 8 1 68 1 16 11 8 2 68 2 13 21 8 3 67 3 11 31 7 4 67 4 09 41 7 0 70 0 20 2 0 1 70 1 18 12 0 2 70 2 15 22 0 3 69 3 13 31 9 4 69 4 11 41 9 0 72 0 22 2 2 1 72 1 20 12 2 2 72 2 17 22 2 3 71 3 15 32 1 4 71 4 13 42 1 0 74 0 24 2 4 1 74 1 21 12 4 2 73 2 19 22 3 3 73 3 17 32 3 4 73 4 15 42 3 0 76 0 26 2 6 1 76 1 23 12 6 2 75 2 21 22 5 3 75 3 19 32 5 4 75 4 16 42 5 0 78 0 28 2 8 1 78 1 25 12 8 2 77 2 23 22 7 3 77 3 21 32 7 4 77 4 18 42 7 0 80 0 30 3 0 1 80 1 27 13 0 2 79 2 25 22 9 3 79 3 23 32 9 4 79 4 20 42 9 0 82 0 31 3 2 1 82 1 29 13 2 2 81 2 27 23 1 3 81 3 25 33 1 4 81 4 22 43 0 0 84 0 33 3 4 1 84 1 31 13 4 2 83 2 29 23 3 3 83 3 26 33 3 4 82 4 24 43 2 0 86 0 35 3 6 1 86 1 33 13 6 2 85 2 31 23 5 3 85 3 28 33 5 4 84 4 26 43 4 0 88 0 37 3 8 1 88 1 35 13 8 2 87 2 33 23 7 3 89 3 30 33 7 4 86 4 28 43 6 0 90 0 39 4 0 1 90 1 37 13 9 2 89 2 35 23 9 3 89 3 32 33 9 4 88 4 30 43 8 0 92 0 41 4 2 1 91 1 39 14 1 2 91 2 36 24 1 3 91 3 34 34 1 4 90 4 32 44 0 0 94 0 43 4 4 1 93 1 41 14 3 2 93 2 38 24 3 3 93 3 36 34 3 4 92 4334 44 2 0 96 0 45 4 6 1 95 1 43 14 5 2 95 2 40 24 5 3 95 3 38 34 5 4 94 4 36 44 4 0 98 0 47 4 8 1 97 1 44 14 7 2 97 2 42 24 7 3 97 3 40 34 7 4 96 4 38 44 6 4 98 4 39 44 8 237 Outdoor Unit V Ps sensor characteristics 0 to 1 47 MPa 0 5 to 5V output for 0 to 1 47 MPa Voltage readings acros
211. 2 081 43747394 STRAINER 1 1 1 082 43T47395 STRAINER 2 2 083 43T47388 STRAINER 5 5 5 6 6 084 43T47389 STRAINER 1 1 1 1 1 085 43T47390 STRAINER 2 2 2 1 1 086 43T47391 STRAINER 1 1 1 087 43T47392 STRAINER 2 2 088 43T47393 STRAINER 1 For E model 2 For TR model 297 Inverter Assembly MMY MAPO804HTS8P MMY MAP1004HT8P MMY MAP1204HT8P Oo TL TE1 lt lz 0 gt TATA TT 712 J 703 714 706 707 707 298 Inverter Assembly MMY MAP1404HT8P MMY MAP1604HT8P 214 LZZ 511 604 ap O God 014 LLZ 51 104 931 704 ra 702 J eX Y02 71 VOL 14D 704 702 9704 C 504 J 211 299 Q ty Set MMY d Part No Description 804 MAP1004 1204 1404 MAP1604 HT8P HT8P HT8P HT8P HT8P 701 43750347 SENSOR ASS
212. 360 FILTER LINE 322 TOSHIBA CARRIER THAILAND CO L TD 144 9 Moo 5 Bangkadi Industrial Park Tivanon Road Amphur Muang Pathumthani 12000 Thailand
213. 4 gt f WW z 4 ir r i 00G 2906 134 EE ORT iod 11098419 X18 LENS E 5 52 HM ELENO 918 kd T kd e M NES o e pa eae yese dm 0 0 WSL 61 qay don 9 38504 1083 13 NUD Pee ees 24 LING 8050110 NI NE N33H9 T13ANHD p4eoq 7y d sejesipul es ye _ l8 SU uexoJg penop v 7 NE dequinu y sejeorpul episul Jepe HM 42914 eus eui sejyeoipul E L N011V21411N301 30103 37 1 2 14 Floor Standing Cabinet Type AP0074H 094 APO124H APO154H APO184H and APO244H MML Models BATA 1 es ng AWd p1eoq o d jouoo 77 1 1ojou ue4 200 3004 apis ye eui fejeJ vOOAY UA o4q pue v 2 feje1 jonuoo 200AH Jequunu eui Sepu 49119 fejeJ 100 sejeorpu L Josues Josues 00 Jeuuojsue1 Joyoedeo Buluuny 10 0W Ue4 sued N33H9 39 39
214. 4 11 SvaB CN323 Svi2 335 Svac CN322 CN320 CN321 55 2 7 2 Inverter P C board for compressor MCC 1596 A3 IPDU 25 5 oA MC 129 HP SW CN251 BLKI 4 5 1 3 ol CN800 WHI CNEOL WHI 6 SWRT UART a Power supply input L2 CNO2 POL BLK LOL Po2 BLK CN851 UART communication CN852 UART communication 800 For inverter address setting 56 Power supply input L1 CNO01 Power supply input L3 CN03 Reactor connecting terminal 9 Reactor connecting terminal Compressor output U phase CN211 Compressor output V phase CN212 Compressor output W phase CN213 2 7 3 Inverter P C board for fan MCC 1610 CN702 CN602 4 2 x X 31 lt communication MP 2 t between interfaces CN504 UART communication between A3 IPDU Fan motor output U phase CN705 Fan motor output V phase CN704 Fan motor output W phase CN
215. 5 8C 3d e 8 11 61 12 15 16 AL lololololololololo O O O O f the outdoor unit has no valve then 7 segment display B shows Clear Return switches SWO01 SWO02 SW03 on the interface P C board to 1 1 1 NOTE As this function is not based on the specified general control be sure to release this mode after checking 157 7 7 8 Fan Operation Check in Outdoor Unit This function is provided to check the fan operation of the outdoor unit by using switches on the interface P C board in the outdoor unit The frequency of the fan speed can be controlled by setting of the switches Use this function to check the operation or abnormal sound in the fan system And use this function while the system is stopped NOTE not use this function during operation of the compressor It may damage the compressor Operation 1 Set the switches SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit to 2 1 4 2 When F d is displayed in 7 segment display A keep pressing the switch SW04 for 2 seconds or more 3 When 63 is displayed in 7 segment display B the fan starts operation Max mode operation 4 4 After that by changing the setup n
216. 5 eouejsiseJ 105 5 JO sonsuejoeJeuo pue ZOGNO 405095 OL 1 JO uonoeuuoo 104 JO uonoeuuoosip 105495 OL Jo uoug uedo epoo slu youg uedo 1osues OL 10 19 Josues OL 804 9 esne2 epoo xy9eu5 4 J00pino eoejdei si 10505 5 JOSUAS 6 8 uo sonsuejoeJeuo 105095 einje1eduie jun 100pinQ 88S eouejsisei Josues JO sonsuejoe1euo pue AUM zSNO 10sues 11 1012euuoo 10 104 JO uonoeuuoosIp 10 11 Jo uoug uedo sueeui epoo 541 uous uedo 1osues 11 10119 10549611 204 epoo epoo Josueg 6 8 uo sonsuejoeJeuo 1osues jun Jo0pinO ees Jo uonoeuuoo 1994107 5 Jo uonoeuuoo 1991107 josues 11 pue 10sues 3 10 suonisod 109 109 1014 4 1 preoq 100pino Josues JL pue Josues 3110 10119 sonsuejoeeuo eouejsiseH 72 Josues 11 pue Josues 131 JO uonoeuuoosiui pue uonej eisulstIW L Z LAWd 100pino jo sxuej pinbij ueewjeq 10sues 105 9 IL 4osues 1eeu joopino 105 05 3 O d 4 1 100pino S9A
217. 6 Remove the propeller fan NCAUTION Lift it straight up Do not forcibly pull it or it may get stuck 7 Disconnect the faston connectors for the fan motor leads 3 pieces from the Fan IPDU and pull the leads up and out 8 Remove the fan motor M6 x 20 4 pcs Screws partition plate upper 4 Flange nut Disconnect faston connectors and pull fan motor leads up and out 4 Fan motor lead travel route Close up view of faston connectors Clamp filter Fan IPDU 263 No Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Propeller fan Fan motor continued 2 CAUTION for replacement or attachment 1 Insert the propeller fan while aligning the D cut surface of the fan motor shaft with the arrow mark AA on the fan If the propeller fan is tightly mounted on the shaft without securing alignment between the D cut surface and the arrow mark A it may cause the fan to melt and fall off due to friction heat 2 Be sure to put the square washer in place Otherwise unusual noises and vibrations may result 3 Tighten the flange nut at a torque of 15Nem 153kgfecm To tighten the flange nut turn it counterclockwise 4 Remove the clamp filter from the fan motor with trouble then attach the clamp filter to the substitution in the same way as bef
218. 7 AP030 AP036 AP056 0000 Standard factory default 2 7 less 2 7 mor less 0001 High ceiling 1 3 2 m or less 3 0 m or less 0003 High ceiling 3 3 8 m or less 3 5 m or less The high ceiling installation of model 007 to 012 can only be undertaken when the combined capacity of the indoor units connected is 100 or less than the capacity of t he outdoor unit Do not proceed with high ceiling installation if this limit is exceeded 4 way cassette 0000 Standard AP009 AP012 AP015 AP018 alue Air flow at outlet 4 directions 3 directions 2 directions 4 directions 3 directions 2 directions Standard 0000 factory default 2 7m 2 8m 3 0m 2 8m 3 2m 3 5m 0001 High ceiling 1 3 2m 3 5m 3 8m 0003 High ceiling 3 3 5 3 8m AP024 AP030 AP036 AP056 alue 5d Air flow at outlet 4 directions 3 directions 2 directions 4 directions 3 directions 2 directions Standard 0000 factory default 3 0m 33m 3 6m 30m 33m 36m 0001 High ceiling 1 3 8m 3 5m 3 8m 3 3m 3 5m 3 8m 0003 High ceiling 3 3 6m 3 8m 3 6m 3 8m Ceiling Value Type AP015 AP056 0000 Standard factory default 3 5 m or less 0001 High ceiling 1 4 0 m or less Built in filter 2 way cassette 0000 Standard filter factory default 0001 Super long life filter 4 way cassette 0000 Stand
219. 703 TE o iD z o REACTIR Power supply input Reactor connecting terminal Reactor connecting terminal CN510 CN511 57 3 Refrigerant Piping Systematic Drawing Outdoor Unit 8 10 12HP Model 804 MMY MAP1004 MMY MAP1204 muere LUE cu eie im ete eiu etu xir e Cd ee EU dE Fusible plug Liquid side packed valve Liquid tank Fan Fan motor Right side TO Heat exchanger Left side Heat exchanger TE1 e SV5 Reducer PMV2 4 way valve Check valve 4 High pressure sensor v H SV3D Oil separator lt GV 20 288 Check Gv 41 valve High pressure switch Accumulator Compressor Inverter Oil header 5 Check valve 7 25 SV3B EE Check valve Z i LL 1 ee RES ouo g Gas side Balance pipe t TX 2 EH gt a service valve packed valve Solenoid Capillary Check Check joint Strainer Temperature Distributor valve tube valve sensor 58 Outdoor Unit 14 16HP Model 1404 1604
220. 79 CONDENSER ASSY THREE ROW RIGHT 43T43480 CONDENSER ASSY THREE ROW LEFT 43143481 CONDENSER ASSY THREE ROW RIGHT 43T46398 VALVE CHECKED 43T46399 VALVE CHECK 43T46400 43T46409 VALVE CHECKED JOINT CHECK 43 49348 RUBBER SUPPORTER 43T49349 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 43T49350 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 43T49351 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 318 0 Pp 5 5 Q ty Set MMY Part No Description MAP0804 MAP1004 1204 MAP1404 MAP1604 HT7P HT7P HT7P HT7P HT7P 43T49352 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 1 1 1 43T49353 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 43T49354 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 43T49355 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 43T01309 MARK TOSHIBA 43T63346 HOLDER SENSOR TO 43T19355 CABINET SIDE UP 43T00623 PANEL 43T50349 SENSOR ASSY LOW PRESSURE 43T50350 SENSOR ASSY HIGH PRESSURE 43T00613 CABINET ASSY SIDE LEFT 43T00614 CABINET ASSY SIDE RIGHT 43T00615 CABINET ASSY FRONT DOWN 43T00616 CABINET ASSY BACK DOWN 43T00617 CABINET ASSY FRONT DOWN 43T00618 CABINET ASSY BACK DOWN 43T39351 FLANGE 43T39350 WASHER 43T49347 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 43T49360 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 43T49357 RUBBER CUSHION 43T47333 BONNET 12 70 DIA Made in Thailand 43T47332 BONNET 9
221. 84 for Indoor Unit Filter 1403 CN309 YEL o 1905 eu Fuse BLK RED ACIN T5 0A 250V Bauer Oo supply circuit WHI 067 BLK 545 212 060 BLU 3 T5 CNO66 WHI CNO44 040 CNO41 CNOS0 074 075 061 CNO32 60 OQ BRW BLU BLU WHI WHI WHI YEL WHI WHI 66 Fan drive Option Sub P C board MEC 1920 Fan motor inside wiring diagram RED WHI Remote Remote controller controller RED board Motor over heating protection switch WHI 3 FA Gonnesier RED T10A 250V RED RED WHI 5 RED __22 T10A 250V 5 RED 6 43F1 43F2 43F1 3 4 ORN 4 Indoor unit 1 1 Ox ORN earth screw YEL RC2 RC1 Power supply 220 240V 50Hz Closed end 220V 60Hz connector 2 2 zae ae 21372 D0000 Harm 4 9 Harm 9 9 Symbol Parts name zo Fan zel Fani BLU OPN BLK FM1 FM2 Fan Motor zo RC1 RC2 Running Capacitor zm zm g Cap El TR1 Transformer J oan 4P WHI TA Intake air temp sensor al Blow temp sensor E TC1 TC2 TCJ Temp sensor 005 007 Fan motor control relay RY002 Drain control relay PMV Pulse Motor Valve F1 F2 Fuse for fan motor 43F1 43F2 Fan motor control relay DP Drin Pump motor Sold separately FS Float Swotch indicates the terminal block Latter at inside
222. 9 No Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 7 Temperature sensors Product Front View locations and identification colors TD1 sensor yellow TD2 sensor red TD3 sensor black continued 1404 1604 Accumulator Product Rear View Compressor 1 Ti b Compressor TK4 sensor white 1 sensor gray sensor yellow TK1 sensor black One closer to you 59 d Jm LN ZA b D TK2 sensor yr bie One from you Accumulator 2 70 No Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Pipe fixing rubber This product employs pipe fixing rubber eyeglass type combined with a SUS band to restrain pipes detachment subject to vibration to improve reliability attachment Use of SUS band total 5 locations 804 MAP1004 Suction pipe lt gt Distributor Oil header lt gt Liquid pipe MAP1204 19 05 lt gt 222 22 25 4 lt gt 12 7 1404 This product employs pipe fixing rubber eyeglass type combined with a SUS band to restrain pipes 1604 subject to vibration to improve reliability Use of SUS band total 10 locations Suction pipe lt gt Distributor SV3C valve Discharge pipe Oil header lt gt Liquid pipe 019 1 lt gt
223. 9 Reinstall the PMV assembly which was removed in step 4 Provide adequate cover for the PMV to protect it from overheating 10 Reinstall all the coils removed in step 3 and put the wiring back to its initial state 11 Reinstall the inverter box in accordance with the installation instructions 12 Reinstall the lower cabinet Removing of brazed point on left side of strainer 1 location 4 way valve Removing of brazed point at back o 1 location Before Removal of PMV Assembly After Removal of PMV Assembly 5 Cutting line 4 way valve 6 Brazed point Cutting through of pipes located above 4 way valve 3 pieces Removing of brazed point for pipe located below 4 way valve 1 location PMV assembly 273 Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 4 way valve detachment WARNING PMY attachment x 4 B d t continued Wear a pair of gloves 1404 Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a MAP1604 replacement part or some other object Before starting the work be sure to recover the refrigerant of outdoor unit by removing it with a refrigerant recovery device 4 Brazed point 1 Detachment 1 Remove the lower cabinet front side 7 End sections of pipes 3 pieces 2 Remove the inverter box in accorda
224. A or less non conductive load 115 TEST OPERATION 7 1 Procedure and Summary of Test Operation A test operation is executed with the following procedure When problems or an error occurs at any step remove the causes of the problem or error referring to 8 TROUBLESHOOTING Check basic items mainly the installation work Be sure to enter the check results in checklist 1 and 2 Checks before test operation This check is done after the power has been turned on Check that the refrigerant circuit system is turned on normally Check that the main N power supply is turned on Start the address setup in the outdoor indoor units Note Operation does not start simply by powering on Set up the addresses Carry out a test operation Check air blowing and cooling heating operation in the indoor unit Test operation 116 7 2 Check Items before Test Operation before powering on Prior to the test operation check the following items to verify there are no problems with the installation work Main check items for electric wiring The communication system differs from that of R22 or R407 refrigerant Modular Multi system air conditioners Check wiring points again carefully 1 In the case that a central control system is not connected 1 2 4 3 Header unit Outdoor unit Indoor unit Remote Remote Remote controller controller controller
225. AIGS AY 218 JON PAS 2029 108095 11 ANd 72 jun JOOPINO 7 10119 JOSUBS 1176 ANd 100 2 earuies jun 20 epoo qng uonipuoo GL yee seo asneg epoo YOOUD 2 dwa 1ue1eBuje1 eu Udy pue eBexeeiq edid ou si Y29949 400pino jo uonounj y Bursn ji SPAS uonej eisur 126110 YOOUD Josueg 6 8 uo Josuas jun JoopinO ees ON 1 5 5 eq PAW LO NO ZAWd LAWd 520 290 Ad 100pino uedo PAS 9 10119 eM t G jo eDeuous jue1eBujeg v 10sues QL ANd 100 2 PUN Joopino L 42949 eBexeeiq edid
226. Alternate The power of a follower unit is not turned on after setup finishes blinking e If the power of a follower unit is not turned on turn on the power Duplication of outdoor line addresses Modify the line address setup of the header unit 104 104 Line address setup error occurred after between lines Set up SW13 and SW14 on the connection between 01 02 03 04 interface PC board connectors LO5 106 Duplication of indoor units with priority Set up priority only for one indoor unit L06 There are two or more indoor units set up with Among indoor units indicating L05 set one unit priority with priority Address setup error Set up the addresses again 108 108 Only indoor addresses of all the connected indoor Modify the setup units are undefined L05 Displayed on the indoor unit set up with priority 106 Displayed on the indoor units except the one set up with priority 137 7 5 2 Operation from the indoor remote controller is not accepted and a check code is displayed on the 7 segment display of the interface PC board of the header unit No response Indoorremote Headerunit controller 7 segment Cause Countermeasures status display Line addresses and indoor addresses of all the connected Set up addresses Los indoor units are not set There is no header unit of group control Set up a group address E19 lt gt 00 Alternate blinking Indoor unit power
227. BH APO304BH APO364BH Models r Je ojuoo JOJO j MS A O d eui sejeoipul 4 ureiq 5 9 90W91 PONM 12019 ye y U YOIqQ pue 72 eui sejeoipul 10 dwe 100pul sereorpui Q n j err zr Josues duiej Joopu 90 eL jun 100pinO i JO OW ue 4 KUHM IHM ZW lomo i sued Le LA A IHM EE 9IHM N33H9 NH9 39NVHO 10105 A ddns yun 1 M S E yun mesos 10 99 S 4 40190 i Joydepe T T H i a eerie 225 ZHO9 022 i ZHOS 022 i eseud lec iJ indino yeuBis lt orn V OMN IHM HM 034 IHM 19 LY 0 NO LgNO 09NO ZENO L9NO OSNO 60 NO c ZNO 40joeuuoo
228. C board Setting to prevent connected indoor unit capacity over error E16 243 8 Set Bits 1 and 2 of SW30 on the interface P C board same as that of the failed header unit terminator resistance setting Outdoor interface P C board of unit selected as new header unit 7 Turn on Bit 2 of SWO9 vm 10 21 G 12 6 Set SW13 and SW14 identically to failed header unit Wiring changes to communication line 9 Redirect the indoor outdoor communication line connected to the failed header unit U1 U2 to the unit selected as the header unit U1 U2 10 If a central control device is connected connect the central control communication line 43 44 to the communication line terminal of the unit selected as the new header unit U3 U4 and connect up the tie connector between the U1 U2 and U3 U4 terminals Unit selected as new header unit Failed header unit previously follower unit No 1 Follower unit No 2 T Central control communication line s U3 U4 terminal Outdoor outdoor communication line U1 U2 term
229. C board in the header unit for 2 seconds or more The outdoor fan which was operated stops Check that U 1 is displayed on 7 segment display A and then finish the work 159 7 7 10 Manual Adjustment Function of Outside Temperature TO Sensor This function is provided to fix TO sensor value manually by the switch operation on the interface P C board in the outdoor unit When the unit stops abnormally due to TO sensor failure etc an emergent operation is available by setting up the value manually to position near the current outside temperature Operation 1 Set the rotary switches on the interface P C board to numbers as follows e SW01 SW02 SW03 to 2 1 15 7 segment display t 2 Keep pressing the push switch SW04 on the interface P C board for 1 second or more The mode changes to the TO sensor value fix manual mode 3 As shown in the following table TO sensor value can be fixed by setting the rotary switch 5 02 on the interface P C board Clear Return SW01 SWO02 SWO38 on the interface P C board in the outdoor unit 1 1 1 5 02 7 segment display B TO sensor value 1 10 10 2 15 15 3 20 20 4 25 25 5 30 30 6 35 35 C 7 40 40 8 43 43 9 45 45 10 15 15 C 11 10 10 12 5 5 13 0 0 14 2 2 15 51 5 16 7 7 NOT
230. CN513 Connection cable d 108 SWO07 Bit 2 OFF two step control Power peak cut control is enabled as long as SW1 as shown on the wiring diagram is ON continuously Jumper wire Input SWO7 Bit 1 Indicator relay J16 Sw Bit 1 OFF Bit 1 ON L1 Cut OFF 0 forced stop 60 capacity upper limit regulated OFF ON 100 normal operation 100 normal operation ON Note 1 Specifications of display relay contact The terminal for display output Operation terminal must satisfy the following electrical rating Electrical Rating 220 to 240 VAC 10 mA or more 1 A or less 24 VAC 10 mA or more 1 A or less non conductive load When connecting a conductive load e g relay coil to the display relay load insert a surge killer CR for an AC power supply or a diode for preventing back electromotive force for a DC power supply on the bypass circuit The optional P C board should be connected to the header outdoor unit U1 6 8 2 Power peak cut Control Extended Header outdoor unit L1 Display lamp suring power peak cut control 1 Locally procured Optional PCB Outdoor unit interface PCB Power SW07 ioa x a Bit 2 ON C ti bl For SW1 and SW2 be sure to provide Ion E mE no voltage contacts for each terminal O
231. CTH 1 DC12V 2 way valve coil VPV AC208 230V 60Hz 4 SV3B AC208 230V 60Hz SV3B SV3E SV3F 2 way valve coil FQ D640 AC208 230V 60Hz ololo 5 SV2 SV3A SV3C SV3D SV3E SV41 SV42 SV5 AC208 230V 60Hz olo SV2 SV3A SV3C SV3D SV6 SV41 SV42 SV43 6 High pressure SW ACB 4UB32W OFF 3 73MPa ON 2 9MPa 7 Pressure sensor For high pressure AAG M35FLTCTH 1 0 5 4 3V 0 3 73MPa 8 Pressure sensor For low pressure AAG C25FLTCTH 1 0 5 3 5V 0 0 98MPa OO O O O 9 Fan motor STF 340A1000 1 DC280V 1kW 10 Case heater For comp AC240V 29W 11 heater For AC240V 55W 12 Fusible plug 73 48 2 3 Outdoor Inverter 50Hz model MMY MAP 4 T8 P lt 2 sse T A A A Name Model Specification lt lt lt lt lt gt gt gt gt gt 1 Power supply terminal block JXO 6004 AC600V 75A 4P 2 Relay terminal block for reactor JXO 6B AC250V 20A 6P O O 3 Communication terminal block JXO B2H or no more than DC42V 1A 6P 4 Reactor For comp CH 79 5 8mH 16A 5 Reactor For fan CH 55 5 8mH 14A 6 board Noise filter MCC 1608 7 Line filter 2 71MH AC4
232. Check code Main remote controller Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition s Check items locations 1 1 AS IPDU Fan 1121 3 0110 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A oC OD O 0 Symbol signifies site of IPDU error of lo fo VF IPDU communication error All stop Communication is disrupted between IPDUs boards in inverter box Check wiring and connectors involved in communication between IPDU I F P C board for bad contact or broken wire Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F A3 IPDU or Fan IPDU Check for external noise F01 Indoor unit Indoor TCJ sensor error Stop of corresponding unit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TCJ sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TCJ sensor Check for defect in indoor P C board F02 Indoor unit Indoor TC2 sensor error Stop of corresponding unit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TC2 sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TC2 sensor Check for defe
233. DU Remove the connectors and fast on terminals by pulling the connector body Do not pull the wire 3 Remove all the four screws 2 which secures the Compressor IPDU to the Heat sink These screws are to be re used after procedure 4 Remove the Compressor IPDU from the four spacers 3 by pinching the top of the spacers by round nose pliers Ex MMY MAP1004HT8P Compressor IPDU MCC 1596 Compressor IPDU 1 BLACK lead wire sd JT 800 3 1 WHITE lead wire 3 7 RED lead wi Pinch this part by round n liers for E 22 27 sse removing the PCB Y 1 di cd Na 7 RED lead wire N quiso gun 2 Screw 1 WHITE lead wire 1 BLACK lead wire E Spacer 3 4 are in packed in this service assembly b Confirm that no dirt or damage is on the insulation sheet flesh color on the heat sink As it can reduce the heat transfer efficiency and can cause a breakdown If the insulation sheet comes off the heat sink re apply the insulation sheet as shown in the following figure Qn 1 6 EB mi aa Remove the e 6 d c a mH Reuse the insulation sheet oM Using a little heat transfer paste on the heat sink will make easier EN Insulation sheet flesh color to install because the insulation o Spread it
234. E If operated with TO sensor fixed by this function the system control operation of the air conditioner may not be based on the specification of the product Therefore an emergent operation should be restricted to a day or so 160 Service support function list 5 01 SWO2 SWO3 7 segment display A Function contents 1 J C Refrigerant circuit and control communication line check function Cooling operation 2 Refrigerant circuit and control communication line check function Heating operation 3 P Indoor PMV forced full open function 2 4 1 A 1 Indoor remote controller discriminating function 5 C Cooling test operation function 6 1 Heating test operation function 7 C H Indoor collective start stop ON OFF function 11 r d Outdoor refrigerant recovery operation function Pump down function 16 E r Error clear function 3 H r Solenoid valve forced open close function 1 16 4 7 F Fan forced operation function 15 t Outside temperature sensor manual adjustment function 1 0 1 1 6 Indoor No 1 to 16 unit Indoor individual start stop ON OFF function 2 1 7 3 2 Indoor No 17 to 32 unit 3 3 3 4 8 Indoor No 33 to 48 unit 4 4 9 6 4 Indoor No 49 to 64 unit 01 SWO2 03 7 segment display Function contents U 1 E28 Follower u
235. E03 L03 L07 L08 165 Error detected by main remote controller Check code Display of receiving unit Outdoor 7 segment display Indicator light block Main remote Typical fault site Description of error controller Sub code peration Timer Ready Flash 0 No master remote controller Signals cannot be received from indoor unit E01 e e faulty remote controller master remote controller has not been set communication reception including two remote controller control Faulty remote controller 02 x communication transmission Signals cannot be transmitted to indoor unit Both remote controllers have been set as master remote controller in two remote E09 e Duplicated master controller control alarm and shutdown for controller header unit and continued operation for follower unit Error detected by central control device Check code Display of receiving unit Outdoor 7 segment display Indicator light block m TCC LINK central ne E Typical fault site Description of error control Sub code peraton meaty Flash D amp Faultv central control Central control device is unable to transmit C05 22 transmission signal due to duplication of central control device C06 _ 0 Faulty central control Central control device is una
236. EA pono C TONO GIA E me 2 oe E Ux gt oque T leans ve co 1452 ZON PT aen ERLOA IHW 7007777 M rss pieog rd ENO 09 0 IHWOLSNO 77 28 Pise mU PEE vL n i 258 un 20329195 4 1 2 2 Compact 4 way Cassette Type Models MMU AP0074MH 094 APO124MH 154 and APO184MH TTS 000000 N IN TC1 es 9 ONG meru 2259 0225 22 pua Due 5 11223142516 11213 11243 2 12 112 EPA CN82 BLU CN100 CN104 CN102 101 BRW RED YEL RED BLK Motor drive circuit CN71 Bi CN72 DISP KEA RY302 RY303 CN80 GRN Fuse Fuse CN67 T6 3A T3 15A N BLK 25 250V RED 00 07 0 Power BE SV wut 2 supply L O 2 circuit DC7V CN70 AI 2301 WHI BLK Indoor unit Flow selector CN20 earth screw unit earth screw BLU g nues Control P C board 4 for Indoor unit 17 cna 1402 2 BRW CN33 Power supply WHI single phase 220 240V 50Hz 220V 60Hz 2 CN50 3 WHI 8 CN32 CN61 CN60 CN81 147 WHI YEL WHI BLK 122 Tto
237. ION Do not climb onto the fan guard Doing so may result in injury PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFETY The manufacturer shall not assume any liability for the damage caused by not observing the description of this manual N DANGER Turn off braeaker Before carrying out the installation maintenance repair or removal work be sure to set the circuit breaker for both the indoor and outdoor units to the OFF position Otherwise electric shocks may result Before opening the intake grille of the indoor unit or service panel of the outdoor unit set the circuit breaker to the OFF position Failure to set the circuit breaker to the OFF position may result in electric shocks through contact with the interior parts Only a qualified installer 1 or qualified service person 1 is allowed to remove the intake grille of the indoor unit or service panel of the outdoor unit and do the work required Before starting to repair the outdoor unit fan or fan guard be absolutely sure to set the circuit breaker to the OFF position and place a Work in progress sign on the circuit breaker When cleaning the filter or other parts of the indoor unit set the circuit breaker to OFF without fail and place a Work in progress sign near the circuit breaker before proceeding with the work When you have noticed that some kind of trouble such as when an error display has appeared there is a smell of burning abnormal sounds are heard the air c
238. IT DIAGRAM FAN MOTOR FAN CONDENSER C1 orc RIGHT SIDE CONDENSER Ci LEFT SIDE TE1 SV5 REDUCER MOTOR HH 043 VALVE 1 018 LOW PRESSURE Q SENSOR TL PLUG FUSIBLE ex HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH TANK LIQUID ACCUMULATOR 1 i AA T HH WK i L2 2 MEUS 457 TA LIQUID LINE GAS LINE OIL BALANCE LINE VALVE PACKED VALVE SERVICE VALVE PACKED 5 z E i gt 2 VALVE 2WAY CAPILLARY VALVE SENSOR TUBE CHECKED JOINTCHECK STRAINER DISTRIBUTOR 292 MMY MAP1404HT8P MMY MAP1604HT8P SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT TAILS N pos 60769659672 Mr lt A 293 960 2203890 eras 510 20210 OZOJELO Sc0f6L0 EHO 800 VO 700 420 920 800 2204890 200 20 920 220890 800 200 Lvs 720 920 670 ZH 620 290 PZO 620 9AS 810 20 zas 610 0 S 0YLSOf9v0 80 6700 Gens 8 03220 eas 00910 S90 VO DEAS 810 0 VEAS 8610 20
239. Indoor Indoor Remote Remote Remote Remote Remote Remote controller controller controller controller controller Address setting procedure 1 1 Turn on indoor units first and then turn on outdoor units 2 About one minute after turning the power on confirm that the 7 segment display on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit indicates U 1 L08 U 1 flash 3 Press SW 15 to start the automatic address setting It may take up to 10 minutes normally about 5 minutes to complete one line s setting 4 The 7 segment display indicates Auto 1 gt Auto 2 gt Auto 3 After the indication U 1 U 1 flash starts flashing on the display When the flashing stops and U 1 1 light remain lit on the display the setting is complete Interface P C board on the header outdoor unit swo4 05 0600 0601 0602 0603 0604 B 2 4 01 SW02 503 REQUIREMENT When 2 or more refrigerant lines are controlled as a group be sure to turn on all the indoor units in the group before setting addresses f you set the unit addresses of each line separately each line s header indoor unit is set separately In that case the CODE No L03 Indoor header unit overlap is indicated as running starts Change the group address to make one un
240. L00AH ZOOAY 5 134 LOLNO ZOLNO S4 by YY 21 100 lt lt uondo NYO 1d 118 MOTTA HA IHM aad uoneoipul 10102 IHM etit 2 09 10 2609 Aq ainsseid oneijs oj dez au ueuM 9 JO 10109 6 peaj pue se eui xoeuo Jaye uonisod A JO peaj y eunsseJd onejs eBueuo oo q pejoeuuoo si 76 Joj euuoo JOJOBUUOD YMS BU J019euuoo eui uSuM 7 p1eoq eui epis uox oJq pue 2 equunu sejeoipul 19497 ene euu eui sezeoipu L YOUMS Sd ureiq ING 1 Laer JOJOW JO SN4 AWd onuoo 200AH 10048 Ajayesedes
241. Main check items Check 1 Are the indoor and outdoor communication lines of the header unit connected to the U1 U2 terminals 2 1 the relay connector between the U1 U2 terminal and the U3 U4 terminal removed Set up at shipment from the factory 3 15 the communication line between outdoor units connected to the U5 U6 terminal 4 15 the terminal resistance SW30 bit 2 on the interface PC board of the header unit turned on Set up at shipment from the factory 5 1 the end terminal of the shield wire open 6 15 the end terminal of the shield wire earthed at the header unit side NOTE The figure above does not show all the electric wires For details refer to the installation manuals for the outdoor unit indoor unit remote controller or optional devices 117 2 In the case that a central control system is connected before address setup ip vg Central remote controller 1 4 2 5 3 To other refrigerant line 77 Other refrigerant line Header unit Follower unit C Outdoor unit amp To indoor unit Indoor unit Remote Remote Remote controller controller controller Main check items Check 1 Are the indoor and outdoor communication lines of the header unit connected to the U1 U2 terminals 2 15 the relay connector between the U1 U2 terminal and the U3 U4 terminal removed Set up at shipment from the factory Keep the re
242. NVHO NYO ania MOTT3A TAA IHM 19109 10X3 INd 18 NOILdO IHM 090NO 180 IHM 040NO 40NO NH9 080NO 001NO LOLNO 20LNO 134 YOLNO 61217 eX XH S 200000000000 EE 00000 0251 2011 qns 13 ZONO m Ee XXH eee LL eT 90000 THM IHM 19 IHM 940NO 0S0NO Kjddns 190g LOVL DOIN X uondo 4 025 00 100p ZH09 ZHOS 02 en Xin A ddns 1 eseud M S yea IHM 20 290 Mun do9pul T 1 1 1 eur M S Jojoejes 4 E vO SL asna 0t L DOIN 10 24 074090990 900909 900000 0NO 890ND 90
243. O 40 uonoeuuoo ijeuuou O d 1 UO 10129Uu09 JO uonoeuuoo s usemjaq uo uonoeuuoosip Buuiwstuu ou S 291 YOIYM SHUN JOOPU JO epoo qns Sjiun Jo Jequinu 903 epoo 0 O d 4 1 esiou EEND O LONO pejoeuuoo eq uone1edo ue preoq O d 191891 p u do pieo uonejedo pes 0 uo uin eon Um si 2921 esiou S ssaippe dn un JOOPINO 1201102 Gun aie 991109 pun JOOp nO 1 194 aoo pue 1291102 yun 19 ut 10 uonoeuuoo s Joopino uoneoiunuJuloo 309 DONE ANIMOS jou 5 1291109 uous pue ijeuuou zn L0 1 S EOD 04 uonoeuuoo S eui o1
244. O8 3n78 n18 pJeo0q 3 041009 y uo 10j5euuoo y 609 mE Josues Joopu vi JONVHO NHO MOTI3A 13A uogoeuuoo sejeoipui o ANd IHM jeuiuue eui seyeoipur 2 rez INT AVYS seuosseooe y peusep ous 5 ays seyeopui uexoig e JO OW _ OM ___ Pe 990999 422474 2 44 29999 Bree qas n18 02NO von oon 6 om mom umo mem ZH09 AO0cC IUE ae ZHOS 0 20 0424 weis ypeg ee 255 Addns Jandou Gh che XN asia 2 TER O NYD 0 9 1 pM M E z avo Aiddns ypeg poems i guns uti 1 yun 4 oL 1 2 eh gt zo Vb 9177777 FTr r 41 s idi ANI Dore uud UE ded idi sd O d 0405 TEE S Av L
245. PULSE ih MOTOR HH L PULSE MOTOR VALVE 2 VALVE 1 HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR LOW PRESSURE 4 SOR ui PLUG SEPARATOR FUSIBLE TANK LIQUID ACCUMULATOR LIQUID LINE GAS LIN E OIL BALANCE LINE VALVE PACKED VALVE SERVICE VALVE PACKED CAPILLARY VALVE C SENSOR VALVE 2WAY TUBE CHECKED CHECK STRAINER D STRIBUTOR 314 SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT MMY MAP1404HT7P MMY MAP1604HT7P f die ZZ TAN c VA 1 JA m LIB A4 609 _ f 063 _ 4 le 5 Bs i U qj 7 i y uU 315 Ero LH E20 290 PZO 620 8FOX2Z20 zas 810 20 8 0 1 lt 0 9 0 81065070 5 8103 20 EAS 020 910 G90 6 5 10 720 VEAS 810 20 960 Lvs 720920
246. QUID LINE GAS LINE VALVE BALANCE LINE VALVE SERVICE SERVICE VALVE PACKED gt 52 9 VALVE CAPILLARY SENSOR 2WAY TUBE VALVE JOINT STRAINER TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTOR 295 Ref Q ty Set MMY Part No Description 804 1004 MAP1204 1404 MAP1604 HT8P HT8P HT8P HT8P HT8P 001 43T20333 FAN PROPELLER 1 1 1 1 1 002 43T19354 CABINET AIR OUTLET 1 1 1 1 1 003 43700624 CABINET ASSY AIR INLET FRONT 1 1 1 004 43700620 CABINET AIR INLET BACK 1 1 1 005 43700625 CABINET ASSY AIR INLET FRONT 1 1 006 43700622 CABINET AIR INLET BACK 1 1 007 43741458 COMPRESSOR RA421A3FB 20MD 2 2 2 3 3 008 43T63345 SWITCH PRESSURE 2 2 2 3 3 009 43T57303 HEATER CASE 29W 240V 2 2 2 3 3 010 43T57304 HEATER CASE 55W 240V 1 1 1 1 1 011 43T20336 MOTOR ASSY FAN DC280V 1 1 1 1 1 012 43T46381 VALVE BALL SBV JA5GTC 1 1 1 013 43T46366 VALVE PACKED 9 52 1 1 1 1 1 014 43746374 VALVE PACKED 12 7 1 1 1 015 43746393 VALVE BALL 25 4 1 1 1 1 1 016 43T46403 COIL SOLENOID AC220V 240 50HZ 1 1 1 3 3 017 43T46401 COIL SOLENOID 1 1 1 1 1 018 43T46408 VALVE 2WAY 5 5 5 5 5 019 43T46407 COIL PMV 2 2 2 3 3 020 43T46410 VALVE 2WAY 2 2 021 43746411 VALVE 2WAY 1 1 1 1
247. R 2 Pushthe 22 button left side of the button Each time you push the button the indoor unit numbers are indicated one after another The first indicated unit number is the address of the header unit Only the fan and louvers of the indicated indoor unit are activated Pushthe 5 button to finish the procedure All the indoor units in the group stop V To check all the indoor unit addresses using an arbitrary wired remote controller When communication wirings of 2 or more refrigerant lines are interconnected for central control SET DATA 4 78 4 1401 TEMP DON OFF o TIMER SET Coro TIME Cv EU Cs 2 RESETTEST SET CL Execute it while the units are stopped You can check indoor unit addresses and positions of the indoor units in a single refrigerant line When an outdoor unit is selected the indoor unit numbers of the refrigerant line of the selected unit are indicated one after another and the fan and louvers of the indicated indoor units are activated 130 1 Push and hold the TIME and buttons at the same time for more than 4 seconds At first the line 1 and CODE No 7 Address Change are indicated on the LCD display Select an outdoor unit 2 Pushthe 2 left side of the button and buttons repeatedly to select a system address Push the 5 button to confirm the system address selection The address of an indoor u
248. RTER PIPE 2 2 2 3 3 051 43T49355 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 1 1 1 2 2 052 43 01309 MARK TOSHIBA 1 1 1 1 1 053 43 63346 HOLDER SENSOR 1 1 1 1 1 054 43 19355 CABINET SIDE UP 2 2 055 43 00623 PANEL 1 1 1 1 1 056 43T50349 SENSOR ASSY LOW PRESSURE 1 1 1 1 1 057 43T50350 SENSOR ASSY HIGH PRESSURE 1 1 1 1 1 058 43100613 CABINET ASSY SIDE LEFT 1 1 1 1 1 059 43 00614 CABINET ASSY SIDE RIGHT 1 1 1 1 1 060 43100615 CABINET ASSY FRONT DOWN 1 1 1 061 43 00616 CABINET ASSY BACK DOWN 1 1 1 062 43 00617 CABINET ASSY FRONT DOWN 1 1 063 43 00618 CABINET ASSY BACK DOWN 1 1 064 43739351 NUT FLANGE 1 1 1 1 1 065 43T39350 WASHER 1 1 1 1 1 066 43T49347 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 4 4 4 5 5 067 43T49360 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 2 2 2 068 43T49357 RUBBER CUSHION 6 6 6 9 9 069 43T47333 BONNET 12 70 DIA Made in Thailand 1 1 1 070 43T47332 BONNET 9 52 DIA Made in Thailand 1 1 1 1 1 071 43T47334 BONNET 15 88 DIA 1 1 072 43T49338 FUSIBLE PLUG Made in Japan 1 1 1 1 1 073 43T47374 TUBE CAPILLARY ID 0 8 1 1 1 1 1 074 43T47375 TUBE CAPILLARY ID 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 075 43T47376 TUBE CAPILLARY ID 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 076 43T19333 HOLDER SENSOR Made in Japan 9 9 9 12 12 077 43 47385 BOLT COMPRESSOR 6 6 6 9 9 078 43T49358 BAND FIX 5 5 5 10 10 079 43T49356 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 1 1 43T85530 080 43785537 OWNER S MANUAL 1 1 1 1 1 43785538
249. Reducer 4 way valve Check valve 4 High pressure sensor Low pressure sensor SV Discharge pipe check joint SV3D separator iw Oil return capillary gt Check valve SV41 Sv SV42 TD1 TD2 High pressure sw High pressure Acedmulator sw SV3C C Compressor V x Check valve Inverter Check valve TK2 TK1 gt YD Oil pipe Oil return d distributor Check valve 4 6 6 Check valve Gas side service valve Balance pipe packed valve 261 12 OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS REPLACEMENT METHODS No Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Cabinet NWARNING Wear a pair of gloves Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object 1 Detachment 1 Stop the air conditioner operation and turn off the circuit breaker 2 Remove the screws for the discharge cabinet M5 x 10 4 pcs With a 14 16HP unit the discharge cabinet side covers need to be removed Left and right M5 x 2 2 pcs 2 sets 3 Remove the screws for the lower cabinet Front and rear M5 x 10 7 pcs for front and 6 pcs for rear 4 Remove the screws for the service panel M5 x 10 2 pcs 5 Remove the screws for the su
250. TD1 error vw xv O F05 Discharge temperature sensor TD2 error F06 Heat exchanger temperature sensor TE1 TE2 error zl Outdoor unit temperature Alternate blinking F07 Liquid temperature sensor TL error F08 Outside air temperature sensor TO error F12 Suction temperature sensor TS1 error F13 Heat sink sensor TH error F15 Wiring error in heat exchanger sensor TE1 and liquid temperature sensor TL Outdoor unit temperature sensor wiring installation error F16 Wiring error in outdoor high pressure sensor Pd and low pressure sensor Ps Outdoor pressure sensor wiring error F22 Outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD3 error F23 Low pressure sensor Ps error Outdoor unit pressure sensor F24 High pressure sensor Pd error errors Operation Timer Ready N 4 2 x o F29 Fault in indoor EEPROM 1 Synchronized blinking Operation Titer Read H01 Compressor breakdown i i y 7 44 H02 Compressor lockup ee e pes H03 Current detection circuit error Blinking H05 Wiring installation error or detachment of outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD1 06 Abnormal drop low pressure sensor Ps reading Protective shutdown of outdoor H07 Abnormal drop in oil level unit H08 Error in temperature sensor for oil level detection circuit TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 or TK5 H15 Wiring installation error or detachment of outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD2 H16 Oil level detection circuit error Error in outdoor unit TK1
251. TEMP ON OFF 3 x x 9 1 MODE 4 Amid SCHEDULE 4 De C82 SAVE VENT PROGRAM DAY TIME SAVE VEN 5 CED RESET TEST SWING FIX UNIT LOUVER 5 FLI RESET TEST SET CL SWING FIX UNIT LOUVER 6 OO CE lt 2 amp E 277 Procedure 2 Replacing P C Board 1 Replace the faulty P C board with a service P C board Be sure to replicate the old jumper setting removal switch setting SW501 and connector short circuit setting e g CN34 on the service P C board See the diagram at below MCC 1 570 Connector for drain pump CN504 co aqar D The type and capacity of the indoor unit are necessary for fan speed setting Set the jumper wire 02 according to the capacity class as shown below J02 Cut Present factory default red 401 AP009 AP030 AP036 AP056 If a short circuiting plug had been used on the Be sure to set this jumper as required to make replaced P C board reuse it on the service P C board the selection of a motor protection level possible MCC 1402 CN41 MCC 1403 CN041 o 2 co Co CN34 0 CN030 From left CN112 111 and 110 a If a short circuiting plug had been used on the If a short circuitin
252. TK2 4 or TK5 circuit H25 Wiring installation error or detachment of outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD3 Operation Timer Ready 103 Duplicated indoor group header unit s 41 105 Duplicated priority indoor unit as displayed priority indoor unit XX p 06 Duplicated priority indoor unit as displayed on indoor unit other than priority indoor unit amp ynchronizedibiinking 107 Connection of group control cable to stand alone indoor unit 108 Indoor group address not set Log Indoor capacity not set 104 Duplicated outdoor refrigerant line address Operation Timer Ready 44 44 110 Outdoor capacity not set p des L17 Outdoor model incompatibility error L18 Flow selector units error Synchronized blinking L20 Duplicated central control address L28 Too many outdoor units connected L29 Error in number of IPDUs L30 Indoor external interlock error 174 Light block Check code Cause of fault Operation Timer Ready xv ps Xr O F31 Outdoor EEPROM error L Synchronized blinking Other indications not involving check code Light block Check code Cause of fault Operation Timer Ready xt xc xx S 7 Synchronized blinking Test run in progress Operation Timer Ready Xt X S 7 Alternate blinking Setting incompatibility automatic cooling heating setting for model incapable of it and heating setting for cooling only m
253. TOSHIBA SERVICE MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER MULTI TYPE SUPER MODULAR MULTI SYSTEM i Outdoor Unit Model name Heat Pump Model MMY MAPO804HT8 J P MMY MAP1004HT8 J P MMY MAP1204HT8 J P MMY MAP1404HT8 J P MMY MAP1604HT8 J P MMY MAP0804HT7 J P MMY MAP1004HT7 J P MMY MAP1204HT7 J P MMY MAP1404HT7 J P MMY MAP1604HT7 J P lt Cooling Only Model gt MMY MAPO804T8 J P MMY MAP1004T8 J P MMY MAP1204T8 J P MMY MAP1404T8 J P MMY MAP1604T8 J P MMY MAP0804T8 J P ID MMY MAP1004T8 J P ID MMY MAP1204T8 J P ID MMY MAP1404T8 J P ID MMY MAP1604T8 J P ID MMY MAPO0804HT8 J P E MMY MAP1004HT8 J P E MMY MAP1204HT8 J P E MMY MAP1404HT8 J P E MMY MAP1604HT8 J P E MMY MAP0804T8 J P T MMY MAP1004T8 J P T MMY MAP1204T8 J P T MMY MAP1404T8 J P T MMY MAP1604T8 J P T MMY MAPO0804T8 J P E MMY MAP1004T8 J P E MMY MAP1204T8 J P E MMY MAP1404T8 J P E MMY MAP1604T8 J P E FILE NO SVM 13024 3 MMY MAPO0804HT8 J P TR MMY MAP1004HT8 J P TR MMY MAP1204HT8 J P TR MMY MAP1404HT8 J P TR MMY MAP1604HT8 J P TR MMY MAP0804T8 J P SG MMY MAP1004T8 J P SG MMY MAP1204T8 J P SG MMY MAP1404T8 J P SG MMY MAP1604T8 J P SG Please refer to the following service manuals for each indoor units lt 4 way Cassette Type gt MMU AP 4HP E Made in Thailand model lt 2 way Cassette Type gt MMU AP 2WH lt Concealed Duct Standard Type gt MMD AP 6BH E lt Slim Duct Type gt MMD AP0244SPH E AP0274SPH E
254. Turns on all indoor COOL ni units SW1 OFF Turns off all indoor HEAT d a units SW OFF The input signal is recognized during its falling phase After reaching the bottom of the falling edge the signal must remain there for at least 100 ms CAUTION 1 Do not turn on the COOL SW1 and HEAT SW2 terminals simultaneously 2 Be sure to provide a contact for each terminal External signal No voltage pulse contact The optional P C board should be connected to the header outdoor unit U1 110 6 8 5 Night operation sound reduction Control Header outdoor unit Locally procured Connection Outdoor unit Optional PCB Tuc cable interface PCB J TB1 i o c COM 5 1 i CN508 e PJ17 COOL us E E i i m i cd SW1 Night time signal switch Operation This function decreases noise at night or other times as necessary Terminal Input signal Operation ON Night time control COOL i SW1 ON Normal operation OFF The input signal is recognized during its rising falling phase After reaching the top bottom of the rising falling edge the signal must remain there for at least 100 ms The optional P C board should
255. VN502HEXEx 802 1002 MMD VN1002HEXE2 uondo P 100pino pue y 10 a ueewjeq is zai j pue YBIH E UO9IIMS 0 1 sjuese1doaJ gagi ET ped ZH 09 A 022 enig pay pou 0 gud KLEA 197 aokiddnsiemoa uue3 voL enum va 901 0 02 Joopul Tb umoug da Ker SOLNO A 052 57 VSLL vel fo zoj SN zb vu ATE 4510 AZEO ORG ENS RR DET 330 5 c PSP n E als zu E LOZMS SLOLOOW He LOLNO _ s 2 2 22 2 001NO 45 3 ___ _ Ope J ag g enig GNO 18NO L9NO 907NO S0ZNO 092 9 peu 299998 cOLNOLE 9 AWd indui A 21 OG 2 wva w Pus euuM p ds ue beset 22369 uoneJedo 24 uowwoy d LWA joe Uu09 e
256. Vacuum pumping gt Single outdoor unit system Before performing vacuum pumping fully open 1 2 and 4 If they are closed the heat exchangers of the outdoor unit cannot be vacuum pumped Connect a vacuum pump consecutively to the check joints placed in the liquid and discharge pipes and on the high pressure side of the suction pipe and turn it on Operate the vacuum drying until the vacuum gauge indicates 1 mmHg Method to fully open PMV manually 1 Turn on the power switch of the outdoor unit 2 With the Bits 1 and 2 of SW12 set to off short circuit the pins of CN30 3 Disconnect the connectors of PMV1 and 2 from the P C board 4 With the Bits 1 and 2 of SW12 set to off and on respectively short circuit the pins of CN30 5 Disconnect the connector of PMV4 from the I F P C board 6 Turn off the power switch of the outdoor unit Note Steps 4 and 5 are not required for MMY MAPO0804 1004 and 1204 Refrigerant charging Inject the same amount of refrigerant as the recovered residual refrigerant via the charging port of the liquid side Service valve 258 11 3 Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor Oil Shortage Are the balance pipes of all outdoor units connected to the same refrigerant line fully open No Yes Are there any miswiring or incorrect connection of TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 and TK5 sensor in the unit that has No replaced compress
257. White 1 Pressurizes oil reserved in the oil header during ON time Connector CN322 White SV3D 1 Reserves oil in the oil separator during OFF time 2 Returns oil reserved in the oil separator to the compressor during ON time SV3E Connector CN322 White 1 Turns on during operation and balances oil between compressors SV3F Connector CN323 White Solenoid valve 1 Controls oil level balances between compressors Hot gas bypass Connector CN311 White sv2 1 Low pressure release function 2 High pressure release function 3 Gas balance function during stop time Start compensation valve of compressor SV41 SV41 Connector CN312 Blue SV42 Connector CN312 Blue SV43 Connector CN313 Red SV42 1 For gas balance start SV43 2 High pressure release function 3 Low pressure release function SV5 Connector CN314 White 1 Preventive function for high pressure rising in heating operation sve Connector CN315 White 1 Liquid bypass function for discharge temperature release cooling bypass function Connector CN317 Blue 4 way valve 1 Cooling heating exchange 2 Reverse defrost Connector CN300 301 White 1 Super heat control function in heating operation PMV1 2 2 Liquid line shut down function while follower unit stops Pulse motor 3 Under cool adjustment function in cooling operation valve 4 Exchange function between main and sub exchangers in cooling operation Connector CN303 Red PMV4 1 Exchange function between main and
258. Y SERVICE 4 4 4 5 5 702 703 43T95303 SUPPORTER ASSY 2 2 2 2 2 704 43T50348 SENSOR ASSY SERVICE 6 6 6 8 8 705 43T60437 TERMINAL 4P 1 1 1 1 1 706 43T58316 REACTOR CH 55 1 1 1 1 1 707 43T58317 REACTOR CH 79 2 2 2 3 3 708 43T60423 TERMINAL 6P 1 1 709 43T52317 CONTACTOR MAGNETIC 1 1 1 1 1 710 43T60436 TERMINAL 6P 1 1 711 43T95301 SUPPORT SPACER 3 3 3 3 3 712 43T95302 SPACER EDGE 10 10 10 10 10 713 43T6V372 PC BOARD ASSY NOISE FILTER MCC 1608 1 1 1 1 1 714 43T6V373 PC BOARD ASSY INTERFACE MCC 1606 1 1 1 1 1 715 43T6V371 PC BOARD ASSY FAN IPDU MCC 1610 1 1 1 1 1 716 43T6V374 PC BOARD ASSY COMP IPDU MCC 1596 2 2 2 3 3 717 43T50345 THERMISTOR 1 1 1 1 1 718 43T96307 BUSHING 3 3 3 3 3 719 43T96306 COLLAR 3 3 3 3 3 720 721 43T55360 FILTER LINE 1 1 1 1 1 300 SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT 804 MMY MAP1004T8P MMY MAP1204T8P e SSS SSSA 301 VAS 120920 6101820 020 E LO 690710 600 200 SLO AG 9S0 SAS 720 920 am 6504010 600 820 8 0YLS0YZvO 290 990 SEAS 220 810 GEAS 720 8
259. a higher speed steeper upward temperature gradient is chosen Aslong as the temperature difference remains on a boundary line the fan speed stays the same When TC2 2 60 C the fan speed is raised by one step 3 If the air conditioner goes thermo OFF during heating operation the fan speed drops down to LL breeze TC2 Indoor heat exchanger sensor temperature HEATING STANDBY displayed 69 NO Item Specification outline Remarks Cold air 1 heating operation the upper limit of the fan tap is set according to the lower of TCJ Indoor heat discharge whichever is the higher between TC2 sensor and sensor temperatures exchanger sensor prevention the one hand and TC1 sensor temperature on the other temperature control f the fan continuously operates in zone B for 6 minutes it automatically moves In zones D and E into zone C priority is given to the During defrosting the control point is shifted by 6 remote controller fan speed setting In zone A HEATING STANDBY is Zone A OFF displayed Zone B 26 or above and 6 30 below 28 Breeze 28 Zone C 28 or above and below 30 26 Low Zone D 30 or above and below 32 20 Medium Zone E High 16 Freeze 1 During cooling the air conditioner is operated in the manner described below TC1 Indoor heat prevention according to the temperature readi
260. a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe C Replace the part Leakage of check valve in E 3 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen if gas escapes from the discharge pipe discharge pipe section of the disconnected compressor there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe E Replace the part T 4 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen if gas escapes from the oil equalization 2 vale in oil F pipe section of the disconnected compressor there is a leak from the oil equalization pipe check valve F equalization circui Replace the part 5 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen manually open the SV3B valve If gas Leakage of SV3A valve G escapes from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor there is a leak from the SV3A valve Replace the part 6 Then manually open the SV3A valve If gas escapes from the suction pipe section of the disconnected valve H compressor there is a leak from the SV3B valve Replace the part Clogging of SV3E valve 7 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen manually open the SV3E valve If gas of oil return distributor does not escape from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor the SV3E valve or oil return gging distributor is clogged Replace the part Clogging of SV3D valve 8 With pressure applied to the check joint of dis
261. al or more individua Address display 00 is displayed d start stop of corresponding for 5 seconds after Address 17 to indoor unit operation ON 16 1 16 2 Address 32 individually Address 33 to After test operation return the display select switches 19 3 1 SWO01 SWO02 SWO3 on the interface boardofthe 777 End LEER header unit to 1 1 1 16 1 16 4 Address 64 individually NOTE The individual test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes 152 7 7 3 Error Clearing Function 1 Clearing from the main remote controller V Error clearing in outdoor unit Error of the outdoor unit currently detected is cleared by the unit of one refrigerant circuit system to which the indoor units operated by the remote controller is connected Error of the indoor unit is not cleared For clearing errors the service monitor function of the remote controller is used Method 1 Change the mode to service monitor mode by pushing 5 buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more 2 Using buttons set CODE No to FF 3 The display in Section A in the following figure is counted with interval of 5 seconds as 0005 gt 0004 gt 0003 gt 0002 gt 0001 gt 0000 When the count arrives 0000 the error is cleared However counting from 0005 is repeated on the display 4 When
262. al block The optional P C board should be connected to the header outdoor unit U1 113 6 8 8 Compressor Operation Output Locally procured Outdoor unit 4 i 7 See NOTE Outdoor unit Optional PCB i interface PCB C2 m cm A 2 1 K1 5 puTPUTI 12 PS i sw16 9 H TR2 H 1 CN514 PJ20 9lourum i e o 4 13 PS 1 1234 54 CTR3 H 5 6 i ee US 55 S EE wire Operation When a compressor is in operation a relay connected to the output terminal assigned to it is turned on closed When it is at rest the relay is turned off open The output terminals are named OUTPUT1 OUTPUT2 and OUTPUTS from left to right when facing the front of the outdoor unit as shown in the diagram Note 1 Output Relay K1 K2 K3 Contact Specifications Output terminals OUTPUTI1 2 3 must satisfy the following electrical rating When connecting a conductive load e g relay coil to loads K1 K2 and insert a surge killer CR for an AC power supply or a diode for preventing back elect
263. alve of the unit for pressure adjustment Setup of failed outdoor unit 11 When the manifold gauge pressure of the failed outdoor unit falls below 0 10 MPa fully close the balance pipe packed valve and press 5 05 on the interface P C board to finish the test cooling operation 12 Turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units and recover the residual refrigerant in the outdoor unit using a refrigerant recovery device Be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant This is necessary to determine how much additional refrigerant will be needed after the completion of the repair 6 7 8 Approx 10 minutes after system startup Select header unit as unit Fully close balance pipes of all other outdoor units fully close gas pipe service valve for pressure adjustment other than unit for pressure adjustment and failed unit Failed outdoor unit 11 When manifold gauge pressure of failed outdoor unit While monitoring low pressure sensor falls below 0 10 MPa fully close balance pipe packed Output adjust pressure to around 0 12 MPa valve by slowly closing gas pipe service valve Press SWO5 to finish test cooling operation 10 Wait until low pressure sensor outputs of failed outdoor unit and outdoor unit for 12 Turn off power supply to all outdoor units at source and recover residual refrigerant in outdoor unit using pressure adjustment become almost identical and after
264. an Control Header outdoor unit Locally procured Outdoor unit Connection j interface cable z i Snowfall sensor 1 1 o y i CN509 17 COOL 9 7 wire SW1 Snowfall detection switch snowfall sensor Operation An external snowfall signal turns on the outdoor unit fan Terminal Input signal Operation ON r Snowfall fan control Turns on outdoor COOL OFF unit fan SW1 ON Normal operation Cancels control OFF The input signal is recognized during its rising falling phase After reaching the top bottom of the rising falling edge the signal must remain there for at least 100 ms The optional P C board should be connected to the header outdoor unit U1 6 8 4 External master ON OFF Control Header outdoor unit cM M ME scc t local poced Locally procured Outdoor unit 2 7 Optional i interface TBI o COM CN512 5 Q PJ17 COOL 77 usd RENE Mi a a SW1 Operation input switch SW2 Stop input switch Operation The system is started stopped from the outdoor unit Terminal Input signal Operation
265. ance or Check SW30 bit 2 of the header unit there are two or more resistances 1 2 connection between multiple refrigerant lines After address setup when terminal SW30 bit 2 is on resistance setup is changed after powering Connection between multiple refrigerant lines E07 on SW30 bit 2 of the connected header unit is turned on only for one line Transmission circuit error at the interface side PC Replace the interface PC board board failure After address setup communication from all the Check and correct disconnection of the indoor indoor units is interrupted under the condition that a outdoor communication line the communication line E06 normal operation can be performed between the header unit and the leading indoor unit Check for the influence of communication noise E16 lt XX Exceeded the number or capacity of connected Adjust the number or capacity of connected indoor E16 Alternate indoor units units blinking E23 E23 Communication between outdoor units has stopped Check the number of connected outdoor units Check that outdoor unit power is on Duplication of outdoor addresses only when an Do not use manual setup for outdoor addresses E25 E25 outdoor address was manually set up Number of connected outdoor units has decreased Correction of the cause of error occurrence E26 lt gt XX When installing an outdoor backup e If it occurs when installing a backup clear the error E26
266. ard filter factory default Ceiling 0000 Standard filter factory default Concealed duct standard 0000 Standard filter factory default 0001 High performance filter 65 90 Static pressure selection Concealed duct standard Slim Duct 0000 Standard factory default 0000 Standard factory default 0001 High static pressure 1 0001 High static pressure 1 0003 High static pressure 2 0003 High static pressure 2 0006 Low static pressure 0006 High static pressure 3 60 Timer setting 0000 Available can be performed 0001 Unavailable cannot be 0000 Available wired remote controller performed 99 Type DN code 10 Value Type Model 0000 1 Cassette MMU AP SH 0001 4 way Cassette MMU AP H 0002 2 way Cassette MMU AP WH 0003 1 way Cassette Compact 0004 Concealed Duct Standard 0005 Slim Duct MMD AP SPH 0006 Concealed Duct High Static Pressure 0007 Ceiling 0008 Wall 0010 Floor Standing Cabinet 0011 Floor Standing Concealed MML AP BH 0013 Floor Standing Compact 4 way Cassette MMU AP MH 0016 Fresh Air Intake indoor unit Duct type MMD AP HFE 1 Default value stored in EEPROM mounted on service P C board Indoor Unit Capaci
267. are shut down when Pd pressure reaches or exceeds PO The compressor restart prevention timer 2 minutes 30 seconds is set and the control terminated When Pd 2 3 45 MPa compressor No 2 or No 3 the last one of three compressors in terms of startup order in a three compressor configuration is shut down When Pd 2 3 5 MPa compressor No 1 the first compressor in terms of startup order is shut down 10 Case heater control There are two types of case heaters a compressor case heater and an accumulator case heater This control function is aimed at preventing the accumulation of refrigerant in those cases and is performed by all outdoor units If the power supply has not been turned on for a specified period before a post installation test run compressor failure may occur Similarly when starting compressors after a long period of no power supply it is recommended that the power supply be turned on for a while before operation is resumed just like a post installation test run This control function is sometimes used alongside an electrical charging of the compressor motor windings In this case a charging sound may be heard but this is normal 1 Control details The heaters are turned on while the compressors are turned off The heaters are turned off when TO sensor temperature becomes 2 28 C and are turned back on when TO sensor temperature becomes lt 25 C When the compressors are turne
268. ared If the abnormality persists after the Start Stop button on the remote controller is pressed to resume operation the check code is redisplayed on the remote controller Operation 1 The operation mode changes in response to an operation selection command Ts Temperature selection issued via the remote controller setting Ta Room temperature Remote controller command Control outline STOP Air conditioner shutdown 2 FAN Fan operation COOL Cooling operation DRY Drying operation HEAT Heating operation Room temp 1 Adjustment range remote controller temperature setting Shift in heating suction control COOL DRY HEAT temperature not applicable to Wired type 18 29 18529 remote controller Wireless type 17 30 17 30 thermo operation 2 1 heating operation the temperature setting may be fine tuned via the DN code 06 3 SET DATA 0 2 4 6 Temperature setting adjustment 0 2 4 6 Factory default SET DATA 2 Automatic 1 The outdoor unit determines the operational capacities of indoor units according Ts Temperature capacity control to the difference between Ta and Ts setting Ta Cooling Ta Heating Ta Room temperature e 4 e BB NO Item Specification outline Remarks Fan speed 1 The fan operates in one of the four speed modes of HIGH HH MED H gt H gt H gt control LOW L and AUTO on the basis of a command issued via the remote L gt L gt UL controll
269. ast 4 seconds The unit No displayed first is the address of the header indoor unit in group control Then the fan and louver of the selected indoor unit move 2 Each time the Select unit side of the button is pressed one of the indoor unit Nos under group control is displayed in UNIT LOUVER TIMER SET FAN turn Then the fan and louver of the selected indoor unit move 2 SAVE FILTER RESET TEST Use the 3355 button to select the CODE No DN code of the SET gt SWING FIX UNIT LOUVER d desired function CE 4 4 Use the button to select the desired SET DATA associated 3 with the selected function 6 1 5 Pushthe 5 button The display changes from flashing to steady To change the selected indoor unit go back to step 2 To change the selected function go back to step 3 6 Whenthe 5 button is pushed the system returns to normal off state 297 Function CODE No DN Code Table Includes All Functions Needed to Perform Applied Control on Site DN Item Description At shipment Filter display delay timer 0000 None 0001 150H According to type 01 0002 2500H 0003 5000H 0004 10000H 02 Dirty state of filter 0000 Standard 0000 Standard 0001 High degree of dirt Half of standard time 03 Central control address
270. ata are as follows SET DATA Handling of operation of air to air heat exchanger or ventilating fan HERE Unavailable At shipment 001 1 Available 5 Push 5 button OK if display goes on To change the selected indoor unit go to the procedure 2 To change the item to be set up go to the procedure 3 6 Pushing 5 returns the status to the usual stop status 2 Wiring Relay DC12V procured locally Corresponds to the relay up Compact 4 way Cassette type to one that the rated current 4 way Cassette type of the operation coil is approx 75 1 way Cassette type 2 series Concealed Duct Standard type model Outside control Slim Duct type FAN DRIVE input of fan Ceiling type 2P WHI To terminal High Wall type Corresponds up to a relay in which rated current of the operation coil is approx 75 Indoor control P C board Other type models Note Determine the cable length between the indoor Correspond up to a relay in which rated current of the control P C board and the relay within 2m operation coil is approx 16mA Does not correspond to a terminal block type relay on the market 102 Leaving ON prevention control Function This function controls the indoor units individually It is connected with cable to the control P C board of the indoor unit n a group control it is connected with cable to the indoor unit Control P C board and the CODE No 2E is s
271. ation or unsteadiness and the installation is stable If check is not executed a fire an electric shock or an injury is caused When carrying out the pump down work shut down the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipe Disconnecting the refrigerant pipe with the service valve left open and the compressor still operating will cause air or other gas to be sucked in raising the pressure inside the refrigeration cycle to an abnormally high level and possibly resulting in rupture injury or other trouble Cooling check When the service panel of the outdoor unit is to be opened in order for the compressor or the area around this part to be repaired immediately after the air conditioner has been shut down set the circuit breaker to the OFF position and then wait at least 10 minutes before opening the service panel If you fail to heed this warning you will run the risk of burning yourself because the compressor pipes and other parts will be very hot to the touch In addition before proceeding with the repair work wear the kind of insulated heat resistant gloves designed to protect electricians Take care not to get burned by compressor pipes or other parts when checking the cooling cycle while running the unit as they get heated while running Be sure to put on gloves providing protection for electric shock and heat When the service panel of the outdoor unit is to be opened in order for the fan motor reactor inverte
272. ay of receiving unit Outdoor 7 segment display TCC LINK Indicator light block central control Typical fault site Description of error ormainremote i Sub code controller a Timer Ready Flash display VN A3 IPDU Fan A3 IPDU Fan 12 3 IPDU 1 2 0A 02 O o0B O O 03 0JO oc There are insufficient number of IPDUs P C L29 04 L29 SIM Error in number of IPDUs boards in inverter box oslo Jo ojo o or o ojo o 07 0 O O Circle O 08 Faulty IPDU 0910 Indoor unit has been shut down for external error L30 Detected indoor unit No L30 SIM RM input in one refrigerant line detected by indoor unit Outdoor discharge TD1 Outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD1 has e ALT temperature error detected abnormally high temperature 00 Open phase detected Open phase power failure Open phase is detected when power is turned on 5 01 Compressor 1 5 ALT Inverter DC voltage Vdc Inverter DC voltage is too high overvoltage or too 02 Compressor 2 error low undervoltage 03 Compressor 3 MG CTT error 01 Compressor 1 di 7 02 Compressor 2 P07 e ALT phe sink overheating Mab beca sensor built into IGBT TH detects 03 Compress
273. be connected to the header outdoor unit U1 The system s capacity is reduced during low noise operation The table below provides a rough guide to this capacity reduction Outdoor unit During low noise mode Capacity base unit dB A Cooling Heating Model 0804 50 approx 85 approx 80 Model 1004 50 approx 7096 approx 65 Model 1204 50 approx 60 approx 55 Model 1404 53 approx 80 approx 80 Model 1604 53 approx 70 approx 70 Relative to maximum capacity Position of noise measuring device 1 m from the front face of the set and 1 5 m above ground anechoic sound e 6 8 6 Operation Mode Selection Control Header outdoor unit RERO reer ee ERT REEL Locally procured i Outdoor unit Connection Optional PCB interface cable l Pd o y 5 B 510 S Putz COOL 4 i Shield 7 d a REOR SW1 Cooling mode specified input switch SW2 Heating mode specified input switch NOTE SW1 COOL mode selection switch SW2 HEAT mode selection switch Input signal Operation Remarks COOL SW1 HEAT SW2 ON OFF Only cooling M operation allowed OFF ON Only heating J operation allowed OFF OFF Normal operation The display Ope
274. below 1 Operation Procedure 1 Start the operation 2 Set the switches provided on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit for which oil level judgment results are required as follows SW01 SW02 SW03 1 16 1 3 The oil level judgment result will be displayed on the 7 segment display 7 segment display oL The letters and are digits that represent judgment results for compressor Nos 1 2 and 3 respectively See the table below for the interpretation of the judgment results 4 When checking is completed revert the SWO1 SWO02 SWOSG setting to 1 1 1 Interface P C board of outdoor unit for which oil level judgment results are 1 CN30 3 05 SW15 Oil level judgment results are displayed 0600 0601 0602 0603 0604 SWO2 SWO3 AN AN AN 2 Set SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 16 1 4 Upon completion of checking revert SW01 SW02 SW03 setting to 1 1 1 2 Oil Level Judgment Results Displayed digit Judgment result Description Normal The amount of oil in the compressor is sufficient 1 The amount of oil in the compressor is insufficient Both 1 and 2 stand for insufficiency 2 If this result persists the system will turn itself off in a protective shutdown Display example 7 segment display oL 10 0 0 Oil level is normal for compressors 1 2 and 3
275. bined outdoor units HP C Corrective amount of refrigerant kg 8 8HP x 1 5 10 10HP 2 5 12 12HP 3 5 14 14HP 8 5 16 16HP 10 5 18 10HP 8HP 0 0 20 10 10 3 0 22 12 10 5 0 24 12 12 7 5 26 16HP 10HP 8 5 Standard type 28 16HP 12HP 9 5 30 16HP 14HP 11 5 32 16HP 16HP 12 5 34 12HP 12HP 10HP 3 0 36 12HP 12HP 12HP 4 0 38 16HP 12HP 10HP 6 0 40 16 12 12 7 0 42 16HP 14HP 12HP 8 0 44 16HP 16HP 12HP 10 0 46 16 16 14 12 0 48 16 16HP 16HP E 14 0 16 8HP 8HP 0 0 24 8HP 8HP 8HP 4 0 26 10 8HP 8HP 4 0 28 10HP 10HP 8HP 2 0 30 10HP 10HP 10HP 0 0 32 8HP 8HP 8HP 8HP 6 0 7 34 10HP 8HP 8HP 8HP 6 0 Pot Efficiency 36 TOHP 3HP 8HP 6 0 38 10HP 10HP 10HP 8HP 6 0 40 10HP 10HP 10HP 10HP 5 0 42 12HP 10HP 10HP 10HP 4 0 44 12HP 12HP 10HP 10HP 2 0 46 12HP 12HP 12HP 10HP 0 0 48 12HP 12HP 12HP 12HP 2 0 Lastly add the additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length A to the corrective amount of refrigerant by combined horsepower C This is the final additional amount of refrigerant If a minus sign is indicated as the result do not add the refrigerant 2 O kg Additional amount of refrigerant Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length A kg Corrective amount of refrigerant according to combined horsepower C kg Additional amount of refrigerant kg
276. ble to receive A communication reception signal also in use Multiple network adapters are connected to Multiple network adapters remote controller communication line Al NET Blanket alarm for general Device connected to general purpose device C12 purpose device control control interface for TCC LINK AI NET is interface faulty As per alarm unit see Group control follower unit Group INS unit i faulty unit No and P30 above detail displayed on main remote above error controller Note The same error e g a communication error may result in the display of different check codes depending on the device that detects it Moreover check codes detected by the main remote controller central control device do not necessarily have a direct impact on air conditioner operation 166 List of Check Codes Outdoor Unit Errors detected by SMMS i outdoor interface typical examples IPDU Intelligent Power Drive Unit Inverter P C board O Lighting Flashing Goes off ALT Flashing is alternately when there are two flashing LED SIM Simultaneous flashing when there are two flashing LED Check code Display of receiving unit Outdoor 7 segment display TCC LINK Indicator light block central control Typical fault site Description of error ormainremote ion Ti
277. bnormal stop 7 segment display A 7 segment display B 9101 50 02 SWO03 Rotary switches 148 1 Cooling test operation function This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indoor units connected to the same system for the cooling test operation mode by using switches on the interface board of the header unit Operation procedure PowerON r Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit Set SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 2 5 1 C is displayed on 7 segment display A y Press SW04 on the same board 2 seconds Start 5 Test run is displayed on the remote controller of the indoor unit to be operated A B Check that C is displayed on 7 segment display B on the interface P C board of the header unit lt lt Return SW01 SWO02 SWO3 on the interface P C board of the header unitto 1 21 Stop End or press the push switch SWO5 for 2 seconds or more C Operation check 7 segment display A 7 segment display B SW04 SWO05 swo1 swo2 SW03 lt Rotary switches gt NOTE test opera
278. body of 4 way valve Check for coil defect in 4 way valve and loose connection of its connector Check resistance characteristics of TS1 and TE1 sensors Check output voltage characteristics of Pd and Ps pressure sensors Check for wiring error involving TE1 and TL sensors P20 P20 VF Activation of high pressure protection All stop Pd sensor detects pressure equal to or greater than 3 6MPa Check for defect in Pd pressure sensor Check service valves gas side liquid side to confirm full opening Check for defect in outdoor fan Check for defect in outdoor fan motor Check outdoor PMVs PMV1 2 4 for clogging Check indoor outdoor heat exchangers for clogging Check for short circuiting of outdoor suction discharge air flows Check SV2 circuit for clogging Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F Check for defect in indoor fan system possible cause of air flow reduction Check opening status of indoor PMV Check indoor outdoor communication line for wiring error Check for faulty operation of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section Check gas balancing SV4 valve circuit Check SV5 valve circuit Check for refrigerant overcharging 188 Check code i Location i Main Outdoor 7 segment display of Description System status ERE UM Check items locations remote Check detection conditio
279. bove 100 co 124 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 Temperature 234 Outdoor Unit Pressure sensor characteristics e Input output wiring summary Pin No High pressure side Pd Low pressure side Ps Input output name Lead wire color Input output name Lead wire color 1 OUTPUT White 2 OUTPUT White 3 GND Black GND Black 4 5V Red 5V Red e Output voltage vs pressure High pressure side Pd Low pressure side Ps 0 5 4 3V 0 3 73MPa 0 5 3 5V 0 0 98MPa High pressure side output voltage V Indoor Unit 3 73 4 41 Pressure MPa Temperature sensor characteristics Indoor TA sensor 30 Resistance 10 20 30 Temperature 40 Low pressure side output voltage V 5 1 0 50 60 235 0 98 1 47 Pressure MPa o 39 8o e 24 5 1 Indoor TC1 sensor 200 ___ 56 15 Resistance 0 328 ko 20 Temperature C Resistance kO 20 999 150 Resistance ko 10 or below 10 or above 10 25 100 100 50 5 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Indoor TC2 TCJ sensors 200 20 Temperature Resistance 1152 00 623 15 Resistance k Lo 5 99 10 C or below 10 C or above
280. ces or illustration near or in an illustrated mark describe the concrete cautious contents Warning Indications on the Air Conditioner Unit Confirmation of warning label on the main unit Confirm that labels are indicated on the specified positions If removing the label during parts replace stick it as the original Warning indication Description WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Disconnect all remote electric power supplies before servicing WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Disconnect all remote electric power supplies before servicing WARNING Moving parts Do not operate unit with grille removed Stop the unit before the servicing WARNING Moving parts Do not operate unit with grille removed Stop the unit before the servicing CAUTION High temperature parts You might get burned when removing this panel CAUTION High temperature parts You might get burned when removing this panel CAUTION Do not touch the aluminium fins of the unit Doing so may result in injury CAUTION Do not touch the aluminium fins of the unit Doing so may result in injury CAUTION BURST HAZARD Open the service valves before the operation otherwise there might be the burst CAUTION BURST HAZARD Open the service valves before the operation otherwise there might be the burst CAUTION Do not climb onto the fan guard Doing so may result in injury CAUT
281. charge pipe with nitrogen manually open the SV3D valve If gas Clogging of oil return capillary J does not escape from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor the SV3D valve oil return Clogging of oil return distributor capillary or oil return distributor is clogged Replace the part Liquid tank Liquid pipe check joint jl E Liquid side service valve A ms EN Oil return distributor 6s Svab Check valve i S Check valve Balance pipe packed valve Fan i CM Fan motor i Right side i m Main heat exchange E TO p i Right side sub heat exchanger Left side L i i Main heat exchanger Li lt Check vane sub i 427 heat exchangers i 5 i Check val Left side sub heat exchanger main heat l gt exchangers i High pressure sensor Discharge pipe check joint i i 41 E A SV3D Low pressure sensor i gt v Ves 277 Qil return capillary 5 41 V 4 Accumulator PX q pressure f Sw i i omg 3 EFE Inverter
282. ck power source SW701 Dip switch FM1 Air supplying motor TB2 Terminal block communication 43 11 43 12 Relay for air supplying motor FM2 Air exhausting motor Terminal block external output 43F21 43F22 Relay for air exhausting motor DAM Damper motor TB4 Terminal block humidistat RY701 RY702 Relay for air supplying motor TRA TRA sensor TB5 Terminal block magnetic valve RY704 RY705 Relay for air exhausting motor TOA sensor FS1 Float switch TSA TSA sensor MV1 Magnetic valve 1 The dotted line represents a wire procured locally and the dashed line represents an option sold separately 2 represents a terminal block o represents a connection terminal 5 21 represents a connector on the printed circuit board and 9 9 represents a short circuit connector 3 G represents a protective earth represents a printed circuit board 5 Using a no voltage a contact input of the external input option the following operations are available Between 1 and 2 Selecting the remote controller operation Invalid Valid Between 1 and 3 Adjusting the fan speed Low High Between 1 and 5 Operation ON OFF Use a microcurrent contact DC 12 V 1 mA In addition ON OFF operation is possible when using a voltage of DC 12 V or 24 V 6 Orange wire High is connected as factory default To switch to Extra High connect black wire s connector instead of orange 42 MMD
283. code 43T6V373 Interface P C board 804 1606 43T6V374 Comp IPDU P C board 1004 MCC 1596 ASM PCB A3IPDU MMY MAP1204 43T6V371 Fan IPDU P C board 1404 MCC 1610 ASM PCB FANIPDU 43T6V372 Noise filter P C board MMY MAP1604 MCC 1608 A B ASM PCB N F 13 2 2 Configuration of inverter assembly MMY MAP1204 1404 MMY MAP1004 MMY MAP 1604 804 Interface P C board Outdoor control P C board Inverter P C board MCC 1606 Inverter P C board for fan for fan Fan IPDU Fan IPDU Power supply MCC 1610 Interface P C board MCC 1610 terminal block Outdoor control P C board MCC 1606 Power supply terminal block Communication terminal block Magnet switch Inverter P C Board for Inverter P C board Inverter P C board Inverter P C board Compressor 1 for Compressor 1 for Compressor2 Compressor IPDU MCC 1596 MCC 1596 MCC 1596 MCC 1596 Inverter P C Board for Compressor 2 A3 IPDU MCC 1596 Magnet switch Communication terminal block 282 13 2 3 Interface board MCC 1606 replacement method This Interface board is commonly installed in different models before shipment When the board assembly is to be replaced check the displayed inspection contents below and replace the board in accordance with the model following the below procedure
284. ct in indoor P C board F03 Indoor unit Indoor TC1 sensor error Stop of corresponding unit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TC1 sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TC1 sensor Check for defect in indoor P C board F04 F04 VF TD1 sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TD1 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TD1 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F 205 205 VF TD2 sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TD2 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TD2 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F F06 F06 01 TE1 sensor error 02 TE2 sensor error VF TE1 TE2 sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TE1 TE2 sensor connectors Check resistance characteristics of TE1 TE2 sensors Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F F07 F07 VF TL sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TL sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TL sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F 179 C
285. ction check the system information of the scheduled system check after setup This check is executed on the interface PC board of the header unit Rotary switch setup 7 segment display 01 Swo2 Swo3 A B 6 System capacity 1 2 3 1 1 3 3 Number of units P Number of connected 1 4 3 Number of indoor units connected units After the above checks return rotary switches SWO1 SWO2 and SWOS to 1 1 1 Interface PC board LS 000 55 8 lt SW04 05 SW15 Push switches gt 0600 601 0602 0603 0604 7 segment display 7 segment display A B SW01 SWO02 SWOS 8 4 ttot Rotary switches 122 7 4 3 Address Setup Procedure No central control go to Address setting procedure 1 Central control of 2 or more refrigerant lines go to Address setting procedure 2 When controlling a single refrigerant line When controlling 2 or more refrigerant lines Example centrally centrally Address setting procedure To procedure 1 To procedure 2 Outdoor Central Outdoor Central Outdoor Outdoor Central remote remote remote controller controller controller System wiring diagram Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor
286. ction cabinet Front and rear M5 x 10 4 pcs each In the case of a 14 16HP unit M5 x 10 5 pcs each 2 Discharge cabinet Screws 4 corners Discharge cabinet side cover 5 Suction cabinet front and rear 6 Side cabinet left and right 6 Remove the screws for the discharge cabinet side cabinet Left and right M5 x 10 6 pcs each 2 Attachment Carry out installation by following the detachment procedure in reverse 6 gt 1 Be careful of the hooks provided on the suction cabinet service panel and lower cabinet 4 Service panel 3 Lower cabinet front and rear Hook Service panel 262 No Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 2 Propeller fan Fan motor WARNING 2 4 corners Wear a pair of gloves Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object 1 Detachment 1 Stop the air conditioner operation and turn off the circuit breaker 2 Remove the screws for the discharge cabinet M5 x 10 4 pcs 3 Remove the heat exchanger partition plate upper M5 x 10 2 pcs With a 14 16HP unit the fan motor can be replaced without removing the discharge cabinet side covers 4 Remove the flange nut securing the fan motor and propeller fan To loosen the nut turn it clockwise 5 Remove the square washer
287. d Inverter P C board Inverter P C board for Compressor 1 for Compressor 2 for Compressor 3 MCC 1596 MCC 1596 MCC 1596 54 2 7 Outdoor Inverter Print Circuit Board 2 7 1 gt 2 ol8 8 5 t muU 2 1 He 1 Ea E ud SW06 07 09 10 5 11 12 13 14 SW16 17 Jumper select For inter unit cable between For inter unit cable between outdoor units CNO3 SV61 62 CN315 nterface P C board MCC 1606 Sensor input PMVA output PMV2 output PMV1 output cNsos TK2 CN532 TKs CN535 2 CN521 CN502 TK1 1 TK4 CN534 iCN520 TS1 CN505 Option input output 511 508 CN510 CN513 High pressure SW CN305 306 307 7 segment LED immu gt SW01 02 03 S m PD sensor CN601 aou SUS 54 PS sensor ew osos oor coso a CN500 i SN SANSA c H ps Dina doctor connecting terminal CN800 2 LIS fee LZ si n 4 valve output CN317 Accumulator heater CN334 Comp case heater 3 CN333 Comp case heater 2 CN332 43 CN313 Comp case heater 1 CN331 8 Eu 7 sun o 7 syne un SV42 SV41 5 51 52 sve SV3A SV3F B Heater HE CN831
288. d as Data Thom TD3 sensor data Letter symbol td 3 Data TS sensor data Letter symbol tS weeesns 7 Data sensor data Letter symbol ue j Data TE2 sensor data Letter symbol tE a Data TL sensor data Letter symbol PL use Data TO sensor data Letter symbol TO ues Data TK1 sensor data Letter symbol axe Data TK2 sensor data Letter symbol 527 Luis Data sensor data Letter symbol lii Data TK4 sensor data Letter symbol Data TK5 sensor data Letter symbol Data 226 4 Display of Outdoor Cycle Data Displayed at Header Unit This method is used when displaying follower unit information on the 7 segment display of the header unit SWO01 02 SWO3 Display detail Error data U SWOS setting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 to 04 ive Check code is displayed latest one only If there is no check code Type of compressor installed U SWOS setting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 to U4 Outdoor unit HP capacity U SWOS setting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 to U4 gt gt 8 10HP 10 12HP 12 14HP 14 16HP 16 Compressor operation command gt U SWOS se
289. d balance pipes fully open if there is leakage from outdoor PMV fully close liquid pipe Setup of header unit Interface P C board of header unit 5 Turn on Bit 2 of SWO9 on the interface P C board of the header unit Setting to prevent connected indoor units capacity over error E16 gt gt 0 Turn on Bit 2 of SWO9 onu gt N gt 241 6 Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system other than the failed follower unit Determine what to do with the power supply to the failed follower unit in the following manner In case of fault in compressor electrical part I F P C board or IPDU P C board Leave the power supply off In case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part pressure sensor temperature sensor refrigerating cycle part or fan system part Turn on the power supply to protect the compressor by turning on the case heater When the power supply to the unit is turned on E19 error in the number of outdoor header units will be displayed on the 7 segment display However this will not cause any problems 7 Perform settings needed to gain permission for backup operation from the header unit error clearance 1 Set SW
290. d by setting 5 03 SWO03 7 segment display section A 1 U2 2 U3 3 U4 227 5 Display of Indoor Unit Information Displayed on Header Unit Only SWO01 02 5 03 Display detail 4 Indoor BUS communication signal Upon receiving signal 1 Other times receiving status 5 Indoor check code B No check code 6 Indoor HP capacity 0 2 0 5 0 8 1 1 2 1 7 2 2 5 39 9 2 54 5 6 8 10 106 20 1 4 Indoor request command S code operation mode represents mode 7 1 16 COOL C HEAT H F OFF S represents S code 0 to F 8 Indoor PMV opening data B Displayed in decimal format 9 Indoor TA sensor data B Displayed in decimal format 11 Indoor TCJ sensor data B Displayed in decimal format 12 1 4 Indoor TC1 sensor data B Displayed in decimal format 13 Indoor TC2 sensor data B Displayed in decimal format Note Indoor address is selected by setting SW02 5 03 and displayed on 7 segment display section A SW03 02 Indoor address 7T segment display section A 1 1 16 5 02 setting number 01 16 2 1 16 SW02 setting number 16 17 32 3 1 16 SWO2 setting number 32 33 48 4 1 16 SW02 setting number 48 49 64 Although
291. d on the heaters are kept on for 10 minutes 80 Item Description of operation numerical data and other information Remarks 11 AS IPDU IPDU controls inverter compressors by issuing commands relating to compressor control speeds speed increases decreases and current release control values via the interface P C board The main control functions of the IPDU P C board are described below 1 Current release control To prevent inverter input current from exceeding the specified value output frequency is controlled with AC input current as detected by 02 mounted on the control P C board Current Zone A Compressors are operated normally Zone D The current operating frequency is maintained Zone B Operating frequency is lowered Zone C The lowering of operating frequency is halted to maintain the current frequency Current control values for various outdoor units are shown below Outdoor unit HP capacity 16 9 8 9 3 14 8 7 8 2 12 10 5 10 0 10 9 5 9 0 8 9 0 8 5 2 Heat sink temperature detection control 1 This control function is aimed at protecting IGBT from overheating via a thermistor TH sensor mounted in the compressor drive module 0201 of A3 IPDU 2 When TH 2 85 C is detected the fan operation mode is raised by one step followed by a series of additional step ups right up to the highest mode at a rate of one step 5 seconds 3 After step 2
292. d outdoor units of the refrigerant line for which you want to initialize the addresses About one minute after turning on the power confirm that the 7 segment display on the header outdoor unit indicates U 1 and operate the interface P C board on the header outdoor unit of the refrigerant line as follows 01 SWO2 03 04 Clearable addresses Confirm that the 7 segment display indicates 2 1 2 A d buS and turn SW04 ON for more than five System indoor unit group address seconds Confirm that the 7 segment display indicates 2 2 2 A d nEt and turn SW04 ON for more than five Central control address seconds Confirm that the 7 segment display indicates and set SW01 SW02 and SWO3 to 1 1 1 respectively 4 After a time U 1 L08 appears on the 7 segment display if the address clearing has been completed successfully If the 7 segment display indicates n G the outdoor unit may still connected with other refrigerant lines Check the connection of the relay connectors between U1 U2 and U3 U4 NOTE Take care to carry out the procedure above correctly otherwise addresses in other refrigerate lines may also be cleared 5 Setthe addresses again after finishing the clearance 134 the case of an increase address undefined indoor units extension etc To set up the indoor address of a unit with an address that is undefined due to the ext
293. d with an LCD display remote controller or a 7 segment display outdoor interface P C board to display operational status Using this self diagnosis feature the fault site faulty part may be identified in the event of a fault by following the method described below The list below summarizes check codes detected by various devices Analyze the check code according to where it is displayed and work out the nature of the fault in consultation with the list When investigating a fault on the basis of a display provided on the indoor remote controller or TCC LINK central control remote controller See the TCC LINK remote control or main remote controller display section of the list When investigating a fault on the basis of a display provided on an outdoor unit See the Outdoor 7 segment display section of the list When investigating a fault on the basis of a wireless remote controller controlled indoor unit See the Light sensor indicator light block section of the list List of Check Codes Indoor Unit Error detected by indoor unit IPDU Intelligent Power Drive Unit Inverter P C board O Lighting Flashing Goes off ALT Flashing is alternately when there are two flashing LED SIM Simultaneous flashing when there are two flashing LED Check code Display of receiving unit TCC LINK central Outdoor 7 segment display Indicator light block Typical fault site Description of error
294. deu 2 L L7 0 20 LOMS Pd 4 1 100pino uo ejdsip uonesado yu wb s 4 eq ued Josse1duioo lt Zane 4 Jo YAS N indino 105591409 49949 pessed q ou S Sd pd ev i s O d pue 2 JI pe1episuoo S JAS 05 95 eunsseid 0 10449 ue 2 pue 1 oy Od 10 Poron Bi usu iE s pis e dsip uo ainssald 6 eunsseud jo ue c 2 pue L ainssaid rof yoayD ainssald 1 osues preoq Jo nding Josues uo e dsip ainssaid 2 sonsuojoe1euo eDeyoA ainssaid yoayD 1 1050 49949 eoe deg jo0sueg ijeuuou 205095 Sq JO sonsuejoereuo jndino aly 6429405 SHUM 00SNO 10 49 Sq SHUM 00SNO 4091109 10sues 101990009 2 Josues LOSNO pd pue Josues
295. discharge temp Discharge temp error TD2 P17 compressor 1 Discharge temp error TD3 P18 Rise of discharge temp compressor 2 Rise of discharge temp compressor 3 Check valve in discharge pipe B Corresponding unit High pressure protection error P20 Abnormal rise of pressure convergent section High pressure SW system error P04 XX Check valve in discharge pipe C Corresponding unit High pressure SW system error P04 XX Abnormal rise of pressure Check valve in oil equalization circuit Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H16 XX circuit error or oil level low Capillary D Oil level low detection and protection 7 Strainer SV3A valve E Other connected unit Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Oil level low SV3B valve Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Oil level low SV3C valve G Other connected unit Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Oil level low SV3D valve Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Oil level low SV3D valve circuit capillary H Strainer SV3E valve Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H16 05 Oil circuit error Oil level low detection and protection 7 Oil level low Oil level low SV3F valve Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Oil level low Oil return distributor K Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Oil level low SV3C bypass capillary Corresp
296. door end Indoor Indoor outdoor Stop of Indoor unit is not receiving Check order in which unit communication corresponding signal from outdoor unit power was turned on for circuit error unit indoor and outdoor units detected at Check indoor address E04 _ indoor end setting Check indoor outdoor tie cable Check outdoor termination resistance setting SW30 Bit 2 No of indoor units from VF Dropping out of All stop Indoor unit initially Check power supply to which signal is received indoor unit communicating normally fails indoor unit normally to return signal for specified Is power turned on length of time Check connection of indoor outdoor communication cable Check connection of communication connectors E06 on indoor P C board Check connection of communication connectors on outdoor P C board Check for defect in indoor P C board Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F VF Indoor outdoor All stop Signal cannot be transmitted Check outdoor termination communication from outdoor to indoor units resistance setting SW30 m E07 circuit error for 30 seconds continuously Bit 2 detected at Check connection of outdoor end indoor outdoor communication circuit 176 Check code Main Outdoor 7 segment display of Description System status guide any Check items locations remot
297. e Operation An external power peak cut control signal limits the peak capacity of the outdoor unit L1 Power peak cut control indication lamp SW1 Power peak cut control ON switch ON as long as target power peak cut control has been reached or exceeded normally OFF 1 SW2 Power peak cut control OFF switch OFF as long as target power peak cut control has not been reached or exceeded normally ON 1 1 The inputs of SW1 and SW2 can be either pulse 100 msec or wider or step signals Do not turn on SW1 and SW2 simultaneously Be sure to provide a contact for each terminal Power peak cut control settings Interface P C board of header outdoor unit Power peak cut control P C SW1 swe L1 board SWO7 Bit 1 OFF SWO7 Bit 1 ON Power peak cut control ON signal received ON OFF ON 0 forced stop 60 capacity upper limit regulated Power peak cut control OFF signal received OFF ON OFF 100 normal operation 100 normal operation Two core cable support only available with SMMS i 4 series SMMS i models allows ON OFF power peak cut control to be implemented using a power peak cut control ON input SW1 alone provided that the J16 jumper wire on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit has been removed Header outdoor unit L1 Display lamp suring power peak cut control Locally procured Optional PCB Outdoor unit Display interface PCB TBI 4 16 Cut
298. e Check detection condition s controller code Sub code Duplicated indoor address Indoor Duplicated All stop More than one indoor unitis Check indoor addresses unit indoor address assigned same address Check for any change VF made to remote controller E08 E08 connection group individual since indoor address setting Remote Duplicated Stop of In two remote controller e Check remote controller controller master remote corresponding configuration including settings controller unit wireless both controllers are Check remote controller E09 set up as master Header P C boards indoor unit is shut down with alarm while follower indoor units continue operating Indoor Indoor inter Stop of Communication cannot be Check for defect in indoor E10 _ E unit MCU corresponding established maintained upon P C board communication unit turning on of power or during error communication 01 VF Automatic All stop Indoor automatic address Perform automatic address Indoor outdoor address starting setting is started while setting again after communication error automatic address setting disconnecting 02 for equipment in other communication cable to Outdoor outdoor refrigerant line is in that refrigerant line E12 E12 communication progress Outdoor automatic address setting is started while automatic address setting for indoor units is in progress VF Indoor unit not All stop Indoor unit cannot be Check connection of
299. e mating tooth and slit of pairing segments face each other 2 When placing an SUS band around pipe fixing rubber make sure that the hook end of the SUS band coincides with the slit side of the rubber The band can be placed the other way around but only at the expense of work efficiency 3 Place the SUS band tightly around the pipe fixing rubber so that there is no gap between them Take utmost care not to create a gap over the curved section of the rubber where the hairpin side of the band is located 4 While holding the rubber press down the base of the hook lightly against the rubber and engage the hook with the square hole by squeezing the curved section of the rubber where the square hole side of the band is located see the arrow If the hook does not engage with the square hole recheck whether there is a gap between the band and rubber Push band down in arrow direction Place two segments of damper on pipes of matching sizes separately making sure tooth and slit of pairing segments face each other 1 Align tooth and slit and push two segments towards each other Make sure that hook end of SUS band coincides with slit side of rubber Slide it along Place band tightly around rubber without a gap between them Push square hole end of tape in arrow direction by squeezing rubber Press down hook side of tape against
300. e No 10 CODE No 11 Setup data Type Model abb name Setup data Model Setup data Model 0000 1 way Cassette MMU AP SH 0000 Invalid 0016 0001 1 2 4 way Cassette 2 0001 007 type 0017 048 type 0002 2 way Cassette 0002 0018 056 type 0003 1 way Cassette 0003 009 type 0019 compact 0004 0020 m 0004 Concealed Duct Standard MMD AP BH 0005 012 type 0021 072 type 0005 Slim Duct WEB 0006 0022 0006 Concealed Duct High Static Pressure MMD APs H 0007 015 type 0023 096 type 0007 0008 0024 0008 High Wall 0009 018 type 0025 5 0009 ES 0010 0026 0010 Floor Standing Cabinet MML AP H 0011 024 type 0027 0011 Floor Standing Concealed MML AP BH 0012 027 type 0028 0012 0013 030 type 0013 Floor Standing Below 6HP 0014 0034 0014 Compact 4 way Cassette MMU AP MH 0015 036 type 0016 Fresh air intake unit Duct type MMD AP HFE 1 The initial setup value of EEPROM installed on the service P C board 2 Model Name MMU AP 2H us For the above models set CODE No to f and the setting data 0000 initial to 0001 281 B Outdoor Unit 13 2 Replacement of Outdoor P C Boards 13 2 1 List of service P C boards Part code Description Applicable model P C board type code Product
301. e dn 104 dnjes sseippe sylus un 400pino y pue seuo Ioud se jes y UO ueeq seu amod ssejppe pue dnosb eui uey uo si epoo xoeuo Siu SUN JOOPU 10 ueAIf si Ajuoud uo ssejppe pue eouis peBueuo ueeq seu uo uonoeuuoo jeujeuM YII epoo qns ay uo pue seuo dnoJ6 Buunp ugy Jeujo uo pe e dsi dnoj ui spun Jepesy 10 UL sun Jepeeu 207 Ajuoud ym spun 10 OML ROHAN Sun popi 5 pn 901 eureu epoo epoo asneg einpeooud ss y 274 uodn peseq e dn jeg uesseoeu si 774 104 yey jueueyiip 104 dnjes seues 14 0 s 10 1 ss y p1eoq Od J I Bpow y yoyew 0 se os d
302. e indoor remote controller Indoor remote Headerunit controller 7 segment Cause Countermeasures status display The communication line is not connected between indoor Modify the wiring Line address and indoor address are not set the unit that does not respond to the indoor remote controller Set up the address controller no line is output displayed on the indoor remote controller No response None The power of the header unit of the group is not turned on in Turn on the power indoor group control the unit that does not respond to the indoor remote controller Group address is set to the follower unit for individual control Set the group address to 0 in the case of the unit that does not respond to the indoor remote individual control controller The power is not turned on the unit that is not displayed on Turn on the power the indoor remote controller The indoor remote controller is not connected with a wire the Modify the wiring unit that is not displayed on the indoor remote controller No display on the Miswiring of the indoor remote controller the unit that is not Modify the wiring Indoor remote controller communication circuit error the unit that is not displayed on the indoor remote controller If 220 240 V is incorrectly applied to the indoor remote controller terminal the remote controller communication circuit fails Remove the fast on
303. e me A cnm DBO1 screws for DBO1 is 0 55 and it for Q201 is 1 2 AN 7 9 Re connect the connectors and fast on terminals 7 Be sure that all the connectors and the fast on terminals are p A m connected correctly and securely inserted cu 10 If the components on the PCB were bent during this qim procedure straighten them so they do not touch other 1 0201 parts P Ug 11 Install the cover then turn on the supply Check the operation o 285 13 2 5 Fan IPDU P C Board MCC 1610 Replacement Procedure Replacement steps 1 Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit and allow at least one minute for the capacitor to discharge Confirm that the light of the LED D640 fades away 2 Remove all the connectors and the fast on terminals 7 connected to the FAN IPDU Remove the connectors and fast on terminals by pulling the connector body Do not pull the wire 3 Remove all the five screws 2 which secures the FAN IPDU to the Heat sink These screws are to be re used after procedure 4 Remove the Fan IPDU from the three PCB Mounts 3 Fast on terminal 1 RED lead wire Fast on terminal 7 WHITE lead wire Fast on terminal 7 BLACK lead wire _7 Push this part to the direction of the arrow And remove the PCB FAN IPDU MCC 1610 5 Confirm that no dirt or damage is on the sub heat sink As it can reduce the heat
304. eat exchanger 01 TE1 Outdoor heat exchanger temperature sensors F06 02 F06 JALT temperature sensor TE2 have been open short circuited TE2 error x Outdoor liquid temperature Outdoor liquid temperature sensor TL has been id Foz O ABE sensor TL error open short circuited Outdoor outside air Outdoor outside air temperature sensor TO has F08 F08 PIS sensor TO been open short circuited F11 F11 167 Check code Display of receiving unit Outdoor 7 segment display TCC LINK Indicator light block central control Typical fault site Description of error ormainremote Sub code controller a Timer Ready Flash display VN Outdoor suction _ Outdoor suction temperature sensor TS1 has F12 F12 sensor 751 been open short circuited Outdoor temperature Wiring error in outdoor temperature sensors F15 F15 TE1 TL wiring TL has been detected _ Outdoor pressure sensor Wiring error in outdoor pressure sensors Pd Ps p ds O Pd Ps wiring error has been detected Outdoor discharge _ Outdoor discharge temperature sensor has F22 F22 sensor been open short circuited F23 F23 ac yee Output voltage of low press
305. ed or absent relay open in various combinations according to the system operation factor as shown in the diagram The operation rate FA is the percentage ratio of the current output of the system to the maximum output 100 Function SW16 OUTPUT1 OUTPUT2 OUTPUT3 Operation factor FA System operation off off off FA 0 rate output or on off off 0 lt lt 20 gt res off on off 20965 FA lt 35 on on off 35 s FA lt 50 off off on 5096 FA lt 65 on off on 6596 FA lt 80 off on on 8096 FA lt 95 on on on 95 lt off Relay open on Relay closed C2 Connection cable 2 CN514 Interface side connector green MONITOR Monitoring device OUTPUT1 Output terminal for each function OUTPUT2 Output terminal for each function OUTPUT3 Output terminal for each function PJ20 Connector on optional PCB side TB1 Terminal block Connect the optional P C board to the header outdoor unit Note 1 Output Relay K1 K2 K3 Contact Specifications Output terminals OUTPUT 2 3 must satisfy the following electrical rating When connecting a conductive load e g relay coil to loads K1 K2 and insert a surge killer CR for an AC power supply or a diode for preventing back electromotive force for a DC power supply on the bypass circuit Electrical Rating 220 240 VAC 10 mA or more 1A or less 24 VAC 10 mA or more 1
306. eisui eq ued uonoeuuoo 4 121 941 2 Cx Cx yo seawes paesu s eoepejul uonoeuuoo e JI 7 oi dn pejoeuuoo equeo spun 8 0 2 09 7022 L 2 09 072 022 OL yun 21 05 JOMOd 400pinO noto 10 0W Ue 1009 NO Poway L A jndui jeubis fpeai Ioneziuoiuoufs sna oy uoneredo u gt Indu 32014 MHOMLAN IV 10 9565 105 MS jeuondo uonounj 192278 gt 1 pls op 1071 99 MS uoneJedo Uomeolunuuuuoo 11219 pjeoq 19jonuoo Od aveau 19104000 pieoq 244 108095 091 02 p1eoq O d ouoo 1 12 49 04JU0D ejoujeJ SSAIM aveau L T 100pu A ddns J8MOd Ayayyeq Ajddns Jejo1juoo Ex INO 20 Dumas uoyoun4 Ae dsiq 1
307. ejppy epoo qns peunooo seu JOU p1e0q Od 5 1 1 eiui ue 9 10119 uonoeuuoo uomneorunuiuo2 p suun 30 uonoeuuoo euij E 30 10 19 J8MOd 72 Syun ao dnyoeq joopino 923 ots 50 asneg epoo 9 vo nadrev nadrev epoo qng Ayyenuew sesseippe Joopino dn 19 jou oq esiou 40118 Dd dnjes SseJppe Dd A S Se PET d preoq d J I Ndi Joopino jo dnjas Aq payeordnp sesse1ppy 400p1no eui J011 uonoeuuo Leal sneg xX99u2 X99u2 10 495 6 8 josues 201 eoe deg 40j9euuoo 40 uogoeuuoo 1994107 1osues 221 Joopul UO JOSUAS jun i euuou anjen eoueisiseJ Josues ZOL Jo ey pueo
308. ension of indoor units or replacement of PC board etc follow the methods below Method 1 Set up an address individually from a wired remote controller Line address Indoor address Group address Central address For the setup method refer to Manual address setup from the remote controller above Method 2 Set up an address from the outdoor unit Leave the addresses of the units for which addresses have already been set up as they are Set up an address only for the unit where the address is undefined Addresses are allocated from lower numbers Setup procedure Set up the outdoor header units in the refrigerant line to which indoor units have been added as follows 1 Remove the relay connector between U1 U2 and U3 U4 2 Ifitis off turn on SW30 bit 2 on the interface PC board at outdoor header unit side Turn off the power and then execute the operation Central control device Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit ml 3 i i Remote i Remote Remote Remote i controller i Romer controller controller i i Added indoor unit Turn the indoor outdoor power for the refrigerant line for which an address is to be set After approximately 1 minute check that U 1 is displayed on the 7 segment display 4 Execute the following operation on the interface PC board of the header unit 01 SWO2 SW03 04 2 14 2 After checkin
309. ent result Displayed letters st and represent judgment results for compressor Nos 16 1 2 and 3 respectively for normal and 1 or 2 for low level lt SW04 gt push SW function Displays low level confirmed judgment result of each compressor Pressing of lt SW05 gt restores A L normal display B Compressor No 1 low level being confirmed L Compressor 2 low level being confirmed L Compressor No 3 low level being confirmed L 225 3 Display of Outdoor Cycle Data Displayed at Each Outdoor Unit SWO01 02 5 03 Display detail Pd pressure data Pd pressure MPaG is displayed in decimal format A B 1 MPaG Approx 10 times magnitude of kg cm G P d eem Ps pressure data Ps pressure MPaG is displayed in decimal format PS PL pressure conversion data Converted PL pressure MPaG is displayed in decimal format PL TD1 sensor data Temperature sensor reading is displayed Letter symbol td dessen 4 in decimal format Data ES Letter symbol and data are displayed TD2 sensor data alternately for 1 second and display 3 Lettersymbol td 2 5 seconds respectively e Data with negative value is displaye
310. er Concealed duct high static pressure type HH only or LL 2 In AUTO fan speed mode the air speed changes according to the difference between Ta and Ts Cooling Control is identical in remote controller thermo and body thermo operation DN code 32 Speed modes shown in apply to cooling operation under AUTO air 0000 Body thermo conditioner operation mode 0001 Remote e In AUTO fan speed mode the fan speed remains the same for minutes each controller thermo time a speed change occurs However a speed change command issued via the remote controller can override this and the fan speed changes accordingly At the beginning of cooling operation a higher speed steeper downward temperature gradient is chosen Aslong as the temperature difference remains on a boundary line the fan speed 5 stays the same Heating Ta 0 5 1 0 0 40 5 41 0 41 0 42 0 41 5 43 0 e p 42 0 44 0 Figures inside applies to remote controller thermo operation Figures outside applies to body thermo operation Speed modes shown in apply to heating operation under AUTO air conditioner operation mode In AUTO fan speed mode the fan speed remains the same for 1 minute each time a speed change occurs However a speed change command issued via the remote controller can override this and the fan speed changes accordingly Atthe beginning of heating operation
311. er unit compressors Header unit compressors for Pd pressure OFF OFF ON P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 Header unit 1 3 14 1 3 13 Follower unit 1 3 1 1 1 8 1 1 0 5 0 4 2 SV2 high pressure release control This control function is aimed at mitigating pressure rise while a compressor is in operation at low speeds 1 Control conditions Heating operation is in progress except periods of defrosting control A lone compressor from the header unit is in operation at low speeds of up to 36 rps 2 Control details When Pd pressure becomes 2 3 4 MPa SV2 is opened When Pd pressure becomes lt 2 8 MPa SV2 is closed 3 Termination conditions Shutdown thermo OFF defrosting operation or cooling operation The number of header unit compressors in operation increases to two or more e At least one follower unit compressor is turned on The speed of the compressor rises to 40 rps or more 3 SV2 low pressure release control This control function is aimed at preventing a rapid fall in pressure during transient operation It is individually performed by the header outdoor unit and each follower outdoor unit The control is always provided except during periods of stoppage or thermo OFF 1 Control details When Ps pressure becomes lt 0 16 MPa SV2 is opened When Ps pressure becomes 0 20 MPa SV2 is closed 79 Item Description of operation numerical data and other informat
312. erant line 5 A 4 TO TO CENTRAL NUNIT CONTROL OUTDOOR LER 125 10 Set the central control address For the setting of the central control address refer to the installation manuals of the central control devices Header unit interface P C board 7 segment D601 D602 D603 D604 display C 8 SWO01 SW02 SWOS AEN VS VN KOA SW30 Header units are connected to the same central control except the header unit with the smallest line address number 126 Switch setting setting example when controlling 2 or more refrigerant lines centrally Outdoor units setting manually items in bold font must be set manually Mns Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit Factory default SW13 14 1 No setting 2 No setting 3 1 Line system address required required Dip switch 2 of SW30 Terminator of indoor Set to OFF Set to OFF outdoor communication ON No after setting jos rem after setting ON line and central control 4 addresses addresses line Connect after Connect after Connect after Relay connector setting Open setting Open setting Open addresses addresses addresses
313. erant oil recovery control Frost formation temperature is 1 5 If the outdoor units are a combination of different models defrosting operation once started cannot be manually terminated for about 2 minutes To protect the refrigerating cycle circuit the fan mode may be controlled during defrosting During defrosting control compressors are controlled so that their speeds do not exceed 76 6 rps During standby operation compressor speed is in the 24 33 5 rps range It varies from outdoor unit to outdoor unit Item Description of operation numerical data and other information Remarks 8 Release valve control 1 SV2 gas balance control This control function is aimed at achieving gas balance by opening SV2 while compressors are turned off so as to reduce their startup load the next time they are turned on It is individually performed by the header outdoor unit and each follower outdoor unit 1 Control conditions In cooling compressors have been turned off n heating the header unit has been shut down 2 Control details The control point is changed according to AP Pd pressure Ps pressure registered just before the compressors were turned off When AP 2 P1 SV2 is opened When this results in AP P2 SV2 is closed When AP P1 SV2 is closed Unit MPa Heating Cooling Control points x Header unit compressors Head
314. ercurrent 01 Compressor 1 ad Compressor position Compressor motor position detection error is p29 D p29 e ALT detection circuit error detected Note The above check codes are examples only and different check codes may be displayed depending on the outdoor unit configuration e g a Super heat recovery multi system For details see the service manual for the outdoor unit 170 8 3 Troubleshooting Based on Information Displayed on Remote Controller Using main remote controller RBC AMT32E 1 Checking and testing When fault occurs to air conditioner a check code and indoor unit No are displayed on the display window of the remote controller X Check codes are only displayed while the air conditioner is in operation If the display has already disappeared access error history by following the procedure described Check code below Indoor unit No in which fault has occurred 2 Error history The error history access procedure is described below up to four errors stored in memory Error history can be accessed regardless of whether the air conditioner is in operation or shut down lt Procedure gt To be performed when system at rest 1 the SERVICE CHECK mode by pressing the 5 buttons simultaneously and holding for at least 4 seconds The letters SERVICE CHECK light up and the check code 01 is displayed indicating the error history Th
315. es SW01 SW02 SWO3 on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit to 2 1 3 2 When H r is displayed in 7 segment display A keep pressing the switch SW04 for 2 seconds or more 3 From when 2 is displayed 7 segment display B SV2 is turned on 4 After then ON and OFF of each solenoid valve are exchanged by changing the setup number of the switch SWO02 ON OFF output pattern of each solenoid valve is as shown below NOTE 1 Display 7 segment display B is exchanged just when the number of SW02 has been changed on the other hand the solenoid valve output is exchanged when SWO02 has been kept with the same number for 5 seconds or more NOTE 2 The mark O in the table indicates that the corresponding solenoid valve is forcedly turned on NOTE 3 The mark in the table indicates that ON OFF of the solenoid valve is controlled based upon the specifications of the air conditioner NOTE 4 The mark x in the table indicates that the corresponding solenoid valve is forcedly turned off with this operation NOTE 5 The case heater output is for both the compressor and accumulator heaters swo2 7 segment Operation pattern of solenoid valve Case heater display B sv2 41 Sv42 43 SV3B SV3C SV3D SV3E SV3F 61 Output relay 2 O 5 O 41 O 42 0 43 0 3b
316. es of Header unit 0001 remote controller group control Follower unit 0002 SET DATA Set data 4 TIMER SET FAN MODE 7 DG 2 CM 10 RESET TEST SET CL SWING FIX UNIT LOUVER 13 amp C lt z 5 8 11 14 2e 9 12 15 DN code CODE No 1 Arrange one indoor unit and one remote controller set to 1 by 1 2 Turnon the power cL TEST Push the buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more LCD begins blinking Refrigerant line address 4 Using the buttons set the DN code to 12 5 Using the buttons set up the line address match it with the line address on the interface PC board of the header unit on the same refrigerant line 6 Push the button OK when the display goes on Indoor address 7 Using the 33 buttons set the DN code to 13 8 Usingthe G a buttons set up the indoor address 0001 0048 SET 9 Push the button OK when the display goes on Group address 10 Using 3355 buttons set the DN code to 14 11 Using the buttons set Individual 0000 Header unit 0001 Follower unit 0002 12 Push the 25 button OK when the display goes on Central control address 13 Using 3355 buttons set DN code to 03 14 Using buttons set up the central control address 0001 0064 15 Push 5 button OK when display goes on
317. et to the connected indoor unit e t is used when the start operation from outside if unnecessary but the stop operation is necessary Using a card switch box card lock etc the forgotten OFF of the indoor unit can be protected When inserting a card start stop operation from the remote controller is allowed When taking out a card the system stops if the indoor unit is operating and start stop operation from the remote controller is forbidden ok Control items 1 Outside contact ON The start stop operation from the remote controller is allowed Status that card is inserted in the card switch box 2 Outside contact OFF If the indoor unit is operating it is stopped forcedly Start Stop prohibited to remote controller Status that card is taken out from the card switch box When the card switch box does not perform the above contact operation convert it using a relay with b contact 2 Operation Handle the wired remote controller switch in the following procedure Use the wired remote controller switch during stop of the system cL TEST Push concurrently e buttons for 4 seconds more Using the setup temp or button specify the CODE No Using the timer time or 2 button set to the SET DATA Push 5 button TEST Push button The status returns to the usual stop status amp 3 Wiring Relay procured locally
318. etwork adaptor P C board applicable to AI NET VF Too many All stop There are more than four Check No of outdoor units outdoor units outdoor units connected Only up to 4 connected units per system allowed L28 128 _ Check communication lines between outdoor units Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F 184 Check code Location i Main Outdoor 7 segment display of Description System status Check items locations remote Check detection condition s controller Sode Sub code VF Error in No of All stop Insufficient number of IPDUs Check model setting of LAS IPDU Fan IPDUs are detected when power is P C board for servicing 1 2 turned outdoor P C board 01 0 Checkconnection of UART 02 communication connector 03 0 0 Check A3 IPDU fan IPDU 04 and I F P C board for oslo lo defect 06 07101010 129 129 09 0 pa o lojojo 0 ojo loojo o o oO 0 0 0 0 Symbol O signifies site of IPDU error Detected indoor address Indoor External Stop of Signal is present at When external device is unit interlock of corresponding external error input connected to CN80 indoor unit unit terminal CN80 for 1 connector minute 1 Check for defect in external device 2 Check for defect in indoor
319. euuou 40sues FOL oouejsiso1 291 eoejdeg peii ern jo uun Joopino y jo xoeuo y 49849 Buum P u09 pue Aue uo poq ANd 1 uonoeuuoo sued pue sued uomnoeuuoo S ijeuuou ue pue jesuepuoo uoipeuuo2 sued 02 vAS uonoeuuoosip BuiBBojo 10118 05 jeuuouqe eDexeeiq edid peroeuuoo spun asy ous atv 72 BuibBojo 1 un jo yeay 10 Aue jeuuou 100pu 51 Ajpewuou Joopur seoq uoipuoo eBeyeeiq edid PAS S smaJos
320. ews 3 securing the terminal block sub assembly 1 The screws will be reused during the installation of the service P C board so keep them in a safe place 7 Noise filter P C board 9 Line filter Example MMY MAP1004HT8P MCC 1608 7 3 8 8 blz mind Screw on m terminal 72 Noise filter P C board A Remove terminal block sub assembly 7 MCC 16888 05 2 Screw black Lead gray g 7 5 ja 27 Power supply Lead white 2 C N terminal block 7 Lead red d crew 3 5 Noise filter P C board MCC 1608 3 3 6 Screw 287 3 Disconnect all the connectors and fastons used to connect wiring to the noise filter P C board The line filter 9 and its leads both connected to the screw on terminals 8 of the noise filter P C board A will be removed in step 6 Disconnect all the connectors and fastons 4 Remove the earthing screws 5 6 The removed earthing screws 5 6 will be reused during the installation of the service P C board so keep them in a safe place 5 Remove the noise filter P C board assembly by unlocking the four card edge spacers used to secure the P C board 7 6 Remove the line filter 9 and its leads both connected to the screw on terminals 8 of the just removed noise filter P C board A and reinstall them on the service P C board A by firmly
321. for pressure adjustment become almost identical and after letting system continue operating for while longer fully close gas pipe service valve 14 Turn off power supply to all outdoor units at Source and recover residual refrigerant in outdoor unit using refrigerant recovery device Measure amount of recovered refrigerant This is the end of the refrigerant recovery operation Set SW01 02 03 of the failed outdoor unit and the outdoor unit for pressure adjustment back to 1 1 1 248 10 1 3 Refrigerant recovery procedure B Case of outdoor unit backup operation setting Outline If outdoor unit backup operation setting is performed use an alternative refrigerant recovery procedure as described below provided that the power cannot be turned on for the failed outdoor unit Refrigerant will be recovered from the failed outdoor unit using the test cooling operation function Note 1 If cooling season outdoor unit backup operation or outdoor unit backup operation is in progress with the power supply to the failed outdoor unit turned on follow the procedure described in 10 1 2 Refrigerant recovery procedure A Case of no outdoor unit backup operation setting If outdoor unit backup operation setting is performed with the power supply to the failed outdoor unit turned on recovery operation can only start after putting the outdoor outdoor communication connector on the interface P C board of that unit CNOS back to
322. frigerant during installation work or service work If an incorrect work or incorrect service is performed there is a possibility to cause a serious accident Use the tools and materials exclusive to R410A to purpose a safe work 2 Cautions on Installation Service 1 Do not mix the other refrigerant or refrigerating oil For the tools exclusive to R410A shapes of all the joints including the service port differ from those of the former refrigerant in order to prevent mixture of them 2 As the use pressure of the new refrigerant is high use material thickness of the pipe and tools which are specified for R410A 3 In the installation time use clean pipe materials and work with great attention so that water and others do not mix in because pipes are affected by impurities such as water oxide scales oil etc Use the clean pipes Be sure to brazing with flowing nitrogen gas Never use gas other than nitrogen gas 4 For the earth protection use a vacuum pump for air purge b R410A refrigerant is azeotropic mixture type refrigerant Therefore use liquid type to charge the refrigerant If using gas for charging composition of the refrigerant changes and then characteristics of the air conditioner change 3 Pipe Materials For the refrigerant pipes copper pipe and joints are mainly used It is necessary to select the most appropriate pipes to conform to the standard Use clean material in which impurities adhere inside of pipe or
323. frigerant amount indicates minus as the result of calculation use the air conditioner without additional refrigerant Heat pump Outdoor unit type 80 100 120 140 160 Charging amount kg 11 5 Cooling only Outdoor unit type 80 MAP100 MAP120 MAP140 MAP160 type Charging amount kg 10 5 10 5 10 5 11 5 11 5 Corrective amount of refrigerant Additional refrigerant charge depending on HP of co oe Real length of liquid pipe amount pipe operating outdoor units Table 2 Table 1 Liquid pipe dia mm 6 4 9 5 12 7 15 9 19 1 22 2 con amount 1m liquid 0 025 0 055 0 105 0 160 0 250 0 350 Am Table 2 Combined HP HP Combined outdoor units HP 8 m E 10 10HP Z zm 12 12HP E Z E 14 14HP m 16 16HP 10 5 18 10HP 8HP E 0 0 20 10HP 10HP 8 0 22 12HP 10HP 5 0 24 12HP 12HP D 75 26 16HP 10HP 8 5 Standard type 28 16HP 12HP 95 30 16HP 14HP 115 32 16HP 16HP 125 34 12HP 12HP 10HP m 3 0 36 12HP 12HP 12HP 40 38 16HP 12HP 10HP m 6 0 40 16HP 12HP 12HP 7 0 42 16 14 12 8 0 44 16HP 16HP 12HP z 10 0 46 16 16 14 12 0 48 16 16 16 2 14 0 16 8HP 00 24
324. from other refrigerant line is detected E 02 Connection of indoor unit from E20 e e during automatic address 12 other refrigerant line setting prog Outdoor outdoor f E23 E23 e e communication da cannot be transmitted to other outdoor transmission error Duplicated follower There is duplication in outdoor addresses set E25 E25 e e outdoor address manually Follower outdoor unit initially communicating E26 Address of outdoor unit from which E26 e e Dropping out of outdoor normally fails to do so reduction in number of signal is not received normally unit follower outdoor units connected Outdoor header unit detects fault relating to E28 Detected outdoor unit No E28 e e Outdoor follower unit error follower outdoor unit detail displayed on follower outdoor unit A3 IPDU Fan A3 IPDU Fan 1 2 3 IPDU 1 2 3 IPDU 0 02 0 0B O O oC e ET There is no communication between IPDUs P C E31 04 1 e e IPDU communication error boards in inverter box 05 O O 0 o oF OJOJO 07 0 0 0 08 Faulty IPDU 090 Outdoor discharge Outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD1 has F04 F04 01 been open short circuited Outdoor discharge Outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD2 has F05 F05 ALT sensor TD2 been open short circuited Outdoor h
325. function is provided to clear error in a system by resetting the power of all the outdoor and the indoor units As same as the clearing method by the interface P C board errors of both the outdoor and the indoor units are once cleared and error detection is performed again Method 1 Be sure to reset power of both the outdoor and the indoor units 2 Turn on the power of the indoor unit prior to the power of the outdoor unit If the power is turned on in reverse order a check code E19 No of header unit error is output NOTE After power reset it requires usually 3 minutes to power on due to the initial communication of the system In some cases it requires max 10 minutes 154 7 7 4 Remote Controller Distinction Function This function is provided to distinguish the remote controller connected to the indoor unit from the outdoor unit for a refrigerant circuit system by using switches on the interface P C board of the header unit Distinction procedure PowerON Be sure to turn on the power of the indoor unit prior to the power of the outdoor unit Qe Set the display select switches on the 7 segment display interface P C board of the header unit A as follows A 1 Set SW01 SW02 SW03 to 2 4 1 Opsion Press the push switch SW04 on the 7 segment display same board for 2 seconds or more A B A1 FF Checking
326. g 1 uo LOLNO Jojoeuuoo 105095 JOSUOS 291 JOOPU 204 epoo 12 1 Joopur 9 Josueg 6 8 uo 1osues jun 295 JOJOBUUOD JO uonoeuuoo 109409 10sues ijeuuou anjen eouejsise Josues Jo Joopu uo ZOLNO 40j98uuoo 105095 10 19 JOSUAS Joopu 104 2045 Y29049 4 Jo0pino eoejdai jeuuou si 10805 SONSHO OBIEYD 1osueg 6 8 uo 105095 un 995 eouejsise1 JOSUAS JO pue 9 S0GNO 40sues 31 JO uonoeuuoo 104 Jo uonoeuuoosip 10sues 31 Jo uoug uedo Jo epoo 10449 slu 10sues 13 40410 10 9 13 904 eureu xoeuo epoo 4 J00pino eoejdai jeuuou 5 10805 SONSHO OBIEYD 1osueg 6 8 uo 105095 895 eouejsise1 10sues sonsuejoe1euo pue EOGND 1
327. g Check for connection error involving been started TK1 TK2 TK4 and TK5 sensors Check for faulty operation SV3E valve Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve Checkfor refrigerant entrapment inside compressor VF TD3 sensor All stop Air discharge Check installation of TD3 sensor miswiring temperature TD3 Check connection of TD3 sensor incomplete does not increase connector and wiring H25 H25 insertion despite compressor Check resistance characteristics of 3 being in operation sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F 183 Check code Location Main Outdoor 7 segment display of Description System status Error Prid iia Check items locations remote Check detection condition s controller Sode Sub code Indoor Duplicated Stop of There is more than one Check indoor addresses unit indoor header corresponding header unit in group Check for any change 103 _ _ unit unit made to remote controller connection group individual since indoor address setting VF Duplicated All stop There is duplication in line Check line addresses outdoor line address setting for outdoor 104 Lo address units belonging to different refrigerant piping systems VF Duplicated All stop More than one indoor unit Check display on priority priority indoo
328. g the unit not connected to the group and then check the wiring Indoor remote controller communication circuit error If 220 240 V is incorrectly applied to the remote controller terminal the remote controller communication circuit fails Using the main indoor remote controller connected to a group start a test operation and then specify the unit that is not operating the unit not connected to the group Remove the fast on terminal connected to remote controller terminals A B and check the voltage If voltage is not applied normally 15 to18 V replace the PC board 139 Miswiring example
329. g plug had been used on the replaced replaced P C board reuse it on the service P C board P C board reuse it on the service P C board 2 Itis necessary to establish a one to one correspondence between the indoor unit being serviced and the remote controller Turn on the indoor unit using one of the methods described below according to the system configuration 1 Single stand alone operation Turn on the indoor unit and proceed to Procedure 3 2 Group operation A If itis possible to selectively turn on the indoor unit being serviced Turn on the indoor unit being serviced and proceed to Procedure 3 B If itis not possible to selectively turn on the indoor unit being serviced Case 1 a Temporarily disconnect the group control wiring from terminals A and B of the indoor unit being serviced b Connect the remote controller wiring to the terminals turn on the indoor unit and proceed to Procedure 3 fthis method cannot be used proceed to the alternative method described below Case 2 C If it is not possible to selectively turn on the indoor unit being serviced Case 2 a Remove the CN41 connectors of all other indoor units in the same group b Turn on the indoor unit and proceed to Procedure 3 Case 1 Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit one being serviced P C board P C board Service P C board Remove group control wiring from terminals A and B of indoor unit being serviced and 1 1 connect remote
330. g that In At is displayed on the 7 segment display push SW04 for 5 seconds more AUTO1 gt AUTO2 gt AUTOS gt gt AUTO is counted and displayed on the 7 segment display 5 When U 1 is displayed on the 7 segment display the setup operation finished Turn off the indoor outdoor power 6 Return to the following setup as before Relay connector e SW30 bit 2 e SW01 SW02 SWO3 135 7 4 4 Check after Address Setup when Central Control System Is Connected When the central control system is connected check that the following setup has finished after address setup 4 1 5 3 2 Central remote controller To other refrigerant line Line address 2 Line address 1 Follower unit B Outdoor unit Indoor unit Remote Remote Remote controller controller controller Main check items Check Relay 1 Is the relay connector of the header unit connected after address setup connector 2 15 the relay connector of the follower unit removed Terminal 3 Is the end resistance SW30 bit 2 of the header unit with the smallest line address number resistance in the central control turned on Setup is unnecessary for follower units 4 15 the terminal resistance SW30 bit 2 of the header units except for the line with the smallest central control line address turned off Setup is unnecessary for follower
331. gerant with nitrogen gas because the oil that coats the pipes may otherwise burn When repairing the refrigerating cycle take the following measures 1 Be attentive to fire around the cycle When using a gas stove etc be sure to put out fire before work otherwise the oil mixed with refrigerant gas may catch fire 2 Do not use a welder in the closed room When using it without ventilation carbon monoxide poisoning may be caused 3 Do not bring inflammables close to the refrigerant cycle otherwise fire of the welder may catch the inflammables Refrigerant The refrigerant used by this air conditioner is the R410A Check the used refrigerant name and use tools and materials of the parts which match with it For the products which use R410A refrigerant the refrigerant name is indicated at a position on the outdoor unit where is easy to see To prevent miss charging the route of the service port is changed from one of the former R22 For an air conditioner which uses R410A never use other refrigerant than R410A For an air conditioner which uses other refrigerant R22 etc never use R410A If different types of refrigerant are mixed abnormal high pressure generates in the refrigerating cycle and an injury due to breakage may be caused When the air conditioner has been installed or relocated follow the instructions in the Installation Manual and purge the air completely so that no gases other than the refrigerant wi
332. he model UNIT LOUVER Each time the button is pushed one of the indoor unit No under group control is displayed in turn 2 The fan of the selected indoor unit comes on with the flaps swinging depending on the model The lt gt button allows you to move the CODE No DN code up down by one place First change the CODE No DN code from 10 to 01 To set filter sign lighting time Jot down the setting data displayed Change the CODE DN code using the 5 button Again jot down the setting data displayed Repeat step 5 until all the setting data has been jotted down See the CODE No list CODE No DN code go from 01 to FF with a few gaps along the way TEST When finished push the button to bring the system back to normal off state 6 It takes the system about 1 minute to become responsive to remote controller operation CODE No DN code necessary at minimum DN Contents 10 Type 11 Indoor unit capacity 12 Line address 13 Indoor address 14 Group address The type and capacity of the indoor unit are necessary for fan speed setting Remote Controller Operation Diagram Fig 1 2 gt Fig 2 41 gt 099990 CODE No rw T aw SEDIS 200 0 o TEMP ON OFF
333. heck code Main remote controller Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition s Check items locations F08 F08 VF TO sensor error All stop Sensorresistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TO sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TO sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F F10 Indoor unit Indoor TA sensor error Stop of corresponding unit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TA sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TA sensor Check for defect in indoor P C board F11 Indoor unit Indoor TF Sensor error Stop of corresponding unit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TF sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TF sensor Check for defect in indoor P C board F12 F12 VF TS1 sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TS1 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TS1 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F F13 13 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side 03 Compressor 3 side IPDU TH sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity o
334. hecklist 1 check that there are no problems with the installation work Is the capacity ofthe Outdoor total capacity Header unit A circuit breaker Earth leakage breaker appropriate Follower unit C Indoorunt A Follower unit B Is the gauge of the Header unit A power cable correct A B C Follower unit D A _____ mm Indoor unit mm B C Follower unit Follower unit C mm Follower unit 0 mm Is the control Indoor outdoor connection terminals U1 U2 communication line correct 4 Outdoor outdoor connection terminals 05 06 _____ Central control system connection terminals 03 04 Is the power of indoor units supplied collectively Is it grounded to earth Is the resistance sufficient 10 MO or higher MqQor higher Is the main power voltage sufficient within 380 415 V 10 Is the diameter of connecting pipe correct Is the branch kit correct Is the water drain of the indoor unit arranged so that it flows without accumulation Is the heat insulation of pipes sufficient connecting pipes branch kit Is there no short circuit of discharge air in the indoor outdoor units After an airtightness test of the pipes are vacuuming and adding of refrigerant executed Are the valves of all the outdoor units fully opened Gas side Liquid side Balance side Header unit A
335. hook 2 Attachment Carry out installation by following the dismantling procedure in reverse 7 gt 1 Before pushing the lower part in pull the reactor leads out Take care so that the wiring does not get caught in the way Reconnect all the wiring Screw with arrow mark Removable design 4 Screw with arrow mark 4 Connector 4 Reactor lead cover 5 Screws with arrow mark 2 locations Before pushing lower part in pull leads out through hole When pushing lower part in be sure to keep wiring out of way 266 No Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Reactor assembly 1 Detachment NWARNING Wear a pair of gloves Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object 1 Stop the operation and turn off the circuit breaker 2 Remove the inverter assembly See the inverter assembly dismantling method under item 4 3 With a 14 16HP unit remove the separately mounted reactor box To remove the reactor box remove the screws atthe top and bottom M5 x 10 and unlock the box by sliding the stopper to the right Before pulling the reactor box tilt it back to free the bottom 4 Remove the reactor box located at the back of the inverter assembly M4 x 6 4 pcs
336. ijeuuou Josuas 131 pue 108095 1 10 5 5 1 ijeuuou 4ojoeuuoo 105 95 11 pue Jojoeuuoo 10sues 4110 uonoeuuoo EZGNO 05095 TL u 19 OZSNO 108095 13 100pino 21994409 105 95 1 pue sosuas 3110 suonisod 1149 10sues J00pinO 614 epoo xoeuo 200 4 J00pino eoejdei Pewou 8 103 9 SONSHO OBIEYD 10sueg 6 8 uo Josues 895 eoueisisei 10sues 10 so jayoeseyo pue POSNI 0sues eq 10 2euuoo JO 40 JO uonoeuuoosip YO9YD 1 AL Jo epoo 10 19 5141 O d 4 1 Jo0pino eoejdei jeuuou si 103 9 eui jl 40sues jo 1ndino pue LOSNO 40sues 101 euuoo uomnoeuuoo JO uonoeuuoosip pg JO 10119 1ndino S 3 Josues Eq 40119 Josues eq 224 eureu 2245 yoo poo 49849 Josues JO 1ndino JOSU S peal esne2 42049 49 eoe deg 199Jeq pyeoq O d 100pino 2 2 1 0 20 LOMS Sd PAS eoej
337. in compressor Check for possible cause of abnormal overloading Check for defect in outdoor P C board A3 IPDU H02 H02 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side 03 Compressor 3 side IPDU Compressor error lockup MG CTT error All stop Overcurrent is detected Several seconds after startup of inverter compressor Check for defect in compressor Check power supply voltage AC380 415V x 10 Check compressor system wiring particularly for open phase Check connection of connectors terminals on A3 IPDU P C board Check conductivity of case heater Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor Check for defect in outdoor P C board A3 IPDU Check outdoor MG CTT H03 H03 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side 03 Compressor 3 side IPDU Current detection circuit error All stop Current flow of at least specified magnitude is detected despite inverter compressor having been shut turned off Check current detection circuit wiring Check defect in outdoor P C board A3 IPDU H05 H05 VF TD1 sensor miswiring incomplete insertion All stop Discharge temperature of compressor 1 TD1 does not increase despite compressor being in operation Check installation of TD1 sensor Check connection of TD1 sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TD1 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F
338. inal 9 10 Redirect the indoor outdoor communication If central control device is connected redirect central line from failed header unit to unit selected control communication line from failed header unit to as header unit U1 U2 unit selected as new header unit U3 U4 11 Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system other than the failed unit Determine what to do with the power supply to the failed unit in the following manner In case of fault in compressor electrical part I F P C board or IPDU P C board Leave the power supply off In case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part pressure sensor temperature sensor refrigerating cycle part or fan system part Turn on the power supply to protect the compressor by turning on the case heater When the power supply to the unit is turned on E19 error in the number of outdoor header units will be displayed on the 7 segment display However this will not cause any problems This is the end of header outdoor unit backup operation setting Check the operation 244 9 4 Cooling Season Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting Outline Limited to summer and other situations where there is no need for heating operation this function makes it possible to get backup operation up and running quickly without going through the normal setup procedure regardless of which type of outdoor unit has failed the header unit or a fo
339. indicates the terminal number A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site indicates the control P C board gt position is connected to terminal block when change to static When installing the drain pump connect the froat switch connector to 030 connector pressure Exchange the lead wire of arrow 2 pisition after the terminal number as figure and lead wire s color of fan motor WHI YEL BLU Terminal block No RED GRY GRAY WHITE PNK PINK YELLOW ORN ORANGE BLUE BRW BROWN BLACK Fan motor wiring Color Identification G amp Y GREEN amp YELLOW F1 Low static pressure tap Blue 50 60Hz F2 Intermediate static pressure tap Orange 50 60Hz At shipment from factory F3 High static pressure tap Bkack 50 60Hz 46 F4 2 Parts Rating 2 1 Outdoor Unit 50Hz model MMY MAP 4 T8 P occisi T A Model Specification lt lt lt lt lt gt gt gt gt gt 1 Compressor DA421A3FB 29M Output 2 3kWx2 1 Compressor DA421A3FB 29M Output 3 1KWx2 1 Compressor DA421A3FB 29M Output 4 2kWx2 1 Compressor DA421A3FB 29M Output 3 0kWx3 1 Compressor DA421A3FB 29M Out
340. ing of 100p or less while under SH control Check full close operation of outdoor PMV 1 2 4 Check for defect in Pd or Ps sensor Check gas balancing circuit SV2 for clogging Check balance pipe Check SV3B circuit for clogging Check defect in outdoor P C board I F Check capillary of oil separator oil return circuit for clogging Check for leakage of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section P15 P15 01 TS condition VF Gas leakdetection TS1 condition All stop Protective shutdown due to sustained suction temperature at or above judgment criterion for at least 10 minutes is repeated four times or more TS error judgment criterion In cooling operation 60 In heating operation 40 Check for insufficiency in refrigerant quantity Check outdoor service valves gas side liquid side to confirm full opening Check PMVs PMV1 2 for clogging Check resistance characteristics of TS1 sensor Check for defect in 4 way valve Check SV4 circuit for leakage 02 TD condition VF Gas leak detection TD condition All stop Protective shutdown due to sustained discharge temperature TD1 TD2 or at or above 108 C for at least 10 minutes is repeated four times or more Check for insufficiency in refrigerant quantity Check PMVs PMV 1 2 for clogging Check resistance characteristics of TD1 TD2 and sensors Check indoor filter for
341. ing operation Test run Forced cooling operation Requirement Requirement Finish the forced cooling operation in a short Finish the forced cooling operation in a short time because it applies excessive strength to the time because it applies excessive strength to the air conditioner air conditioner How to perform forced cooling operation How to perform forced cooling operation 1 When TEMPORARY button is pushed for 10 1 When TEMPORARY button is pushed for 10 seconds or more Pi sound is heard and the seconds or more sound is heard and the operation changes to a forced cooling operation operation changes to a forced cooling operation After approx 3 minutes a cooling operation starts After approx 3 minutes a cooling operation starts forcedly forcedly Check cool air starts blowing If the operation does Check cool air starts blowing If the operation does not start check wiring again not start check wiring again 2 To stop a test operation push TEMPORARY 2 To stop a test operation push TEMPORARY button once again Approx 1 second button once again Approx 1 second Check wiring piping of the indoor and outdoor Check wiring piping of the indoor and outdoor units in forced cooling operation units in forced cooling operation MOS am TOSHIBA TEMPORARY button amp a M TEMPORARY button Test operation from the outdoor unit Refer to 7 7 2 Function to S
342. ion Remarks 8 Release valve control cont d 4 SV41 42 43 low pressure release control This control function is aimed at providing low pressure protection and is individually performed by the header unit and each follower unit The control takes place during defrost operation heating startup pattern control operation and cooling operation 1 Control details heating When Ps pressure becomes lt 0 1 MPa SV41 42 and 43 are opened when Ps pressure becomes 2 0 15 MPa SV41 42 and 43 are closed 2 Control details cooling When Ps pressure and Pd pressure become lt 0 14 MPa and lt 1 8 MPa respectively SV41 and 42 are opened when Ps pressure and Pd pressure become 2 0 19 MPa and 2 2 2 MPa respectively SV41 and 42 are closed 5 SV5 high pressure release control This control function is aimed at mitigating pressure rise and is only performed by the header unit 1 Control details heating When Pd pressure and compressor speed become gt 3 4 MPa and lt 38 rps respectively during heating with a single compressor in operation SV5 is opened when Pd pressure becomes 2 2 7 MPa or compressor speed gt 64 rps SV5 is closed 9 High pressure release compressor shutdown control This control function is aimed at automatically shutting down a compressor in an outdoor unit depending on Pd pressure It is individually performed by the header unit and each follower unit 1 Control details Compressors
343. is is accompanied by the indoor unit No to which the error history is related and a check code 2 check other error history items press the 2 button to select another check code Check code 01 latest Check code 04 oldest e 5 5 lt aem Ss Note Error history contains four items 1 3 Whenthe button is pushed normal display is 3 1 Normal display is restored restored Steps to follow 1 2 3 REQUIREMENT Do not push the button as it would erase the whole error history of the indoor unit How to read displayed information 7 segment display symbols yu r tee O rt A VULGO Corresponding alphanumerical letters 0 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 d E J L P 171 Using TCC LINK central control remote controller TCB SC642TLE2 1 Checking and testing When a fault occurs to an air conditioner a check code and indoor unit No are displayed Display Display ol Chock cog on the display window of the remote controller UNIT TEST Check codes are only displayed while the air 212 n lt gt im conditioner is in operation Alternate blinking If the display has already disappeared access No MPO i error history by following the procedure described below 2 Error history The error history access procedure is described below up to four erro
344. it 13 When the low pressure sensor output of the failed outdoor unit falls below 0 10MPa fully close the balance pipe packed valve and press SWO5 on the interface P C board to finish the pump down operation 14 Turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units and recover the residual refrigerant in the outdoor unit using a refrigerant recovery device Be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant This is necessary to determine how much additional refrigerant will be needed after the completion of the repair 8 Select outdoor unit with lowest unit No as outdoor unit for pressure adjustment 6 9 Approx 10 minutes after system startup Fully close balance pipes of all outdoor fully close gas pipe service valve units other than unit for pressure adjustment and failed unit 000000000000 Sb e 10 11 7 13 Set SW01 02 03 to While monitoring low pressure Press SW04 to have When low pressure sensor output of failed 1 2 2 to have low sensor output adjust pressure to low pressure sensor outdoor unit falls below 0 10 MPa fully close pressure sensor around 0 12 MPa by slowly closing output displayed balance pipe packed valve output displayed gas pipe service valve Ps Press SWO5 to finish pump down operation Ps 4H 1 2 Wait until low pressure sensor outputs of failed outdoor unit and outdoor unit
345. it Remote controller display example 00 Room temperature During control x1 a 01 Room temperature Remote controller x1 02 Indoor suction temperature TA x1 C 03 Indoor coil temperature TCJ x1 0024 24 C 5 04 Indoor coil temperature TC2 x1 05 Indoor coil temperature TC1 x1 06 Indoor discharge temperature TF x1 C 08 Indoor PMV opening x1 10 pls 0150 1500 S 0A No of connected indoor units x1 unit 0048 48 units 2 Total horsepower of connected indoor units x10 HP 0415 41 5 2 of connected outdoor units x1 unit 0004 4 units 0 Total horsepower of outdoor units x10 HP 0420 42 CODE No Data name Display format Unit Remote controller display example U1 92 93 U4 10 20 30 40 High pressure sensor detention pressure Pd x100 MPa 0123 1 23MPa 11 21 31 41 Low pressure sensor detention pressure Ps x100 MPa 12 22 32 42 Compressor 1 discharge temperature Td1 1 13 23 33 43 Compressor 2 discharge temperature Td2 1 14 24 34 Compressor 3 discharge temperature Td3 x1 15 25 35 45 Suction temperature TS 0024 24 C w 16 26 36 46 Outdoor coil temperature 1 x1 3 17 27 37 Outdoor coil temperature 2 1 2 18 28 38 48 Temperature at liquid side TL x1 19 29 39 49 Outside ambient temperature TO 1 C
346. it the header unit using wired remote controller 123 Example Controlling 2 or more refrigerant lines as a group Outdoor Outdoor System wiring diagram Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor 2 Remote Group control controller Address setting procedure 2 1 Seta system address for each system using SW 13 and 14 on the interface P C board on the header outdoor unit of each system Factory default Address 1 NOTE Be sure to set a unique address on each system Do not use a same address as another system refrigerant line or a custom side Interface P C board on the header outdoor unit SWO06 SWO07 SWO09 SW10 ON ON ON ON m 1 Ol SiH 2 SW11 NE oll Sil Line Line address 3 address NIO 5 O X O X O X O X OJ X O X OX X X OJO X X Jo O O OJO x Not used for setup of line address do not change setup 424 2 Bes
347. its initial state and resetting the power supply Note 2 If the power cannot be turned on the failed outdoor unit the solenoid valves and PMVs of the unit cannot be turned on so that it reduces the amount of recovered refrigerant compared to a standard pump down operation Recover the residual gas in the unit using a refrigerant recovery device and be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant Work procedure Setup of failed outdoor unit 1 Connect the liquid pipe check joint and the low pressure side check joint using a gauge manifold and purge the manifold of air to recover refrigerant from the liquid tank and heat exchangers 2 Fully close the liquid pipe packed valve of the failed outdoor unit Leave the service valve of the gas pipe and the packed valve of the balance pipe fully open Setup of unit selected as header unit hereafter header outdoor unit 3 Set SW01 02 03 on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit to 2 5 1 After C is displayed on the 7 segment display press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more 4 After C C is displayed on the 7 segment display the system starts operating in the test cooling operation mode 5 Set SW01 02 03 on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit to 1 2 2 to have the low pressure sensor output MPa displayed on the 7 segment display 1 Connect liquid pipe check joint and low pressure side check joi
348. ity of the outdoor unit The fan speed corresponding to the highest mode varies with the HP capacity of the outdoor unit 3 Capacity control 1 The compressors of the header and follower units are controlled on the basis of capacity demand issued by indoor controllers 2 The two or three compressors featured an outdoor unit operate on a rotational basis so that every time they come to a stop their order of startup changes 3 Where two or more follower units are connected every time the system goes thermo OFF or all the compressors featured in the follower units come to a stop the priority startup order of the follower units changes as they are also subject to rotational operation ic Item Description of operation numerical data and other information Remarks 4 Oil level detection control 1 Judgment as to whether an optimum amount of oil is present in the compressor cases is made on the basis of the temperature readings of sensors TK1 to TKS This control function is performed by the header unit and each follower unit individually 2 In concrete terms judgment is based on the relationship between the temperature measurements provided by TK1 TK2 or TK3 on the one hand and those provided by TK4 or TK5 on the other If there is depletion oil equalization control takes over 3 This control function is performed whenever at least one compressor is in operation EH
349. jJ a 3 26076 kokat GLINI IH i 3 El n S EO HT 05080 SEH 3 Hs da TAH ux 1702 m mar 1 20029 ER Q 0800N 131 anos 8 gt ET E 5 apis semod 2 1 90601 Rb T Jeulojsuen 3 ee le coa M A ddns 5 870 neni N 7 coo 1 5 1900 26 ye 2904 aa 19 5 5 se NOHd33 A ddns Joopino 1oopu ip ndino ANd 1 LE OY dmioeq epis Aj ddns Joopino 1oopu 94 C ions of Indoor P t ica if 6 3 Optional Connector Spec Board c UO 440 sowy indui 4NO 19X3 sXemye 110 5 AO 1amod jo uo uodn pejqeue ejoujei pue 1snf gt ejdsip yonpold indui L ZZNO JO JOOPINO ui
350. jequeg MS uolje1edo uoneoiunuiuoo uoleojunwuwod 11019 _ ajowey 5002 O d WOud33 02 uonoeuuoo 24 108095 SOUS preoq _ jun euo Ajuo ueo 1 1 OYL 2 T seeues seowes SS9J8JIM Z palesu S uonoeuuoo Jepou 1 1 e JI 7 0 dn ued spun 8 3 SSAIM 8 jeuondo uonoeuuoo 1 L Joopu 207 209 7022 01 ZHOS A0vc 0cc 01 9910 JAMO jun euo pajeisui eq Ajuo ueo uonoeuuoo 1 1 OUL 2 pejpeuuoo 910UJ8J pei e1sul 5 en yun yun 100pino 1o0pul 100pino 100pino zn 1 990 1 1 99 108 Deus e y seawes yo uoies Aejdsiq uomneoiunuiuuoo 1 15 Je ouoo ssejollM
351. just the amount of oil in the new compressor to A cc Lay the new compressor down and draw 1900 A cc of oil via the oil equalization pipe Amount of oil in faulty compressor A cc 1900 lt 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the new compressor to A cc Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of the new compressor and inject A 1900 cc of oil using a funnel etc 255 When replacing normal as well as faulty compressor applicable to 804 1004 and 1204 Dismantling normal compressor Dismantle the normal compressor in the same way as the faulty compressor Note Be sure to insulate the removed compressor leads using insulation tape etc NWARNING When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner a welded joint take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the weld filler metal melts Measuring amount of oil in normal compressor As was the case with the faulty compressor measure the amount of oil contained by placing the compressor on a scale Amount of oil in normal compressor B cc Weight of compressor as it was dismantled kg D x 1042 Specific volume of oil 1042 cc kg Note D Weight Compressor model not include oil kg Please check the type name of the compressor as it was dismantled Adjusting amount of oil in new compressors Perform the adjustment on the basis of how much oi
352. k code DOO 8 seconds and the sub code OOO 1 second Check the check code and follow the applicable diagnostic procedure If the 7 segment display shows U1 E28 there is an error in a follower unit Press the push switch SW04 on the header unit and hold for several seconds As the fan of the outdoor unit in which the error has occurred comes on open the panel of the unit and check the check code shown on the 7 segment display Perform checks in accordance with the diagnostic procedure applicable to the check code 223 1 Display of System Information Displayed on Header Outdoor Unit Only SWO01 02 5 03 Display detail Unused A B 1 5 System capacity A 8 48 8 to 48 HP HP No of outdoor units 1 4 1 to 4 s m qoo end Lol m A 0 48 0 to 48 No of units connected B C 0 C48 0 to 48 No of units with cooling thermo ON z 2 T A 0 48 0 to 48 No of units connected H 0 H48 0 to 48 No of units with heating thermo ON Amount of compressor command A Value displayed in hexadecimal format 6 correction B Release control Normal r During release control r 1 Oil equalization control Normal oiL 0 During oil equalization control oiL 1 Oil equalization request A Displayed through LED segment lighting pattern B Display sections Display section B If element F shown on sketch at right tur
353. k properly may result in electric shocks and or electrical leaks When transporting the air conditioner wear shoes with protective toe caps protective gloves and other protective clothing Wear protective gloves and safety work clothing during installation servicing and removal When connecting the electrical wires repairing the electrical parts or undertaking other electrical jobs wear gloves to provide protection for electricians and from heat insulating shoes and clothing to provide protection from electric shocks Failure to wear this protective gear may result in electric shocks Electrical wiring work shall be conducted according to law and regulation in the community and installation manual Failure to do so may result in electrocution or short circuit Only a qualified installer 1 or qualified service person 1 is allowed to undertake work at heights using a stand of 50 cm or more or to remove the intake grille of the indoor unit to undertake work When working at heights use a ladder which complies with the ISO 14122 standard and follow the procedure in the ladder s instructions Also wear a helmet for use in industry as protective gear to undertake the work When working at heights put a sign in place so that no one will approach the work location before proceeding with the work Parts and other objects may fall from above possibly injuring a person below When executing address setting te
354. l the faulty compressor contained A cc and how much oil the normal compressor contained B cc by following the steps below 1 Combined amount of oil in faulty and normal compressors A B cc 0 lt A B lt 2000 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to 1000cc each total 2000cc Lay the compressors down and draw 900 cc of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes Notes Do not draw more than 900 cc of oil from a compressor as it may cause damage fthe faulty compressor contained 500cc or less there have been a problem with the oil equalization circuit etc Perform checks in accordance with 11 3 Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor Shortage 2 Combined amount of oil in faulty and normal compressors cc 2000 lt A B lt 3800 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to A B 2 cc each Lay the compressors down and draw 3800 2 cc of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes 3 Combined amount of oil in faulty and normal compressors A B cc 3800 lt 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to A B 2 cc each Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of each compressor and inject 2 1900 cc of oil using a funnel etc 256 When replacing normal as well as faulty compressors applicable to MMY MAP1404 1604 lt Dismantling normal compres
355. lay 7 segment display B 04 05 Set up the operation mode of the remote controller If it is not set up the operation continues with the current mode Match the rotary 7 segment display switches onthe A B interface P C board of the 1 1 header unit to the Address display 00 is displayed following table of corresponding for5 seconds after indoor unit operation ON 5101 5102 SW03 lt Rotary switches gt Press the push switch SW04 on the same board for 2 seconds or more A B 7 segment display If pressed continuously for 10 seconds or more the 1 Start operation changes to the individual test operation 1 T Address display 11 is displayed for 5 seconds after operation ON Of corresponding individual test operation FF is displayed indoor unit The indoor unit to be started operates Operation check If the discharge temperature does not change though COOL or HEAT has been set up from the remote controller misconnection is considered Press the push switch 5 05 7 segment display SW01 SWO2 SWOS Units to be operated on the interface P C board of A B Address 1 to the header unit for 2 seconds 16 1 16 1 L In individu
356. lay connector disconnected before address setup 3 Is the communication line between outdoor units connected to the U5 U6 terminal 4 Is the communication line of the central control system connected to the header unit U3 U4 terminals of each refrigerant line The communication line of the central control system may be connected to the communication lines of the indoor outdoor communication lines 5 1 the terminal resistance SW30 bit 2 on the interface PC board of the header unit turned on Set up at shipment from the factory After address setup and test operation check turn on the SW30 bit 2 of the header unit for the smallest line address and turn off SW30 bit 2 of the header unit for other refrigerant lines See 7 4 3 Address Setup Procedure 6 Is the end terminal of the shield wire open 7 1 the end terminal of the shield wire earthed at the header unit side 8 When the refrigerant line and the central control system of the DI SDI series are connected Are Network adapter 2 correctly connected When the DI SDI series operates with group twin or triple operation are the adapters connected to the header unit of the indoor unit NOTE The figure above does not show all the electric wires For details refer to the installation manuals for the outdoor unit indoor unit remote controller or optional devices 118 Checklist 1 Using C
357. letting system continue operating for while longer fully close gas pipe service valve refrigerant recovery device Measure amount of recovered refrigerant This is the end of the refrigerant recovery operation Set SW01 02 03 of the header unit back to 1 1 1 250 10 2 How to Operate System While Failed Outdoor Unit Being Repaired Outline After refrigerant is recovered from the failed outdoor unit through a pump down operation the overall amount of refrigerant held by the system becomes excessive and this makes it impossible to operate the remaining outdoor units even though they are not faulty However operation is still possible if the system wide amount of refrigerant is adjusted in accordance with the procedure described below Work procedure 1 Follow the steps specified 10 1 Refrigerant Recovery from Failed Outdoor Unit 2 Adjust the amount of refrigerant held by the system by removing some of it using a refrigerant recovery device etc Determine the amount of refrigerant to be removed according to the capacity of the failed outdoor unit See the table below Example If a 10HP outdoor unit is under repair in a 30HP system Amount of refrigerant required by system as it was initially in capacity 34 5kg Amount of refrigerant required by system with available outdoor units only 20HP in capacity 26 0kg Amount of refrigerant to be removed from system 34 5
358. ll be mixed in the refrigerating cycle Failure to purge the air completely may cause the air conditioner to malfunction Do not charge refrigerant additionally If charging refrigerant additionally when refrigerant gas leaks the refrigerant composition in the refrigerating cycle changes resulted in change of air conditioner characteristics or refrigerant over the specified standard amount is charged and an abnormal high pressure is applied to the inside of the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of breakage or injury Therefore if the refrigerant gas leaks recover the refrigerant in the air conditioner execute vacuuming and then newly recharge the specified amount of liquid refrigerant In this time never charge the refrigerant over the specified amount When recharging the refrigerant in the refrigerating cycle do not mix the refrigerant or air other than R410A into the specified refrigerant If air or others is mixed with the refrigerant abnormal high pressure generates in the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of injury due to breakage Install the refrigerant pipe securely during the installation work before operating the air conditioner If the compressor is operated with the valve open and without refrigerant pipe the compressor sucks air and the refrigeration cycles is over pressurized which may cause a injury After the installation work confirm that refrigerant gas does not leak If refrigerant gas leaks into the
359. llower unit In this backup operation the system behaves in exactly the same way as described in the Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting section except that it cannot perform heating operation Note 1 When the system is set up for this function heating operation is not available The HEAT mode on the remote controller cannot be selected Note 2 If the unit failure has been caused by a fault in the interface P C board or electric circuit this function is not available In that case follow the procedure specified in the Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting section Work procedure 1 Turn off the power supply to all the units connected to the system Setup of failed outdoor unit Regardless of whether the failed outdoor unit is the header unit or a follower unit there is no difference in the setup procedure 2 Turn on Bits 1 2 and of SWO6 provided on the interface P C board 3 If there is a leakage from an outdoor PMV unable to close fully close the liquid pipe service valve 4 Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system If the fault involves poor insulation of a compressor motor remove the compressor leads before the power is turned on Turn on Bits 1 2 and of SWO6
360. low may occur on the terminal block and may result in fire o Do not supply power from the power terminal block equipped on the outdoor unit to another outdoor unit Do not install the air conditioner in a location that may be subject to a risk of expire to a combustible gas Installation If a combustible gas leaks and becomes concentrated around the unit a fire may occur If refrigerant gas has leaked during the installation work ventilate the room immediately If the leaked refrigerant gas comes in contact with fire noxious gas may be generated Install a circuit breaker that meets the specifications in the installation manual and the stipulations in the local regulations and laws Install the circuit breaker where it can be easily accessed by the qualified service person 1 If you install the unit in a small room take appropriate measures to prevent the refrigerant from exceeding the limit concentration even if it leaks Consult the dealer from whom you purchased the air conditioner when you implement the measures Accumulation of highly concentrated refrigerant may cause an oxygen deficiency accident Do not place any combustion appliance in a place where it is directly exposed to the wind of air conditioner otherwise it may cause imperfect combustion Explanations given to user If you have discovered that the fan grille is damaged do not approach the outdoor unit but set the circuit breaker to the OFF p
361. ly the remaining outdoor unit s outdoor unit backup operation Perform backup operation setting in accordance with the procedure described below 9 1 Note for Backup Operation The method of backup operation differs according to the contents of fault as shown in the table below Contents of fault Method of backup operation Setting procedure One of the compressors in the same unit fails see Note 1 Compressor backup see Note 2 Go to 9 2 All the compressors in the same unit fail Outdoor unit backup or cooling Go to 9 3 or 9 4 A fault occurs in a compressor motor coil e g a layer short circuit Notes 1 3 4 and 5 season outdoor unit backup see A fault occurs in a refrigerating cycle part fan or related part or electrical part A fault occurs in a temperature sensor or pressure sensor Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 Note 4 Note 5 If the compressor has failed due to a fault in its motor coil e g a layer short circuit do not preform compressor backup operation because of severe oil degradation It could damage other outdoor units Keep the number of backed up outdoor units under compressor backup operation to one in the system single refrigerant line For a three compressor model the backing up of two faulty compressors is prohibited Backed up compressor Backed up compressor Two backed up compressors Example Example Prohibited Prohibited Keep the number of backed up outd
362. m ZONO A XU w gt X Foye Nd S00AH 4 ee GaN LE x ms A OIGA 10 n 90 101002 4 NSSUDE NU ey mya oo 001 9 e 20028 AVH9 8 LOLNO 900AH wovid rol 42 ama ma aD Y L00AH ZOOAY j X S dau o o o uoneolpul Y 9 LOENO QNO 3A ZOOAY roino a gh a Ee eee ee RI A ma 1988 eee Nu ma 220 TR SA ANd 55 M 4 N A AL A S A ou ds DERKEN EB Gm 6179 2 EX AL 4242 wE d eXe ane wa 26 les 1 2 4 1 way Cassette Type SH ser MMU AP0154SH APO184SH and APO244SH Models O d epis ye eui ereorpur uexoJq pue v 72 sejeoipur episur e 19319 eui sejeoipur L 749 uondo ueg OLL HM 19 29 IHM 18 0 09NO ZEND eA M 19X3 0OvL 99IN NH 159 yun 10
363. mote controller operation for about 1 minute after the 5 button is pushed Priority can be given to only one indoor unit If more than one indoor unit is accidentally set to priority an error code L5 or L6 Duplicated indoor unit priority setting will be displayed All units displaying L5 have been set to 0001 priority Keep the unit to which priority should be given as it is and change the value back to 0000 no priority for all the rest Error code Description 15 Duplicated indoor unit priority setting The unit is set to 0001 Lb Duplicated indoor unit priority setting The unit is set to 0000 106 6 8 Applied Control of Outdoor Unit Optional control P C boards provide access to a range of functions as listed below Outdoor unit Control P C board to be used Outdoor unit interface P C board setting No Function for egniol P C board PCMO4E PCIN4E Connector No DIPSWNo Bit sumper to Be connection removed Power peak cut Control Standard Header unit CN513 blue SW07 1 1 peak cut Control For one input function Header unit V CN513 blue SW07 1 16 Power peak cut Control Enhanced l 2 Functions Header unit 513 SWO07 1 2 3 Snowfall Fan Control Header unit CN509 black 4 External master ON OFF C
364. n jas ueeq jou Bugosjes eovues ord JI 100pino ay uo jesun Ajoedeo 017 2249 epoo O d 1 49949 LL 3800 dnes yun Joopul jo dn jas asun spun Joopul jo sdnjes Ajoedeo jesun Ayoedeo joopu 601 epoo epoo ioedeo spun dn jas jou si SseJppe eui esneoeg uone ejsui 161 y je uo si amod ueuM pe ejdsip siu 9330N dnijes sseippy dnjes eaj ssejppy sesseJppe ureBe en pue zn in Joopino jo y uo uin 1oeuuoosiq uo Joopur spun Joopui jo Jemod uo Jo siowod jesun si pun jesun sseJppe dnoJ8 1oopu 807 49 epoo uonoeuuoo 19802 Uejs s euo 10 ejqejoeuuoo spun joopino p 10119 O d 4 1 Jo0pino spun ueemjeq Jo uonoeuuo 72 spun 100pino preog Dd 49849 c pejoeuuoo
365. n of check results 1 Check that No of misconnected indoor units is displayed on 7 segment display B after 15 minutes If there is no misconnection 00 is displayed 7 segmentdisplay _____ This check operation A B requires 15 minutes 44 P even if there is no misconnection or there 1 No of misconnected Is any misconnection CorH indoor units Confirmation of check results 2 Press the push switch SWO5 on the interface P C board 7 segment display of the header unit for 2 seconds or more The indoor B address in which error is being detected is displayed on 8 7 segment display B If there are multiple indoor T T address in which error is being detected they are Corg Address display successively exchanged and displayed of When 5 05 is turned on again the display returns to display of No of units A After check return the rotary switches SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 1 1 1 7 segment display A B U1 7 segment display A 7 segment display B 04 05 5101 5102 5103 Rotary switches 147 7 7 2 Function to Start Stop ON OFF Indoor Unit from Outdoor Unit The following functions of the indoor unit can start or stop by the switches on the interface P C board of the header unit
366. n s controller cade Sub code 0 IGBT circuit IPDU Outdoor fan All stop Sub code 0 Check fan motor 1 Position detection circuit IPDU error Fan IPDU over current Check for defect in fan error protection circuit IPDU P C board 3s Motor lockup error Flow of current equal to or 4 Motor current detection greater than the specified C TH sensor temperature value is detected during error startup of the fan TH sensor error All stop Sub code 1 Check fan motor Ex Inverter DC voltage error Fan IPDU position detection Check connection of fan outdoor fan circuit motor connector Note Position detection is not Check for defect in fan Although letters 0 to F going on normally IPDU P C board appear at locations indicated by All stop 2 1 es usty wind an obstruction e eck for defect in fan pieaseignore tnem or another external factor IPDU P C board Speed estimation is not going on normally All stop Sub code 4 Check fan motor P22 P22 Fan IPDU over current Check connection of fan protection circuit motor connector Flow of current equal to Check for defect fan greater than the specified IPDU P C board value is detected during operation of the fan stop Sub code C Check fan motor Higher temperature than the Check for defect in fan specified value is detected IPDU P C board during operation of the fan stop Sub code D Check for defect
367. na OOND 1 veo E rono Etl zono sa nhe dod ues I 100 vall E 7A 042 VSLI vOLNO WAL u a19 ma EAO 213 ew ENS roll ZOLNO 330 0820 NO Qeg LOZMS SLOLOOW 5 6 pJeoq Joopu 2 ep biz 2 pou 3 aber 10 enig 280 18NO L N 90 0 _SOZNO mg t G zl 9 2 5 i 216 9 1298 L awd 4 indu A 21 2 ae uomeiodQ 5 peods ue4 10 J0 98UU0D uonejedo 49 D3u09 C 5 indui ON jndino indino euje1x3 UOWWWOD indino M uoee v 1epun A 022 indino euieixa3 41 Code Parts name Code Parts name Code Parts name CN Connector TFA TFA sensor DMV1 Decompression magnetic valve F01 Fuse printed circuit board TCJ TC1 TC2 Indoor coil sensor PMV Pulse modulating valve F02 Fuse motor TB1 Terminal blo
368. nce with the dismantling instructions 3 Disconnect the 4 way valve coil and PMV coils 3 pieces and get all wiring located near the 4 way valve out of the way 4 Remove brazed points 3 locations for the PMV assembly which is placed in front of the 4 way valve 5 Cutting line Provide adequate cover for the PMV proper to protect it from overheating 5 Since it is difficult to simultaneously remove the 4 way valve brazed points for the pipes located above the 4 way valve 3 pieces cut through them just below the brazed points using a saw etc 6 Brazed point 6 Detach the pipe located below the 4 way valve 7 Remove the end sections of the pipes above the 4 way valve which were cut in step 5 8 Install a new 4 way valve Provide adequate cover for the 4 way valve to protect it from overheating During the installation insert pipes firmly into the 4 way valve or a blockage or leakage involving brazing filler metal may result 9 Reinstall the PMV assembly which was removed in step 4 Provide adequate cover for the PMV to protect it from overheating 10 Reinstall all the coils removed in step 3 and put the wiring back to its initial state 11 Reinstall the inverter box in accordance with the installation instructions 12 Reinstall the lower cabinet Ji Cutting through of pipes located above 4 Remo
369. nd follower units Specification Increase the speed of the propeller fan units on the outdoor fan to allow the installation of a duct with a maximum external static pressure not greater than specified in the table below If a discharge duct with a resistance greater than 15 Pa 1 5 mmAq is to be used enable this function The maximum external static pressures of base units are shown below Table 1 In the case of combined use of multiple outdoor units set all the units to the same maximum external static pressure as the one with the lowest maximum external static pressure see table2 Table 1 Maximum External Static Pressures of Base Outdoor Units Model MMY MAPO0804 1004 1204 1404 1604 Maximum external static pressure Pa 60 60 50 40 40 Outdoor unit air flow m3 h 9900 10500 11600 12000 13000 Calculate duct resistance from outdoor unit air flow Table 2 Maximum External Static Pressures for Combined Use of Base Units 1 Standard models Combined Model Combination of outdoor units ae ee horsepower output MMY Unit 1 Unit 2 Unit 3 Unit 4 Pa 8 MAPO0804 804 60 10 MAP1004 1004 60 12 1204 1204 50 14 1404 1404 40 16 1614 804 804 60 18 1814 MAP1004 804 60 20 AP2014 MAP1004 1004 60 22 AP2214 1204 MAP1004
370. ndino jeuondo NO NO yndyno 9 NOO AZLOG S jeuBis yoequemsue yH NO jndino uogejedo u v BIA dois ueis sejqesip sejqeua indui ejoueH NOO AO c deis inejep jndul ul 0 vH 20 Indu dojs ueis jndurdoisjueisS LONO VH LE 4ejonuoo uo Buissejd Aq sj uo ued uey ndoj z 1501 ye 440 pue NO 10128 4 ZENO ugy uoneoyioeds ON uonoun4J 95 6 4 Test Operation of Indoor Unit Check function for operation of indoor unit Functions at indoor unit side This function is provided to check the operation of the indoor unit singly without communication with the remote controller or the outdoor unit This function can be used regardless of operation or stop of the system However if using this function for a long time a trouble of the equipment may be caused Limit using this function within several minutes How to operate 1 Short circuit CHK pin CN71 on the indoor P C board The operation mode differs according to the indoor unit status in that time Normal time Both float SW and fan motor are
371. ned in matters relating to electrical work on the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or alternatively he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work The qualified installer who is allowed to do the refrigerant handling and piping work involved in installation relocation and removal has the qualifications pertaining to this refrigerant handling and piping work as stipulated by the local laws and regulations and he or she is a person who has been trained in matters relating to refrigerant handling and piping work on the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or alternatively he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work The qualified installer who is allowed to work at heights has been trained in matters relating to working at heights with the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or alternatively he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work Qualified installer The qualified service person is a person who installs repairs maintains relocates and removes the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation He or
372. ned on 9 A Header unit oil equalization request Isle II I 11 I ttetement shown on sketch at right turned on E l Follower unit oil equalization request 01 U2 U3 04 Outdoor unit No Refrigerant oil recovery operation Oil recovery in cooling C1 Normal C 1 3 B Refrigerant recovery in heating H1 Normal H i Automatic addressing A Ad B During automatic addressing FF Normal Power pick cut A dU 12 B Normal During 50 90 capacity operation 50 90 While control is based on BUS line input E50 E90 Optional control P C board input Displays optional control status A B Operation mode selection During priority heating normal ORK Priority cooling Heating only Cooling only ox Priority given to No of indoor units in operation n ORK Priority given to specific indoor unit U External master ON OFF Normal TE Start input 1 KOK Stop input 0 Night operation Normal x Start input 1 Snowfall operation Normal Start input 1 14 Optional control Same as above BUS line input 15 Unused 16 Blo
373. ngs of the TC1 TC2 and TCJ sensors exchanger sensor control low e f zone J operation is detected for 5 minutes the air conditioner is forced into temperature temp release thermo OFF n zone K the timer is put on pause with the current timer count retained f zone l operation is detected the timer count is cleared and the air conditioner returns to normal operation f continuous zone J operation forces the air conditioner into thermo OFF the indoor fan is operated in breeze mode until it moves into zone l The control is terminated under the following conditions Termination conditions 1 TC1 2 12 C TC2 2 12 and TCJ 2 12 2 Passage of 20 minutes after stoppage TC1 TC2 TCJ 1 10 5 10 Q1 0 C 14 C Temperature in If the temperature is below this value when the power is turned on the air 7 conditioner is forced into thermo OFF 2 During cooling the air conditioner is operated in the manner described below according to the temperature readings of the TC2 and TCJ sensors f zone M operation is detected for 45 minutes the air conditioner is forced into thermo OFF n zone N the timer is put on pause with the current timer count retained When the air conditioner goes back into zone M timer count is resumed from the retained value f zone L operation is detected the timer count is cleared and the air conditioner returns to normal operation TC2 TCJ P2 5 Q2 2
374. nit connected to the selected refrigerant line is indicated on the LCD display and its fan and louvers are activated 4 Pushthe lt button left side of the button Each time you push the button the indoor unit numbers of the selected refrigerant line are indicated one after another Only the fan and louvers of the indicated indoor unit are activated To select another system address 5 Pushthe amp button to return to step 2 After returning to step 2 select another system address and check the indoor unit addresses of the line TEST 6 Pushthe button to finish the procedure Changing the indoor unit address using a remote controller To change an indoor unit address using a wired remote controller The method to change the address of an individual indoor unit the indoor unit is paired with a wired remote controller one to one or an indoor unit in a group The method is available when the addresses have already been set automatically strom ES NAVI 7848 0 LALI SAVE VENT SWING FIX LOUVER 1 2 Execute it while the units are stopped CL 1 Push and hold the 5 5 5 buttons at the same time for more than 4 seconds If 2 or more indoor units are controlled in a group the first indicated UNIT No is that of the head unit 2 Pushthe es button left side of the button repeatedly to select an indoor unit number to change if 2 or more units a
375. nit error Corresponding unit fan operation function 161 7 7 11 Monitor Function of Remote Controller Switch When using a remote controller with the model name RBC AMT32E the following monitor functions can be used Calling of display screen lt Content gt The sensor temperature or operation status of the remote controller indoor unit or the outdoor unit can be known by calling up the service monitor mode from the remote controller Procedure 1 Push amp buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more to call up the service monitor mode The service monitor goes on and temperature of the CODE No 00 CODE No is firstly displayed 18 Hi 2 Push the temperature setup buttons to select the CODE No to be monitored C 5 a For displayed codes refer to the table next page 2 4 z Cord J Q 2 3 Push C5 button to determine the item to be monitored TIME SAVE VENT OO C2 Then monitor the sensor temperature or operation status of indoor REB swmomx unm LOWER unit and the outdoor unit in the corresponding refrigerant line e gt E 4 Pushing button returns the display to the normal display 431 162 CODE No Data name Display format Un
376. noeuuoo Jojoeuuoo ay Jossaidwiog 0 g Jossaidwog 20 1053949109 10 uonisod 10ssejduj02 6 asneg epoo xoeuo epoo 222 8 6 7 Segment Display Function 7 segment display on outdoor unit interface P C board The interface control P C board features a 7 segment LED display designed to check operational status Display items can be changed by changing the combination of the number settings of rotary switches provided on the P C board 5 01 SW02 and 5 03 Interface P C board z SWwo4 swos SW15 Push switch O 0600 06010602 0603 0604 7 segment display B 5 B 8 7 segment display A B 01 5 02 03 Rotary switches Checking Procedure to Be Followed in Event of Abnormal Shutdown If the system is shut down due to an error in the outdoor unit perform checks in the following steps 1 Open the panel of the outdoor unit and inspection window of the electric parts box and check the 7 segment display The check code is displayed in the right hand section of the 7 segment display B U1 000 DOO Check code To check the check code set the rotary switches SWO1 SWO02 SWOS to 1 1 1 If there is a sub code the display alternates between the chec
377. nt using gauge manifold and purge manifold of air 2 Fully close liquid pipe service valve Leave gas and balance pipes fully open 4 Press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more C is displayed Test cooling operation begins 0600 0601 0602 0603 0604 4 5 Set SW01 02 03 to 1 2 2 to have low pressure g sensor output MPa displayed SWO Swoe swos Pd Ps gt 2 gt TS2 TE2 LAWN INN D NIA 2 6 Approx 10 minutes after the system starts up fully close the gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit Setup of outdoor unit for pressure adjustment 7 Select the header unit as the unit for pressure adjustment 249 Setup of outdoor units other than header unit and failed unit 8 Leaving the balance pipes of the unit for pressure adjustment and the failed unit fully open fully close the balance pipe packed valves of all other outdoor units Setup of header unit 9 While monitoring the low pressure sensor output adjust the pressure to around 0 12 MPa by slowly closing the gas pipe service valve 10 Compare the manifold gauge pressure of the failed unit with the low pressure sensor output of the header unit and wait until the two pressure readings become almost identical After letting the system continue operating for a while longer fully close the gas pipe service v
378. nutes f the outdoor units are a combination of different models all the units begin engaging in defrosting control as soon as one of them satisfies defrosting commencement conditions 2 Details of defrosting control 1 compressors currently in operation are operated at the minimum speed 2 When a specified amount of time passes from the time the compressors reached the minimum speed the outdoor fans are turned off by closing the 4 way valves 3 All compressors currently not in operation are turned on and operated at the target rotational speed for defrosting control 3 Defrosting termination conditions Defrosting termination conditions are met when the TE1 temperature sensor measurement reaches a specified value roughly 12 C a certain period of time after the commencement of defrosting control In that event defrosting termination control takes over f the outdoor units are a combination of different models defrosting termination control commences when all the units satisfy the defrosting termination conditions As long as one or more outdoor units are yet to satisfy the defrosting termination conditions those that have engage in standby operation 4 Details of defrosting termination control 1 Compressors are operated at the standby operation speed 2 When a specified amount of time passes the 4 way valves are opened 3 Indoor heating refrigerant recovery control is performed For control details see 6 Refrig
379. o py unao ZAS Jo 2 4040 Josues 6176 205095 Sq J0sues Z 10419 ANd 1 Z 1049 ZAWd LAWd L oeq 100pjnO epoo 2 0 5 epoo 5 10 epoo qng uonipuoo 61 PUN 100pinQ uonoejep 52 Std epoo 2249 Buuiw 109402 019 ejqeo jo uonoeuuoosip 02 4102 PAS Jjosues EAL 10 ZAL LCL ANd 1 uedo C jueieDujeu 8 jue1e8uje1 uay pue eDexeelq edid pue ou e1eu1 429u2 y jo uonounj xoeuo eui Bursn 42902 5 Josueg 6 8 uo sonsuejoereuo Josuas jun 100pinO 99S 0 NO 7 LOEND ZAWd OOENO 510 09000 edid quasayip ul spun jou aly uonejjejsuisiuu 109 Jeuuou VAS SI JULJSIS I 105 9 pue 18110 Dd 100
380. o open or PMV 4 fails while fully closed the refrigerant in the heat exchangers or sub heat exchangers cannot be recovered In that case recover any residual gas in the heat exchangers or sub heat exchangers using a tube piercing valve or some other tool After a pump down operation do not perform any welding until the residual gas in the heat exchangers is recovered 10 1 2 Refrigerant recovery procedure A Case of no outdoor unit backup operation setting Work procedure Turn on the power supply to the system at the source but leave the system switched off If the fault involves poor insulation of a compressor motor remove the motor leads before the power is turned on Setup of failed outdoor unit 1 Connect the check joint of liquid pipe and the low pressure side check joint using a charge hose and purge the hose of air to recover refrigerant from the liquid tank and heat exchangers 2 Fully close the liquid pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit Leave the service valves of the gas and balance pipes fully open 3 If the oil is likely to has degraded due to a compressor fault disconnect the SV3A valve connector of the failed outdoor unit to prevent the degraded oil from flowing into other outdoor units 4 Set SW01 02 03 on the interface P C board of the failed outdoor unit to 2 11 1 After rd is displayed the 7 segment display press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more 246
381. ock Do not connect ground wires to gas pipes water pipes and lightning rods or ground wires for telephone wires 9 Prohibition of modification Do not modify the products Do not also disassemble or modify the parts It may cause a fire electric shock or injury Use specified parts When any of the electrical parts are to be replaced ensure that the replacement parts satisfy the specifications given in the Service Manual or use the parts contained on the parts list in the Service Manual Use of any parts which do not satisfy the required specifications may give rise to electric shocks smoking and or a fire Do not bring a child close to the equipment If in the course of carrying out repairs it becomes absolutely necessary to check out the electrical parts with the electrical parts box cover of one or more of the indoor units and the service panel of the outdoor unit removed in order to find out exactly where the trouble lies put a sign in place so that no one will approach the work location before proceeding with the work Third party individuals may enter the work site and receive electric shocks if this warning is not heeded Insulating measures Connect the cut off lead wires with crimp contact etc put the closed end side upward and then apply a watercut method otherwise a leak or production of fire is caused at the users side When performing repairs using a gas burner replace the refri
382. odel 175 8 4 Check Codes Displayed on Remote Controller and SMMS i Outdoor Unit 7 Segment Display on I F Board and Locations to Be Checked For other types of outdoor units refer to their own service manuals Check code i Location Outdoor 7 segment display of Description System status Check items locations remote Check detection controller Sub code Remote Indoor remote Stop of Communication between Check remote controller controller controller corresponding indoor P C board and remote inter unit tie cable A B communication unit controller is disrupted Check for broken wire or error connector bad contact detected at Check indoor power remote supply E01 _ controller end Check for defect in indoor P C board Check remote controller address settings when two remote controllers are in use Check remote controller P C board Remote Remote Stop of Signal cannot be transmitted Check internal controller controller corresponding from remote controller to transmission circuit of E02 transmission unit indoor unit remote controller error Replace remote controller as necessary Indoor Indoor remote Stop of There is no communication Check remote controller unit controller corresponding from remote controller and network adaptor E03 _ communication unit including wireless or wiring error network adaptor detected at in
383. ompressor contained 500cc or less there may have been a problem with the oil equalization circuit etc Perform checks in accordance with 11 3 Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor Oil Shortage 2 Combined amount of oil in faulty compressor and two normal compressors cc 3000 lt lt 5700 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the three new compressors to A B C 3 cc each e Lay the compressors down and draw 5700 A B C 3 cc of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes 3 Combined amount of oil in faulty compressor and two normal compressors cc 5700 lt 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the three new compressors to A B C 3 cc each Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of each compressor and inject A B C 3 1900 cc of oil using a funnel etc 257 Installing compressor nstall a compressor by following the dismantling procedure in reverse The dismantling process may have loosened compressor leads and faston connectors Prior to installation therefore tighten them a little with a pair of pliers and verify that they are tight after reconnection Notes Although a compressor is provided with only two hexagonal bolts it is standard The tightening torque of the hexagonal bolts used to mount the compressor is 200kg cm f oil has been drawn from the accumulator repair the cut pipe through pinching and brazing lt
384. on with SV3D turned on and off intermittently Compressor 2 Oil equation control This is normal oil This control function is performed to transfer oil to the outdoor unit whose level is equalization control low from other outdoor units It takes place whenever the header unit registers a low oil level result while at least one of its compressors is turned on or at least one of the follower units issues an oil level equation request This control function does not apply to a header unit only system no follower units connected 3 depletion protection control This protective control is This control function is performed if oil equation control fails to achieve an optimum performed when a oil level In concrete terms if a low oil level situation continues for 30 minutes the unit Prolonged low oil level is is brought to a protective shutdown followed by a restart 2 minutes and 30 seconds detected later If protective shutdown is repeated three times the error is confirmed as final There will be no more restarts The error code is H07 6 1 Cooling oil refrigerant recovery control Cooling oil recovery control Refrigerant Performed during cooling this control function aims to periodically collect any takes place approximately oil recovery refrigerating oil condensate that has built up inter unit gas pipes and indoor units every 2 hours Control duration is about 2 to control and return it to outdoo
385. on setting setting setting setting isp ay e The display blinks E when a control Individual o 0 function inaccessible Central 1 x iGENTRAL to a remote controller 16 6 CONTROL is chosen al wireless remote Central 3 x PROGRESSI controller has the same set of control Central 9 e p 9 9 9 functions although Accessible Inaccessible there is no display When a control operation is performed via a wireless remote controller while in central control mode a peep sound alert 5 times is provided Louver control 1 Louver position setting When the louver position is changed the louver turns all the way down before settling in the set position Louver position is adjustable in the range shown in the diagrams below During cooling drying During heating fan only operation p e During group operation position setting can be performed individually or collectively 2 Swing setting The SWING sign is displayed along with alternating images as shown below In all operation modes 17 During group operation swing setting can be performed individually or collectively 3 Set louver positions 4 way 1 way SH 2 way Ceiling Normal stop Downward Closed Upward Horizontal Abnormal stop Downward No change Upward Horizontal Heating standby Upward Upward Upward Horizontal Oil refrigerant recovery Upward Upward No change Horizontal DC motor 1 When the fan i
386. onding unit Oil level detection circuit error H16 04 circuit error Leakage Site of fault Unit generating Part see next page check code Detected fault and check code Symptom Outdoor PMV1 2 Corresponding unit Outdoor liquid backflow error P13 Refrigerant entrapment Oil level low detection and protection 7 Other connected unit Discharge temp error TD1 Rise of discharge temp A Discharge temp error TD2 P17 compressor 1 Discharge temp error TD3 P18 Rise of discharge temp compressor 2 Rise of discharge temp compressor 3 Check valve in discharge pipe Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Refrigerant entrapment convergent section B Compressor breakdown H01 XX Compressor error lockup H02 XX Check valve in discharge pipe Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection 7 Refrigerant entrapment C Compressor breakdown H01 XX Compressor error lockup H02 XX Check valve in oil equalization circuit Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection 7 Excessive amount of oil D Leaking side Insufficient amount of oil Normal side SV3A valve E Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Oil level low SV3C valve Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Oil level low Note XX represents sub code 232
387. onditioner fails to cool or heat or water is leaking has occurred in the air conditioner do not touch the air conditioner yourself but set the circuit breaker to the OFF position and contact a qualified service person Take steps to ensure that the power will not be turned on by marking out of service near the circuit breaker for instance until qualified service person arrives Continuing to use the air conditioner in the trouble status may cause mechanical problems to escalate or result in electric shocks or other failure Electric shock hazard When you access inside of the service panel to repair electric parts wait for about five minutes after turning off the breaker Do not start repairing immediately Otherwise you may get electric shock by touching terminals of high voltage capacitors Natural discharge of the capacitor takes about five minutes 9 Prohibition Place a Work in progress sign near the circuit breaker while the installation maintenance repair or removal work is being carried out There is a danger of electric shocks if the circuit breaker is set to ON by mistake Before operating the air conditioner after having completed the work check that the electrical parts box cover of the indoor unit and service panel of the outdoor unit are closed and set the circuit breaker to the ON position You may receive an electric shock if the power is turned on without first conducting these checks Stay on pr
388. ontents concerned to the safety are described on the product itself and on this Service Manual Please read this Service Manual after understanding the described items thoroughly in the following contents Indications Illustrated marks and keep them Explanation of indications Indication Explanation DANGER Indicates contents assumed that an imminent danger causing a death or serious injury of the repair engineers and the third parties when an incorrect work has been executed Indicates possibilities assumed that a danger causing a death or serious injury of the WARNING repair engineers the third parties and the users due to troubles of the product after work when an incorrect work has been executed Indicates contents assumed that an injury or property damage may be caused on the AN CAUTION repair engineers the third parties and the users due to troubles of the product after work when an incorrect work has been executed Property damage Enlarged damage concerned to property furniture and domestic animal pet Explanation of illustrated marks Indication Explanation Indicates prohibited items Forbidden items to do The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete prohibited contents Indicates mandatory items Compulsory items to do The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete mandatory contents Indicates cautions Including danger warning The senten
389. ontrol Header unit B CN512 blue Night operation sound reduction _ _ _ B 5 Control Header unit CN508 red Operation Mode Selection Control Header unit CN510 white peration Mode Selection Control 2 E P forced choice Header unit CN510 white J01 7 Error Operation output Header unit 511 0 Individual 8 Operation Output outdoor unit V CN514 green 9 Operating Rate Output Header unit CN514 green SW16 1 Layout of Outdoor Unit Interface P C Board DIP switch settings and jumper wire statuses vary from function to function Jumper wire layout 8883 3358 111111 8885 5558 5322222 1111 0000 0000 Interface P C Board Connector layout CNS11 GRN 508 RED 510 WHI CNSI3 BLU CN509 BLK CNSi2 BLU 107 DIP switch layout SW16 Sw 5 12 SW17 eed ag 6 8 1 Power peak cut Control Standard Header outdoor unit L1 Display lamp suring power peak cut control Locally procured Optional PCB Outdoor unit Display interface PCB Connection cable For SW1 and SW2 be sure to provide no voltage contacts for each terminal The input signals of SW1 and SW2 may be pulse input 100 msec or more or continuous mak
390. ontroller Block gt 83 6 1 1 When Wired Simple Remote Controller Connected 83 6 1 2 When Wireless Remote Controller Kit 86 6 1 3 When Both Main Sub Remote Controller and Wireless Remote Controller Kit Connected anc pe aee etc AG Gs d e a 89 6 2 Indoor Printed Circuit 92 6 3 Optional Connector Specifications of Indoor P C 95 6 4 Test Operation of Indoor 96 6 5 Method to Set Indoor Unit Function DN 97 6 6 Applied Control of Indoor 2 101 6 7 Applied control for Outdoor 104 6 7 1 Outdoor Fan High Static Pressure 104 6 7 2 Priority Operation Mode 105 6 8 Applied Control of Outdoor 107 6 8 1 Power peak cut Control 108 6 8 2 Power peak cut Control 109 6 8 3 Snowfall Fan
391. oor units under outdoor unit backup operation to one in the system single refrigerant line Backed up outdoor unit outdoor unit Example Prohibited It is prohibited to combine compressor backup operation and outdoor unit backup operation Backed up compressor Backed up outdoor unit Example 1 uy Faulty Prohibited With a two outdoor unit system containing an MMY Backed up outdoor unit MAP1604 or 1404 an 1204 or Example 804 or 1004 do not preform outdoor unit backup operation to back up the MMY MAP1604 hi a It could lead to compressor failure due to the abnormal 1604 1204 1404 MMY MAP 10045 804 239 9 2 Compressor Backup Operation Setting Outline If a fault occurs to one of the compressors installed in outdoor unit follow the procedure described below to back up the faulty compressor by using the remaining normal compressor s Work Procedure 1 Turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units connected to the system 2 Set the DIP switches of SWO6 provided on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit with the faulty compressor as shown in the table below
392. or Yes characteristics of the TK1 2 TK4 or TK5 sensors of the unit that has replaced compressor No correct Yes With the compressor s disconnected check the oil circuit in accordance with the procedure described below To next page 259 Open the balance pipe valves fully Correct the miswiring or connection TK1 531 2 CN532 TK3 CN533 4 CN534 TK5 535 Replace the faulty sensor lt 1404 and MAP1604 Check items and procedures to follow when checking oil circuit with compressor s disconnected Check item Location Procedure 1 With PMV1 2 and 4 fully closed apply pressure to the check joint of liquid pipe with nitrogen and check the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe Leakage of outdoor PMV If the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe increases there is a leak from PMV1 2 or 4 A B and either discharge pipe check valve C D Replace the faulty parts Leakage of check valve in 2 If the pressure does not increase fully open outdoor PMV 1 and 2 and check the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe convergent discharge pipe again section If the pressure increases there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe D Replace the part With just PMV4 fully opened check the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe again If the pressure increases there is
393. or 3 g Indoor unit has been shutdown in one refrigerant P10 Indoor unit No detected P10 Indoor unit overflow line due to detection of overflow detected by indoor unit Outdoor liquid backflow State of refrigerant cycle circuit indicates liquid P13 pag e AT detection error backflow operation 01 TS condition Outdoor suction temperature sensor TS1 detects P15 3 ai P15 ALT Gas leak detection sustained and repeated high temperatures that 02 TD condition exceed standard value _ Outdoor discharge TD2 Outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD2 xd i e ALT temperature error detects abnormally high temperature Outdoor discharge Outdoor discharge temperature sensor Te 18 e ALT temperature error detects abnormally high temperature 4 way reversing Abnormality in refrigerating cycle is detected P19 Outdoor unit No detected P19 e ALT enr during heating operation Activation of high pressure High pressure Pd sensor detects high pressure 20 20 e ALT protection that exceeds standard value 169 MG CTT Magnet contactor Errors detected by IPDU featuring in SMMS i standard outdoor unit typical examples Check code Display of receiving unit Outdoor 7 segment display TCC LINK Indicator light block central control Typical fault site Description of error ormainremote
394. or control details see 9 Heating refrigerant oil recovery control above Short 1 For 5 minutes after startup the system is forced to continue operating even if it intermittent reaches the thermo OFF region 11 operation 2 However priority is given to cooling heating selection operation standby and compensation protective control so that there is no overriding of thermo OFF in these cases control Drain pump 1 During cooling including DRY operation the drain pump is operated at all times Check code P10 control 2 If the float switch is activated while the drain pump is in operation the drain pump continues operating with the relevant check code displayed 12 3 If the float switch is activated while the drain pump is turned off thermo OFF is forced on the air conditioner with the drain pump put into operation If the float switch continues to be activated for about 5 minutes the drain pump is turned off with the relevant check code displayed 13 Elimination of 1 When the air conditioner is turned off after engaging in heating operation the residual heat indoor fan is operated for about 30 seconds in breeze mode 71 NO Item Specification outline Remarks Filter sign 1 The indoor fan s cumulative hours of operation are counted and when these FILTER 88 displayed display exceed the prescribed value 150 2500 a filter replacement signal is sent to
395. or unit address of an indoor unit which you know the position of When the unit is individual the indoor unit is paired with a wired remote controller one to one or it is a group controlled one OFF Gass MODE Starts running VENT FILTER RESET TEST SWING FIX UNIT LOUVER amp ce CF 2 Execute it while the units are running 1 Pushthe 297 button if the units stop Push the button left side of the button A unit numbers is indicated on the LCD it will disappear after a few seconds The indicated number shows the system address and indoor unit address of the unit When 2 or more indoor units are connected to the remote controller group controlled units a number of other connected units appears each time you push the 2 button left side of the button 129 To find an indoor unit s position from its address When checking unit numbers controlled as a group Stop SWING FIX LOUVER CF Execute it while the units are stopped The indoor unit numbers in a group are indicated one after another The fan and louvers of the indicated units are activated TEST 1 Pushand hold the Ca gt and amp buttons at the same time for more than 4 seconds HLL appears on UNIT No on the LCD display The fans and louvers of all the indoor units in the group are activated UNIT LOUVE
396. ore replacement Wind the fan motor lead once around the clamp filter D cut surface of fan motor shaft Arrow mark ZA of fan To be aligned with D cut surface 4 Clamp filter 264 No Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Heat exchanger NWARNING Wear a pair of gloves Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object Before the work be sure to recover the refrigerant of outdoor unit into cylinders or another unit connected to the same system Refer to the chapter on refrigerant recovery methods to be used during compressor replacement 1 Detachment Right Side Heat Exchanger as Example 1 Remove the cabinet 2 Remove the motor base M5 x 10 6 pcs Detach the fan motor leads as well With a 14 16HP unit remove the discharge cabinet anchor plates Left and right M5 x 2 2 pcs 2 sets 3 Remove the upper partition plate M5 x 10 5 pcs 4 Remove the screws for the support post M5 x 10 2 pcs 5 Remove the screws for the waterproof board M4 x 10 2 pcs 6 Remove the brazed joints of the piping connected 2 locations With a 14 16HP unit also remove the brazed joints of the piping connected to the sub heat exchanger 2 locations 7 Remove the screws for the heat exchanger end plate and pull the heat exchanger out M5 x 10 2 pcs
397. ort circuiting of the CN30 pins SW12 CN30 PMV operation Bit 1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 OFF OFF OFF OFF Short circuit PMV1 and 2 fully open for 2 minutes OFF ON OFF OFF Short circuit PMVA fully opens for 2 minutes 2 Be sure to perform vacuuming in from the three check joints shown in the diagram below liquid pipe discharge pipe and suction pipe CM Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger Right side sub heat exchanger Left side Main heat exchanger TE2 Left side sub heat exchanger Check valve 4 way valve NY SS TS1 M 47 Check valve High pressure sensor Low pressure sensor TL SV3D Oil separator Fusible S plug 2 Liquid tank SV41 SV3F vaa OX Check valve Y Gas side Balance pipe Service valve service valve packed valve 252 1 REPLACING COMPRESSORS 11 1 Compressor Replacement Procedure Outline Is the outdoor unit the only one in the system Manually open PMV1 2 and 4 of the failed unit by short circuiting the Recover refrigerant f
398. ort of NO the indoor unit YES NO Is the sound normal YES Normal Check every indoor unit in turn When check code has been displayed on the remote controller remove the cause of the error referring to Check code and check position displayed on remote controller and outdoor unit Check the indoor fan fan motor and fan circuit Check positions around the fan 7 6 2 Single cooling Single heating Test Operation Check The Single cooling Single heating test operation check can be performed on both the indoor remote controller and the outdoor header unit interface PC board 1 Test operation start stop operation Test operation from the indoor remote controller Wired remote controller Refer to the items below in Test operation of the wired remote controller Wireless remote controller Refer to the items below in Test operation of the wireless remote controller Lite Vision plus remote controller Refer to the installation manual of RBC AMS51E W Wired remote controller W Wireless remote controller Except the 4 way Cassette type and the Ceiling type When the Test button is pushed for 4 seconds or i i more TEST is displayed in the display section Test run Forced cooling operation and the unit enters test operating mode Requirement Finish the forced cooling operation in a short time because it applies excessive strength to the air conditioner How to pe
399. osition and contact a qualified service person to have the repairs done Do not set the circuit breaker to the ON position until the repairs are completed Relocation Only a qualified installer 1 or qualified service person 1 is allowed to relocate the air conditioner It is dangerous for the air conditioner to be relocated by an unqualified individual since a fire electric shocks injury water leakage noise and or vibration may result When carrying out the pump down work shut down the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipe Disconnecting the refrigerant pipe with the service valve left open and the compressor still operating will cause air etc to be sucked in raising the pressure inside the refrigeration cycle to an abnormally high level and possibly resulting in reputing injury etc 1 Refer to the Definition of Qualified Installer or Qualified Service Person 12 Declaration of Conformity Manufacturer TOSHIBA CARRIER THAILAND CO LTD 144 9 Moo 5 Bangkadi Industrial Park Tivanon Road Amphur Muang Pathumthani 12000 Thailand Authorized Representative Nick Ball TCF holder Toshiba EMEA Engineering Director Toshiba Carrier UK Ltd Porsham Close Belliver Industrial Estate PLYMOUTH Devon PL6 7DB United Kingdom Hereby declares that the machinery described below Generic Denomination Air Conditioner Model type Outdoor unit Heat Pump Model Cooling Only Model
400. ote controller operation Invalid Valid Between 1 and 3 Adjusting the fan speed Low High Between 1 and 5 Operation ON OFF Use a microcurrent contact DC 12 V 1 mA In addition ON OFF operation is possible when using a voltage of DC 12 V or 24 V 6 Orange wire High is connected as factory default To switch to Extra High connect black wire s connector instead of orange 44 1 2 18 Fresh Air Intake Indoor Unit Model MMD AP0481HFE Option e TA TOJ TC2 b incen FH Fan DP CN033 1 Y3 GRN 00 1Y2 1Y2 1Y2 000 1Y2 WHI 797777 Yer Yar rj BLY TY YS DAO 06 96 06 DOO 12 CNO30 104 CN102 CN101 100 103 Ho RED YEL RED BLK GRN 4 P301 CNOS0 775 GRN 5 004 cno73 Control P C Board RED fey EXCT onos GRY 0006 RY002 1 RYOO1 4 for Indoor Unit pay Filter MCC 1403 06 0 CN309 YEL 005 e 88 e p Fuse 4 RED ACIN T5 0A 250V Bisse 5 94 7 supply circuit WHI CN067 BLK OG 343 hd 515 Aaya BLU 343 WHI CNO44 CNO40 041 CNO50 074 CNO75 CNO61 CNO032 CNO060 212 272 BRW
401. otection If in the course of carrying out repairs it becomes absolutely necessary to check out the electrical parts with the electrical parts box cover of one or more of the indoor units and the service panel of the outdoor unit removed in order to find out exactly where the trouble lies wear insulated heat resistant gloves insulated boots and insulated work overalls and take care to avoid touching any live parts You may receive an electric shock if you fail to heed this warning Only qualified service person 1 is allowed to do this kind of work WARNING General Before starting to repair the air conditioner read carefully through the Service Manual and repair the air conditioner by following its instructions Only qualified service person 1 is allowed to repair the air conditioner Repair of the air conditioner by unqualified person may give rise to a fire electric shocks injury water leaks and or other problems Do not use any refrigerant different from the one specified for complement or replacement Otherwise abnormally high pressure may be generated in the refrigeration cycle which may result in a failure or explosion of the product or an injury to your body Only a qualified installer 1 or qualified service person 1 is allowed to carry out the electrical work of the air conditioner Under no circumstances must this work be done by an unqualified individual since failure to carry out the wor
402. ou anjen eoutisisoJ Josuas EYL 10 sonsuejoe1euo siosuas Josuas 10u S o 1H eureu epoo xoeuo epoo 2 Sonisuejoe eu Josueg 6 8 uo sonsuejoereuo Josuas 400pInQ 295 eoe dei 10119 105495 GESNO SL VESNO HAL CSNO EAL ZESNO ZAL LESNO XL uonejrejsursiu Buuiwstui 1294102 Josues 0 uonejjejsur 1594405 94 1 5 eu jueieDujeu 2 BuiBBojo 49942 PNOO 10 72 n uv i euuou anjen eoueisisoJ Josues YAL 10 sonsuejoe1euo 45105095 uo si 205095 pY JOU S vO epoo qng 518 1 JO 10119 solsuajoeseyo Jo O BuUIWOD eAnoejep py L orHl epoo 2 O d 10119 105 95 SESNO 2931 VESNO HAL CCGNO EAL 99 6 ZENO ZAL LESNO 1 0 xoeuo o ejorue eui OION 40419 ON 3 AS L 3EAS 10
403. ouvers of the selected indoor unit are activated Repeat steps 4 to 6 to change the indoor unit addresses so as to make each of them unique 7 Pushthe 5 button All the segments on the LCD display light up 8 Pushthe TEST button to finish the procedure Resetting the address Resetting to the factory default address undecided Method 1 Clearing each address separately using a wired remote controller Set the system address indoor unit address and group address to 0099 using a wired remote controller For the setting procedure refer to the address setting procedures using the wired remote controller on the previous pages Method 2 Clearing all the indoor unit addresses on a refrigerate line at once from the outdoor unit 1 Turn off the refrigerant line to reset to the factory default and set the header outdoor unit of the line as below 1 Disconnect the relay connectors between the U1 U2 and U3 U4 terminals Leave them as they are if they have already been disconnected 133 2 Turn on dip switch 2 of SW30 on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit if the switch is OFF Leave it as it is if it has already been set to ON Central remote controller Follower unit Follower unit A 8 i B 7 toma r EE ot Remote Remote 52 controller controller Indoor units to have their addresses initialized 2 Turnon the indoor an
404. pejoeuuoo ueo 8 o1 dq yun 4oopino yaj seowes 27H09 A0cc L ZHO0S AOrc 0cc L jun 21 05 10 en in yun 100p n0 100pu en 994108 1 TE 1 JeulloJSUEJ 3 1V3H 1009 hino indui ov gt einssed 40jouJ 4 0 ejqeordde jon esq uiu pejeeouoo Ajuo 1 Cx Cx ayjesseo ejqeotdde 10 6505 8 unao Ajddns LOP L OOWN 8101109 071 09IN 7074 uos uonoeuuoo p1eoq O d Joopu POW 121 uouws Koy n3119 A ddns A ddns uoreorunuluoo Ex INO youms Bumes uonounj Kejdsiq ggi 1 ejdsig suun 2 dn
405. peration An external power peak cut control signal limits the peak capacity of the outdoor unit L1 Power peak cut control indication lamp SW1 Power peak cut control ON switch 1 SW2 Power peak cut control OFF switch 1 1 The inputs of SW1 and SW2 can be either pulse 100 msec or wider or step signals Be sure to provide a contact for each terminal Extended power peak cut control settings Specifications of display relay contact EM External power peak cut control Peak capacity Indication lamp p signals VE SWO7 Bit 1 L1 SW1 2 OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 100 normal operation 100 normal operation ON ON OFF 80 upper limit regulated 85 upper limit regulated ON OFF ON 60 upper limit regulated 7596 upper limit regulated ON ON ON 0 forced stop 60 upper limit regulated Note 1 Specifications of display relay contact The terminal for display output Operation terminal must satisfy the following electrical rating Electrical Rating 220 to 240 10 mA or more 1 A or less 24 VAC 10 mA or more 1 A or less non conductive load When connecting a conductive load e g relay coil to the display relay load insert a surge killer CR for an AC power supply or a diode for preventing back electromotive force for a DC power supply on the bypass circuit The optional P C board should be connected to the header outdoor unit U1 109 6 8 3 Snowfall F
406. pino 8 t 100 uonoeuuoo ijeuuou ANd 1 a peuedo pue aly 1291102 eoe deu Jo 129 1402 eA eA 42949 0sues 201 eoejdeu Ald 100pino uedo queia ua pue edid ou X99049 Joopyno eui jo uonounj xoeuo y Y29949 Sonisuejeleuo 1osueg 6 UO Josuas jun 295 LOEND ZAWd LAWd 510 eBexeo YAS 9 G edid jueJoDujo1 JO amp ou pareas ZpAS 5172 amp sjioo 5 PU ZPAS LvAS 91V L PAS Zanen epis uonons oF ssed q seb gBieuosip seog eouejsisel Josues 20110 sonsuojoe1euo aly O d 5 1 100p1nO 9 uonoeuuoo 5 ANd Joopino peuedo n sapis pue seb jo 99I
407. pino 100pu indui 10119 eujejx3 DE 0LL vH se indino euondo ueq JOOP NO JOOPU 108095 251 108095 POL 1eduun Josues 21 indino MS 12014 431 5 samod jeuondo ANd Ajddns jndino ue 3g n mm vl i E Y o5 dus Wa t IMG Oen EL 10119 indui jueunsn pe INOHd33 93 Pressure Type Floor Standing Concealed Type Floor Standing Cabinet Type Fresh Air MCC 1403 1 way Cassette YH Type Floor Standing Type Concealed Duct High Static Intake Type jonp pe eeouoo ui peuesur yous Josues yL 108095 MS 12014 Josues 19 f indui Joue 4 indino OV JO pes asia Josues 621 indui 10X3 021 TERO 5 5 1 2 euondo 1 3 A Jedunf Loup Jej ouoo 7020 qe S DEINE gi Nag x 2 A 1 3 20540 e 1 n 1 z 2 f TENE indino euondo g les 5
408. pipe a BD a 6 Applied Control and Functions including Circuit Configuration iagram Indoor Controller Block D 6 1 1 When Wired Simple Remote Controller Connected New 4 way Cassette Type MMU AP 4 6 1 2609 022 01 ZHOS 092 020 OL iun 1o0pino en In jun jun Joopino Joopino zn 1 90mos 1 9910 1 10 0W 1009 NO 1815001901 yndut 2461 Sune uopeorunui uogezuoypuks sna uj now yndyno gt vu qns pejoeuuoo JAI eihnpeuos v indui eol yun euo ui z z yo seeues uonoeuuoo 1 1 PUL 2 rosues 201 pejoeuuoo 2 sues v1 5 7 dn Ly pejoeuuoo 0291 000 p1eoq O d Jonuoo 1oopu LOvl OOW eoepejur uonoeuuooS 21 ueo 8 0 Ajddns A ddns
409. played for other types 2 When the units are connected to a group data of the header indoor unit only can be displayed 3 The first digit of an CODE No indicates the outdoor unit number 4 The upper digit of an CODE No 4 indicates the outdoor unit number 1 55 U1 outdoor unit Header unit 2 U2 outdoor unit Follower unit 1 3 7 outdoor unit Follower unit 2 4x 8x U4 outdoor unit Follower unit 5 Only the CODE No 5 of U1 outdoor unit Header unit is displayed 163 8 TROUBLESHOOTING 8 1 Overview 1 Before engaging in troubleshooting a Applicable models All Super Module Multi SMMS i models Indoor units MMO APOOO Outdoor units 4 b Tools and measuring devices required Screwdrivers Philips flat head spanners long nose pliers nipper pin to push reset switch etc Multimeter thermometer pressure gauge etc c Things to check prior to troubleshooting behaviors listed below are normal NO Behavior Possible cause A compressor would not start Could it just be the 3 minute delay period 3 minutes after compressor shutdown Could it just be the air conditioner having gone thermo OFF Could it just be the air conditioner operating in fan mode or put on the timer Could it just be the system going through initial communication An indoor fan would not start Could it just be cold air discharge preven
410. pment inside compressor casing Check SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D SV3E and SV3F valves for defect Check oil return circuit of oil separator for clogging Check oil equalizing circuit for clogging 01 TK1 sensor error 02 TK2 sensor error 03 sensor error 04 TK4 sensor error 05 TK5 sensor error H08 VF Error in temperature sensor for oil level detection All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TK1 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TK1 sensor e Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TK2 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TK2 sensor e Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TK3 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TK3 sensor e Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TK4 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TK4 sensor e Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TK5 sensor connector Check resistance characteristic
411. pressed Display Example rd 11 1 20 gt Ps 1 20 Initial display High pressure sensor output Low pressure sensor output Selection of outdoor unit for pressure adjustment 8 Of all outdoor units operating in the pump down mode select the one with the lowest unit No as an outdoor unit for pressure adjustment Identifying Unit No The unit No is the number displayed on the 7 segment display when SW01 02 03 are set to 1 1 1 U represents the unit No Setup of outdoor units other than unit for pressure adjustment and failed unit 9 Leaving the balance pipes of the unit for pressure adjustment and the failed unit fully open fully close the balance pipe service valves of all other outdoor units Setup of outdoor unit for pressure adjustment 10 Set SW01 02 03 on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit for pressure adjustment to 1 2 2 11 As the low pressure sensor output is displayed on the 7 segment display adjust the pressure to around 0 12 MPa by slowly closing the gas pipe service valve with checking pressure data 12 Compare the low pressure sensor outputs of the failed unit with that of the unit for pressure adjustment and wait until the two pressure readings become almost the same After letting the system continue operating for a while longer fully close the gas pipe service valve of the unit for pressure adjustment 247 Setup of failed outdoor un
412. put TCB IFCB 4E2 VN Power source 220 240V 101 Ventilating fan control from remote controller Function The start stop operation can be operated from the wired remote controller when air to air heat exchanger or ventilating fan is installed in the system The fan can be operated even if the indoor unit is not operating Use a fan which can receive the no voltage A contact as an outside input signal In a group control the units are collectively operated and they can not be individually operated 1 Operation Handle a wired remote controller in the following procedure Use the wired remote controller during stop of the system Be sure to set up the wired remote controller to the header unit Same in group control n a group control if the wired remote controller is set up to the header unit both header and follower units are simultaneously operable 1 Push concurrently C 5 buttons for 4 seconds or more The unit No displayed firstly indicates the header indoor unit address in the group control In this time the fan of the selected indoor unit turns on 2 Every pushing s left side button button the indoor unit numbers in group control are displayed successively In this time the fan of the selected indoor unit only turns on Using the setup temp or button specify the CODE No 31 4 Using the timer time v or button select the SET DATA At shipment 2200 The setup d
413. put 3 6kWx3 2 4 way valve coil STF AC220 240V 50Hz 3 Pulse motor valve coil HAM MD12TCTH 1 DC12V 2 way valve coil VPV AC220 240V 50Hz 4 SV3B AC220 240V 50Hz olo SV3B SV3E SV3F 2 way valve coil FQ G593 AC220 240V 50Hz ololo 5 SV2 SV3A SV3C SV3D SV3E SV41 SV42 SV5 AC220 240V 50Hz olo SV2 SV3A SV3C SV3D SV6 SV41 SV42 SV43 6 High pressure SW ACB 4UB32W OFF 3 73MPa ON 2 9MPa 7 Pressure sensor For high pressure AAG M35FLTCTH 1 0 5 4 3V 0 3 73MPa 8 Pressure sensor For low pressure AAG C25FLTCTH 1 0 5 3 5V 0 0 98MPa 9 Fan motor STF 340A1000 1 DC280V 1kW 10 Case heater For comp AC240V 29W 11 Case heater For accum AC240V 55W 12 Fusible plug 73 O OJOO O 47 2 2 Outdoor Unit 60Hz model MMY MAP 4HT7 P 2 ze up Model Specification lt lt lt lt lt gt gt gt gt gt 1 DA421A3FB 29M Output 2 3kWx2 1 Compressor DA421A3FB 29M Output 3 1KWx2 1 Compressor DA421A3FB 29M Output 4 2kWx2 1 Compressor DA421AS3FB 29M Output 3 0kWx3 1 Compressor DA421A3FB 29M Output 3 6kWx3 2 4 way valve coil STF AC208 230V 60Hz 3 Pulse motor valve coil HAM MD12T
414. r has been set up as priority indoor unit 105 z unit as indoor unit displayed on priority indoor unit No of priority indoor units VF Duplicated All stop More than one indoor unit Check displays on priority priority indoor have been set up as priority indoor unit and outdoor unit as indoor unit unit 106 106 displayed on indoor unit other than priority indoor unit Indoor Connection of Stop of There is at least one stand e Check indoor addresses unit group control corresponding alone indoor unit to which 107 cable stand unit group control cable is alone indoor connected unit Indoor Indoor group Stop of Address setting has not been Check indoor addresses unit addresses not corresponding performed for indoor units Note 108 108 unit This code is displayed when power is turned on for the first time after installation Indoor Indoor capacity Stop of Capacity setting has not been Set indoor capacity DN Log unit not set corresponding performed for indoor unit 11 unit VF Outdoor All stop Jumper wire provided on P C Check model setting of P C 110 110 z capacity not set board for servicing P C board for servicing outdoor board has not been removed P C board as required for given model AI NET Duplicated All stop There is duplication in central Check central control Indoor central control control address setting addresses L20 unit address Check n
415. r loading unloading in transportation insert the prongs of the forklift into the rectangular holes for handling as shown below When lifting up the unit insert a rope able to bear the unit s weight into the rectangular holes for handling and tie the unit from 4 sides Apply padding in positions where the rope comes into contact with the outdoor unit so that no damage is caused to the outer surface of the outdoor unit There are reinforcing plates on the side surfaces so the rope cannot be passed through GOOD NO GOOD NO GOOD Plaster d 2 22 am 42 Rectangular Plaster holes for o 2 Side handling NO GOOD Rectangular Front ud es ios for ae orcing GOOD JET Prongs of the forklift 15 Weight centre and weight Weight centre of an outdoor unit Anchor bolt position 755 A Anchor bolt position 700 Anchor bolt position Anchor bolt position 920 No Model type X mm Y mm Z mm Mass kg 242 A MAP100 500 390 645 MAP120 ee MAP140 B 605 350 700 329 MAP160 16 SELECTION OF PIPE SIZE Coupling size of brazed pipe Connected section External size Internal
416. r or the areas around these parts to be repaired immediately after the air conditioner has been shut down set the circuit breaker to the OFF position and then wait at least 10 minutes before opening the service panel If you fail to heed this warning you will run the risk of burning yourself because the fan motor reactor inverter heat sink and other parts will be very hot to the touch In addition before proceeding with the repair work wear the kind of insulated heat resistant gloves designed to protect electricians Only a qualified installer 1 or qualified service person 1 is allowed to install the air conditioner If the air conditioner is installed by an unqualified individual a fire electric shocks injury water leakage noise and or vibration may result Before starting to install the air conditioner read carefully through the Installation Manual and follow its instructions to install the air conditioner Be sure to use the company specified products for the separately purchased parts Use of non specified products may result in fire electric shock water leakage or other failure Have the installation performed by a qualified installer Use wiring that meets the specifications in the Installation Manual and the stipulations in the local regulations and laws Use of wiring which does not meet the specifications may give rise to electric shocks electrical leakage smoking and or a fire Capacity overf
417. r unit However if there is a leakage from an outdoor PMV unable to close fully close the liquid pipe service valve 4 In case of fault in compressor electrical part I F P C board or IPDU P C board From this point on keep the power supply to the failed unit off n case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part pressure sensor temperature sensor refrigerating cycle part or fan system part Disconnect the connector CNO3 for outdoor outdoor communication 8052 provided on the interface P C board Setup of failed follower outdoor unit mce E S 000 eee 4 In case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part disconnect BUS2 communication connector CNO3 on interface P C board Fully close gas pipe service valve 3 Leave service valves of liquid and balance pipes fully open if there is leakage from outdoor PMV fully close liquid pipe Selection of new header unit 5 Select a new header unit from the follower units on the basis of the following criteria f only one follower unit is connected select it as the header unit f two or more follower units are connected select the follower unit that is nearest to the failed header unit Setup of new header unit 6 Set SW13 and SW14 on the interface P C board same as the setting of failed header unit refrigerant line address setting 7 Turn on Bit 2 of SWOO9 on the interface P
418. r units when the compressor operation command is inadequate and prevent the accumulation of refrigerant in outdoor heat exchangers while cooling operation is in progress under low outside air temperature conditions is managed by the header outdoor unit 1 Control commencement conditions When cooling operation has continued for at least 2 hours When cooling operation has started compressors have just been turned on though this does not always happen depending on outside air temperature conditions 2 Control details All compressors currently in operation are operated at the minimum speed with those currently not in operation turned on Indoor units are set to the cooling oil refrigerant recovery control mode with their indoor PMVs opened to a certain degree Compressors are operated at the target speed After recovery control is performed for a specified period of time it is terminated and normal cooling operation resumes 2 Heating refrigerant oil recovery control Performed during heating this control function aims to recover any liquid refrigerant trapped inside indoor units that have been turned off It also serves the additional purposes of recovering indoor outdoor refrigerant after defrosting and recovering oil present in outdoor heat exchangers during heating overload operation This control function is managed by the header outdoor unit 1 Control commencement conditions When heating operation has started
419. r zero open short circuit Defect in IGBT built in temperature sensor Replace A3 IPDU P C board F15 F15 VF Outdoor temperature sensor wiring error TE1 TL All stop During compressor operation in HEAT mode TE1 continuously provides temperature reading higher than indicated by TL by atleast specified margin for 3 minutes or more Check installation of TE1 and TL sensors Check resistance characteristics of TE1 and TL sensors Check for outdoor P C board I F error F16 F16 VF Outdoor pressure sensor wiring error Pd Ps All stop Readings of high pressure Pd sensor and low pressure Ps sensor are switched Output voltages of both Sensors are zero Check connection of high pressure Pd sensor connector Check connection of low pressure Ps sensor connector Check for defect in pressure sensors Pd and Ps Check for error in outdoor P C board I F Check for deficiency in compressive output of compressor F22 F22 VF sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TD3 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TD3 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F F23 F23 VF Ps sensor error All stop Output voltage of Ps sensor is zero Check for connection error involving Ps sensor and Pd sensor connectors Check connection of Ps sensor connec
420. ration mode selection control in progress appears on the remote controller Indoor unit operation intervention function only supported by SMMS i 4 series The statuses of indoor units operating in a mode different from the selected operation mode can be changed by changing the status of a jumper wire 401 provided on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit Jumper wire Description of intervention All indoor units operating in a mode different from the selected operation mode prohibited mode indoor units become non priority units thermostat OFF Prohibited mode indoor units Remote controller Operation mode Operation status display J01 connected factory default COOL Fan operation at air flow rate set via remote controller operation ready HEAT Fan operation at extremely low air flow rate Fan operation at air flow rate set via remote controller as FAN normal The selected operation mode is imposed on all indoor units operating in a different mode Mode selected at P C board Remote controller operation display All modes COOL DRY HEAT and FAN available COOL Only COOL DRY FAN available 7 operation mode control HEAT Only HEAT and FAN available tumed en duringremote controller operation Normal J01 cut The optional P C board should be connected to the header outdoor unit U1 112 6 8 7 Error
421. re controlled in a group The fan and louvers of the selected indoor unit are activated The fan of the selected indoor unit is turned on 3 Push the TEMP C buttons repeatedly to select for CODE No Ede 4 Pushthe TIME buttons repeatedly to change the value indicated in the SET DATA section to that you want 5 Pushthe 5 button 6 Push the change Repeat steps 4 to 6 to change the indoor unit addresses so as to make each of them unique UNIT LOUVER button left side of the button repeatedly to select another indoor UNIT No to 7 Pushthe es button left side of the button to check the changed addresses 8 If the addresses have been changed correctly push the 7 button to finish the procedure To change all the indoor unit addresses using an arbitrary wired remote controller The method is available when the addresses have already been set automatically When communication wirings of 2 or more refrigerant lines are interconnected for central control NOTE You can change the addresses of indoor units in each refrigerant line using an arbitrary wired remote controller Enter the address check change mode and change the addresses SET ATA ES rire re 4 22 000 04 TEMP DON OFF TIMER SET FAN MODE C TIME SAVE VENT TE RESET TEST SET CL SWING FIX UNIT LOUVER 0 cL If no number appears
422. rective Directive 2006 42 EC and ensure that you understand them Some of the details provided in these instructions differ from the service manual and the instructions provided here take precedence Generic Denomination Air Conditioner Definition of Qualified Installer or Qualified Service Person The air conditioner must be installed maintained repaired and removed by a qualified installer or qualified service person When any of these jobs is to be done ask a qualified installer or qualified service person to do them for you A qualified installer or qualified service person is an agent who has the qualifications and knowledge described in the table below Qualifications and knowledge which the agent must have The qualified installer is a person who installs maintains relocates and removes the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation He or she has been trained to install maintain relocate and remove the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or alternatively he or she has been instructed in such operations by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to these operations The qualified installer who is allowed to do the electrical work involved in installation relocation and removal has the qualifications pertaining to this electrical work as stipulated by the local laws and regulations and he or she is a person who has been trai
423. rform forced cooling operation 1 When TEMPORARY button is pushed for 10 seconds or more Pi sound is heard and the Push the C2 button operation changes to a forced cooling operation Using the Select Mode button select the did oe 3 minutes a cooling operation starts COOL HEAT operating mode orced y Do not use operating mode other than Check cool alr starts blowing If the operation does COOL HEAT not start check wiring again Temperature adjustment is unavailable during 2 To stop a test operation push TEMPORARY test operation 4 Error is detected as usual button once again Approx 1 second Check wiring piping of the indoor and outdoor units in forced cooling operation When the test operation has finished push the 29 9 button to stop the operation The same display as in procedure 1 appears in the display section Push the Test button to clear the test operating mode disappears from the display section and the status returns to the normal stopped status TEMPORARY Taste E TEMP nee OFF TEN CO CO 1 2 4 r3 MODE 3 Cm ES m m UNIT FILTER RESET TEST 142 W Wireless remote controller W Wireless remote controller 4 way Cassette type Ceiling type Test run Forced cool
424. rior to executing this check function 1 Thischeckfunction does not work when a group operation by remote controller is performed and it is used over outdoor units 2 When using this check system be sure to check for each 1 line in the unit of outdoor unit If checking the multiple lines at the same time misjudgment may be caused Check procedure PowerON Be sure to turn on the power at indoor JL side before power ON of outdoor unit System capacity check Set the rotary switches SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 1 2 3 Then the system capacity is displayed on 7 segment display A Check that this display surely matches with the expected system capacity iSystem horsepower 7 segment display A B J HP Check No of outdoor units Set the rotary switches SW01 SWO02 SWO3 on the interface 7 segment display P C board of the header unit to 1 3 3 Then No of outdoor Al B units connected to the system is displayed on 7 segment I P display A Check that this display surely matches with the 1 1 expected No of outdoor units No of connected i outdoor units Check No of indoor units No of units with cooling thermo ON Set the rotary switches SW01 SWO02 SWO3 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 1 4 3 Then No of indoor units connected to the system is displayed on 7 segment display A Check that this display s
425. ription System status Error detection Check items locations remote detection condition s controller Sub code TCC LINK TCC LINK Continued Central control device is Check for defect in central central control operation unable to transmit signal control device device Check for defect in central C05 transmission control communication error line Check termination resistance setting TCC LINK Continued Central control device is Check for defect in central central control operation unable to receive signal control device device reception Check for defect in central error control communication line Check termination resistance setting Check power supply for devices at other end of central control communication line Check defect in P C boards of devices at other end of central control communication line General Blanket alarm Continued Error signal is input to control Check error input C12 purpose forgeneral operation interface for general purpose device purpose device devices VF control interface Differs according to TCC LINK Group control Continued occurs in unit e Check check code of unit nature of alarm causing follower unit operation under group control that has generated alarm P30 is displayed on central P30 control remote controller Duplicated Continued There is duplication in central Check address settings L20 displayed cen
426. rol applicable only to 14 and 16 HP outdoor units 1404 and 1604 1 When using a small capacity split type heat exchanger mainly a sub heat exchanger to a combination of a sub heat exchanger and main heat exchanger during cooling the pulse count of the PMV pulse motor valve is controlled between 45 and 500 The PMV4 opening is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the TE1 and TE2 temperature sensors 2 During heating the PMV4 may be used as a pressure relief bypass valve by opening it to a certain degree PMV 4 Opening of PMV4 Minimum Maximum turned off 74 Item Description of operation numerical data and other information Remarks 2 Outdoor fan control 1 Cooling fan control 1 Outdoor fan speed mode is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the Pd pressure sensor 2 a specified period after the start of cooling operation the header outdoor unit controls outdoor fan speed mode on the basis of measurements provided by the Pd pressure sensor Follower units on the other hand control outdoor fan speed mode on the basis of measurements provided by the TE1 temperature sensor Pd pressure 3 0 Current mode 1 Mode raised as rapidly as every second Highest mode Rm RR Current mode 1 50 seconds 2 65 2 4 Current mode 11 75 seconds Mode raised up to 13
427. rom the failed unit in accordance with 10 OUTDOOR UNIT REFRIGERANT RECOVERY METHOD pins of CN30 on I F P C board and turning off the power switch and recover refrigerant using a refrigerant recovery device 1 Turn off the power switch of the failed outdoor unit Dismantle the faulty compressor Measure the amount of oil in the faulty compressor Check the color of the oil in the faulty compressor ASTM grade Is it 4 or above Judge the condition of the oil against color samples and decide whether to replace the faulty compressor only or all compressors YES Replace both the faulty compressor and the normal compressor s Measure the amount of oil in the normal compressor s Adjust the amount of oil according to the oil quantity measurement result s Install the new compressor s 2 Perform a leakage check of the failed outdoor unit Perform vacuum drying in the failed outdoor unit Refrigerant charging NWARNING In situations such as indoor unit relocation and repairs itis not possible to recover all the refrigerant held by the System in the outdoor units It could cause a serious accident such as blow out or injury Be sure to perform refrigerant recovery using a refrigerant recovery device NWARNING When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner a welded joint take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the weld filler metal melts
428. romotive force for a DC power supply on the bypass circuit Electrical Rating 220 240 VAC 10 mA or more 1A or less 24 VAC 10 mA or more 1 A or less non conductive load Model featuring three Model featuring compressors two compressors OUTPUT1 ourPur2 OUTPUTS ourPUT ourPUT2 C2 Connection cable 2 CN514 Interface side connector green CTR1 Elapsed operation counter 1 CTR2 Elapsed operation counter 2 CTR3 Elapsed operation counter 3 K1 K2 K3 Relay L1 L2 L3 Operation indication lamp OUTPUT1 Compressor 1 in operation output terminal OUTPUT2 Compressor 2 in operation output terminal OUTPUTS Compressor 3 in operation output terminal PJ20 Optional P C board side connector PS Power supply unit TB1 Terminal block 114 6 8 9 Operating Rate Output Locally procured Header outdoor unit pA i pan i See NOTE Outdoor unit Optional PCB i 1 interface C2 A Ki OUTPUT 2 SW16 9 9 3 CN514 o 20 2 OUTPUT2 MONITOR mimm lo 4 1234 i l 5 6 i lai i uuu WING Operation At the output terminals a signal is present relay clos
429. rs stored in memory Error history can be accessed regardless of whether the air conditioner is in operation or shut down SET 1 Pushthe buttons simultaneously and hold for at least 4 seconds 2 The letters gt SERVICE CHECK light up and the check code 01 is displayed 3 When group No is selected blinking if there is an error history the UNIT No and the latest error history information are displayed alternately During this procedure the temperature setting feature is unavailable Display of Unit No Display of check cod UNIT No TEST gt nM nM Alternate blinking H To check other error history items push the button to select another check code 01 04 A 5 check check code relating to another group push ZONE and GROUP lt gt buttons to select a group No Do not push the button as it would erase the whole error history of the selected group TEST 6 To finish off the service check push the button 172 Using indoor unit indicators receiving unit light block wireless type To identify the check code check the 7 segment display on the header unit To check for check codes not displayed on the 7 segment display consult the List of Check Codes Indoor Unit in 8 2 Troubleshooting
430. s of TK5 sensor e Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F H15 H15 VF TD2 sensor miswiring incomplete insertion All stop Air discharge temperature of TD2 does not increase despite compressor 2 being in operation Check installation of TD2 sensor Check connection of TD2 sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TD2 sensor e Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F 182 Check code Location Outdoor 7 segment display inti System Error detection Main of Description heck items locations remote Treck detection P status condition s c controller Sode Sub code 01 TK1 oil circuit error VF Oil level All stop No temperature Check for disconnection of TK1 sensor 02 TK2 oil circuit error detection change is detected Check resistance characteristics of 03 TK3 oil circuit error circuit error by TK1 despite TK1 sensor 04 4 oil circuit error compressor 1 having Check for connection error involving 05 oil circuit error been started TK1 TK2 TK4 and TK5 sensors Check for faulty operation in SV3E or SV3F valve Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve Checkfor refrigerant entrapment inside compressor No temperature e Check for disconnection of TK2 sensor change is detected Check resistance
431. s pins 2 and 3 of CN500 on indoor unit main P C board with negative side probe of multimeter placed on pin 3 VOLT Ps MPa 0 00 0 02 0 00 004 0 00 0 06 0 00 008 0 00 0 10 0 00 0 12 O14 0 00 0 16 0 00 0 18 0 00 0 20 0 00 0 22 000 0 23 0 00 0 25 000 027 0 00 0 29 000 0 31 0 33 0 00 0 35 0 00 0 37 0 00 0 39 0 00 0 41 0 00 0 43 0 00 0 45 000 0 47 0 00 0 49 000 0 51 0 00 0 66 0 05 0 68 0 06 0 78 0 09 0 90 013 Ps kg cm 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 9 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 5 1 6 VOLT Ps Ps VOLT Ps Ps VOLT Ps Ps MPa kg cm MPa kg cm MPa kg cm 0 53 3 16 0 87 89 3 18 088 89 320 90 S24 0901 3 26 090 92 229 0 58 60 231 0 59 60 232 0 60 61 234 0 60 61 3 38 04 96 S44 0 96 098 346 0 97 99 248 0 65 66 348 0 97 99 252 0 66 6 7 _3 52 0 99 10 1 254 0 67 6 8 _3 54 0 99 10 256 0 67 69 2 58 0 68 69 260 0 69 70 262 0 69 71 289 078 80 079 8 0 238 VOLT 3 98 4
432. s turned on the positions of the stator and rotor are determined Check code P12 The motor turns in incremental steps 2 The fan operates in accordance with commands issued by the indoor controller Note 18 If the fan is rotating while the air conditioner is turned off due to an inflow of outside air or some other reason the indoor unit may operate without turning on the fan motor Note If fan motor lock is detected the indoor unit is turned off with an error display provided uus B Outdoor Unit Item Description of operation numerical data and other information Remarks 1 Pulse 1 PMV1 2 control PMV1 and 2 During heating PMV control motor valve 1 During air conditioner operation the pulse count of a PMV pulse motor valve is may be provided with PMV1 PMV controlled between 90 and 1000 ne pe control 2 During cooling the PMV opening is controlled on the basis of measurements minimum wi provided by the TL temperature sensor and the Pd pressure sensor under cool control 3 During heating the PMV opening is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the TS and TD temperature sensors and the PS pressure sensor super heat control 4 PMVs are fully closed when the air conditioner is in thermo OFF state or upon being turned off normally or shut down due to an abnormality 1000 550 500 90 45 Opening of PMV1 2 Minimum Maximum 2 PMV4 cont
433. scribed below After completion of the work check the settings again including the indoor unit No and group header follower designation and confirm the integrity of the refrigerating cycle by conducting a test operation etc Replacement procedure Method 1 If 15 possible to turn on the indoor unit and read the setting data from the P C board to be replaced via a wired remote controller Reading EEPROM data Procedure 1 X Replacing P C board and turning on power Procedure 2 Writing EEPROM data in new EEPROM Procedure 3 X Resetting power supply applicable to all indoor units connected to remote controller in case of group operation Me Method 2 If itis not possible to turn on the indoor unit or read the setting data from the P C board to be replaced via a wired remote controller or operate the remote controller due to the failure of its power supply circuit Replacing EEPROM 1C503 IC10 For the location of this component and the method to replace it see the EEPROM Location Diagram section The EEPROM on the P C board to be replaced needs to be removed and mounted on the service P C board isa Replacing P C board and turning on power Procedure 2 Reading EEPROM data Procedure 1 f data cannot be read go to Method 3 Replacing EEPROM 1C503 IC10 again For the location of this component and the method to replace it see the EEPROM Location Diagram section The old
434. service valve Full opening Full closure 10 minutes after system startup Liquid side service valve Full closure Liquid pipe Indoor unit High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant _____ Evaporative gas refrigerant low pressure gas Normal refrigerant line Refrigerant recovery line Note The header unit is the outdoor unit to which the indoor outdoor communication line is connected All other outdoor units are called follower units 67 The diagram shows 28 HP system 16 HP 12 HP as an example 5 Control Outline B indoor Unit Control Specifications NO Item Specification outline Remarks Upon power 1 Identification of outdoor unit supply reset When the power supply is reset the outdoor unit is identified and control is redirected according to the identification result 2 Indoor fan speed and air flow direction control availability settings 1 Settings such as indoor fan speed and air flow direction control availability are replaced on the basis of EEPROM data 3 If power supply reset is performed in the wake of a fault the check code is cle
435. size TM LL 8 SIL Unit mm Connected section External size Internal size I Min depth of Min thickness Standard outer dia insertion Oval value of coupling copper pipe Allowable difference K G 6 35 6 35 0 03 6 45 97 7 6 0 06 or less 0 50 9 52 9 52 0 03 9 62 007 8 7 0 08 or less 0 60 12 70 12 70 0 03 12 81 00 9 8 0 10 or less 0 70 15 88 15 88 0 03 16 00 24 9 8 0 13 or less 0 80 19 05 19 05 0 03 19 19 79 03 11 10 0 15 or less 0 80 22 22 22 22 0 03 22 36 009 11 10 0 16 or less 0 82 28 58 28 58 0 04 28 75 088 13 12 0 20 or less 1 00 34 92 34 90 0 04 35 11 0004 14 13 0 25 or less 1 20 38 10 38 10 0 05 38 31 3038 15 14 0 27 or less 1 26 41 28 41 28 0 05 41 50 068 15 14 0 28 or less 1 35 Screw size and tightening torque Screw size Tightening torque Nem Power supply terminal M6 2 5 to 3 0 Earth screw M8 5 5 to 6 6 Communication wire terminal M3 5 1 2 to 1 4 17 E Adding refrigerant After finishing vacuuming exchange the vacuum pump with a refrigerant canister and start additional charging of refrigerant Calculation of additional refrigerant charge amount Refrigerant charge amount at shipment from the factory does not include the refrigerant for pipes at the local site For refrigerant to be charged in pipes at the local site calculate the amount and charge it additionally NOTE If the additional re
436. sors gt Dismantle the normal compressors in the same way as the faulty compressor Note Be sure to insulate the removed compressor leads using insulation tape etc NWARNING When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner a welded joint take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the weld filler metal melts Measuring amounts of oil in normal compressors gt As was the case with the faulty compressor measure the amount of oil contained by placing each compressor on a scale Amount of oil in normal compressor B C cc Weight of compressor as it was dismantled kg D x 1042 Specific volume of oil 1042 cc kg Note kg D Weight Compressor model not include oil Please check the type name of the compressor as it was dismantled Adjusting amount of oil in new compressors gt Perform the adjustment on the basis of how much oil the faulty compressor contained A cc and how much oil the normal compressors contained B and C cc by following the steps below 1 Combined amount of oil in faulty compressor and two normal compressors cc 0 lt 3000 1 Agjust the amount of oil in the three new compressors to 1000cc each total 3000cc Lay the compressors down and draw 900 cc of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes Notes Do not draw more than 900 cc of oil from a compressor as it may cause damage fthe faulty c
437. spun 63381 10 y SHUN Joopino Jo 1equinu eui 5 sun 100pino pejoeuuoo Jo esne2 uiejs s ejueo JO eui 10805 sesseippe jojuoo eque epoo O d 100put uo omau eui 2249 212 10 JOU Sesseippe Jo11uoo 027 eureu epoo I SININS 49U10U 1I esf 10 seues ESWNS Jo HUN Joopino ue eq JOUURD seues pSIWIAS Hun 1 I SIWIAS peioeuuoo 10 seues ESWNS Jo PUN ue pue seues HUN I SININS Uv sun 100pjno 10 217 eureu Y29049 0 10 1 O d 4 1 O d 3 1 7 JO uoroeuuoo 1284107 0 99uuoo JO uornoeuuoo 1294107 Z ON snadrev eei sjepoui dH 91 20 ul dH 21 10 01 B Z pue ON Snadrev OML esuodse1 jou op snadi
438. st run or troubleshooting through the checking window on the electric parts box put on insulated gloves to provide protection from electric shock Otherwise you may receive an electric shock Do not touch the aluminum fin of the outdoor unit You may injure yourself if you do so If the fin must be touched for some reason first put on protective gloves and safety work clothing and then proceed Do not climb onto or place objects on top of the outdoor unit You may fall or the objects may fall off of the outdoor unit and result in injury When transporting the air conditioner wear shoes with additional protective toe caps When transporting the air conditioner do not take hold of the bands around the packing carton You may injure yourself if the bands should break Be sure that a heavy unit 10 kg or heavier such as a compressor is carried by two persons This air conditioner has passed the pressure test as specified in IEC 60335 2 40 Annex EE Check earth wires Before troubleshooting or repair work check the earth wire is connected to the earth terminals of the main unit otherwise an electric shock is caused when a leak occurs If the earth wire is not correctly connected contact an electric engineer for rework After completing the repair or relocation work check that the ground wires are connected properly Be sure to connect earth wire Grounding work Incomplete grounding causes an electric sh
439. stem by using Switches on the interface board of the header unit Operation procedure Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side PowerON g before power ON of outdoor unit an error is already displayed with SW01 SW02 SW03 being 1 1 1 return the status to normal one according to troubleshooting and then execute a test operation Set up the operation mode of the remote controller The unit which is not given with priority by heating If it is not set up the operation continues with the current mode priority control cooling priority control and selection FAN COOL HEAT of cooling or heating mode is not operated In this case Cb operation ready or e operation y mode controlled is displayed on the remote controller Set SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 2 7 1 C H is displayed on 7 segment display A V Press SW04 on the same board for 2 seconds ormore r Start The indoor unit to be started operates r Operation check If the discharge temperature does not change though COOL or HEAT has been set up from the remote controller misconnection is considered Press the push switch SWO5 on the interface P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more Stop After test operation return the rotary switches SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board of the header unit to
440. sub exchangers in cooling operation 2 Preventive function for high pressure rising in heating operation 1 Prevention for rapid decreasing of Decreases oil flowing to the cycle Oil separator 2 Reserve function of surplus oil TD1 TD1 Connector CN502 White TD2 Connector CN503 Pink TD3 Connector CN504 Blue TD2 1 Protection of compressor discharge temp TD3 2 Used for discharge temperature release TS1 Connector CN505 White 1 Controls PMV super heat in heating operation Connector CN520 Green TE1 1 Controls defrost in heating operation 2 Controls outdoor fan in heating operation Temp Sensor TE2 Connector CN521 Red 1 Controls exchange function between main and sub exchangers TK1 TK2 TK1 Connector CN531 Black TK2 Connector CN532 Green TK3 Connector CN533 Red TK4 Connector CN534 Yellow TK3 TK4 TK5 Connector CN535 Red TK5 1 Judges oil level of the compressor TL Connector CN523 White 1 Detects under cool in cooling operation TO Connector CN507 Yellow 1 Detects outside temperature Pressure sensor High pressure sensor Connector CN501 Red 1 Detects high pressure and controls compressor capacity 2 Detects high pressure in cooling operation and controls the fan in low ambient cooling operation 3 Detects under cool in indoor unit in heating operation Low pressure Connector CN500 White 1 Detects low pressure in cooling operation and controls compressor capacity
441. sul 1 G iu Aejas 200AH V 4 1 de 3 100AH M AERE QM NI bog 08 Josues mig i purwo Pour eseud 595 1 jonuoojenueo i o IS Josues VL uL i r Xexe i Ni jddns 4JOJOW wi di 7 HL Joyoedeo HM 000000 Jojow ue4 Ws 10 dope sued bis 000000 0291 00 poq Joydepe X10M9N XO ve m yeg ZN w w w a iaa c Joopu AZSA UN g n rug EIE LOVI OOW 0 ma r3 mass zono Ye 0 pote eeenepeeenee 1 Quee yun Jojejes 4 uondo enup ues CYA yo Od qns IHM agy IHM IHM 3A IHM IAM IHM 090NO cEONO L90NO SZONO 70 0 0 0 0 ey ona Po B 80 0 Dod A ddns 990NO 070 9 p N S 16 ES 220 oo
442. t MMY MAP1204 PMV1 TE1 PMV4 TE2 4 Way valve 4 Way valve Pressure sensor Pd 1 high pressure Y 1 Pressure sensor Pressure sensor low pressure high pressure 5 Pressure sensor low pressure i i i i MEE sv3D 35 Poi 5 EE m svat 5 5 42 i i i c Accumulator 9 se t8 a i TD2 A mE A 29 Liquid tank HPS HPS Rebum lator iquid tanl 43 i SV3C HPS 1 722 ups IG lompressor compressor TK4 1 m Vompressor compressor 1 2 Vompresso 3 TK1 SV3E i i i SV3A Balance pipe ir Liquid pipe Gas pipe Gas pipe gt Liquid pipe i TOi 11 i 10 lA jp LL Indoor unit High pressure gas condensate liquid refrigerant Note With a 14 or 16 HP outdoor
443. t in outdoor fan Check for defect in outdoor fan motor Check outdoor PMVs PMV1 2 for clogging Check indoor outdoor heat exchangers for clogging Check for short circuiting of outdoor suction discharge air flows Check SV2 circuit for clogging Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F Check for error in indoor fan system possible cause of air flow reduction Check opening status of indoor PMV Check indoor outdoor communication line for wiring error Check for faulty operation of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section Check gas balancing SV4 valve circuit Check SV5 valve circuit Check for refrigerant overcharging POS 5 00 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side 03 Compressor 3 side VF Detection of open phase phase sequence Inverter DC voltage Vdc error compressor MG CTT error All stop Open phase is detected when power is turned on Inverter DC voltage is too high overvoltage or too low undervoltage Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F P07 P07 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side 03 Compressor 3 side IPDU VF Heat sink overheating error All stop Temperature sensor built into IGBT TH is overheated Check power supply voltage Check outdoor fan system error Check heat sink cooling duct for clogging Check IGBT and heat sink for thermal performance for faulty installation
444. tart Stop ON OFF Indoor Unit from Outdoor Unit in 7 7 Service Support Function Note The test operation returns to normal operating mode after 60 minutes 143 2 Test operation START Test tion f ind COMM m Refer to Test operation procedure of the indoor remote controller The operation does not start for approximately 3 minutes after powering on or stopping operation Operation starts Note After powering on it may require up to 10 minutes to start the operation due to the initial communications of the system NO Check the operating status of the Is cold air or hot air discharged compressor YES Test operation for every indoor unit in turn NO Is air circulation sufficient Check the direction of the louver YES Execute a test operation using Start Stop Function of the Indoor Operate all the indoor units at once Unit from Outdoor Unit in the Service Support Function section Note 1 Is there adequate temperature difference NO between suction and discharge YES Check power voltage of Is the operating voltage correct NO the main power supply 220 240 V 10 Check the cable size of YES the power supply Note 2 Is the operating current normal NO Check the temperature load of the indoor outdoor units YES Check the pipe length and refrigerant Note 3 amount Check the operating Hz of
445. tection HO7 Refrigerant entrapment Compressor breakdown 01 Compressor error lockup H02 XX Check valve in oil equalization circuit Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Excessive amount of oil D Leaking side Insufficient amount of oil Normal side SV3A valve E Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Oil level low SV3C valve Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Oil level low Note XX represents sub code 230 Left side Heat exchanger SV5 A is S PMV2 9 69 Fusible plug 4 High pressure sensor Li Reducer 4 way valve Check valve High pressure SW Liquid side Gas side Balance pipe packed valve service valve packed valve 231 List of Check Codes Generated upon Occurrence of Leakage Clogging in Outdoor Cycle or Oil Circuit Part MMY MAP1404 1604 Clogging Part Site of fault see next page Unit generating check code Detected fault and check code Symptom Outdoor PMV1 2 4 Corresponding unit Activation of high pressure protection P20 Rise of pressure Activation of low pressure protection HO6 Fall of pressure Discharge temp error TD1 Rise of
446. ter 53 2 7 Outdoor Inverter Print Circuit Board 55 2 7 1 Interface P C board 1606 55 2 7 2 Inverter P C board for compressor MCC 1596 A3 IPDU 56 2 7 3 Inverter P C board for fan 1610 57 3 Refrigerant Piping Systematic 58 4 Combined Refrigerant Piping System Schematic Diagrams 62 4 1 Normal Operation COOL Mode DEFROST Mode High Outside Air Temperature Roughly 20 C or Above 62 4 2 Normal Operation COOL Mode Low Outside Air Temperature Roughly Below 20 63 4 3 Normal Operation HEAT 64 4 4 Emergency Operation Cooling Operation under Header Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario 65 4 5 Emergency Operation Heating Operation under Header Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario 66 4 6 Refrigerant Recovery from Failed Outdoor Unit Pump Down Operation under Follower Outdoor Unit Backup 67 em 5 Gontrol Outline eevee acetate ees Mna a 68 6 Applied Control and Functions including Circuit Configuration 83 6 1 Indoor C
447. ther connected unit Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Oil level low SV3B valve Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Oil level low SV3C valve G Other connected unit Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Oil level low SV3D valve Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Oil level low SV3D valve circuit capillary H Strainer SV3E valve Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H16 05 Oil circuit error Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Oil level low Oil level low Oil return distributor Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Oil level low SV3C bypass capillary K Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H16 04 Oil circuit error Leakage Site of fault Unit generating Part see next page check code Detected fault and check code Symptom Outdoor PMV1 2 Corresponding unit Outdoor liquid backflow error P13 Refrigerant entrapment Oil level low detection and protection 7 A Other connected unit Discharge temp error TD1 Rise of discharge temp Discharge temp error TD2 P17 compressor 1 Rise of discharge temp compressor 2 Check valve in discharge pipe Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Refrigerant entrapment convergent section B Compressor breakdown H01 XX Compressor error lockup H02 XX Check valve in discharge pipe Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and pro
448. tion control which is part of heating An outdoor fan would not start or would change speed for no reason Could it just be cooling operation under low outside temperature conditions Could it just be defrosting operation An indoor fan would not stop Could it just be the elimination of residual heat being performed as part of the air conditioner shutdown process after heating operation The air conditioner would not respond to a start stop command from a remote controller Could it just be the air conditioner operation under external or remote control 2 Troubleshooting procedure When a fault occurs proceed with troubleshooting in accordance with the procedure shown below NOTE E28 error Investigate check code displayed on interface P C board of header unit Investigate check code displayed on interface P C board of relevant follower unit Check fault site or faulty part Any other fault Rather than a genuine fault see the List of Check Codes below the problem could have been caused by a microprocessor malfunction attributable to a poor quality of the power source or an external noise Check for possible noise sources and shield the remote controller wiring and signal wires as necessary 164 8 2 Troubleshooting Method The remote controllers main remote controller and central control remote controller and the interface P C board of an outdoor unit are provide
449. tion returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes 149 2 Heating test operation function This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indoor units connected to the same system for the heating test operation mode by using switches on the interface board of the header unit Operation procedure sure to turn on power the indoor side i before power ON of outdoor unit Set SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 2 6 1 H is displayed on 7 segment display A y Press SWO04 on the same board for 2 seconds Start Test run is displayed on the remote controller of the indoor unit to be operated Check that H A B is displayed on 7 segment display B on the Operation check interface P C board of the header unit y Return SW01 SW02 SWO03 on the interface P C board of the header nitttoHAH RRR Stop End or press the push switch SWO5 for 2 seconds or more 7 segment display A 7 segment display B NOTE test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes 150 3 Batch start stop ON OFF function This function is provided to start stop collectively all the indoor units connected to the same sy
450. tor Check for defect in Ps sensor Check for deficiency in compressive output of compressor Check for defect in 4 way valve Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F Check for defect in SV4 circuit F24 F24 VF Pd sensor error All stop Output voltage of Pd sensor is zero sensor open circuited Pd 4 15MPa despite compressor having been turned off Check connection of Pd sensor connector Check for defect in Pd sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F 180 Check code Main remote controller Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition s Check items locations F29 Indoor unit Other indoor error Stop of corresponding unit Indoor P C board does not operate normally Check for defect in indoor P C board faulty EEPROM F31 F31 VF Outdoor EEPROM error All stop 1 Outdoor P C board does not operate normally Check power supply voltage Check power supply noise Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F H01 H01 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side 03 Compressor 3 side IPDU Compressor breakdown All stop Inverter current detection circuit detects overcurrent and shuts system down Check power supply voltage AC380 415V x 10 Check for defect
451. tral control operation control addresses address 190 V Points to Note When Servicing Compressor 1 When checking the outputs of inverters remove the wiring from all the compressors How to Check Inverter Output 1 Turn off the power supply 2 Remove compressor leads from the IPDU P C board A3 IPDU Be sure to remove all the leads 3 Turn on the power supply and start cooling or heating operation Be careful not to make simultaneous contact with two or more faston connectors for compressor leads or a faston connector and some other object e g the unit cabinet 4 Check the output voltage across each pair of inverter side CN703 704 705 If the result is unsatisfactory according to the judgment criteria given in the table below replace the IPDU P C board No Measured leads Criterion 1 Red White 380 580V 2 White Black 380 580V Black Red 380 580V When connecting the compressor leads back to the compressor terminals after checking the output check the faston connectors thoroughly to ensure that they are not crooked If there is any loose connector tighten it with a pair of pliers etc before connecting the lead How to Check Resistance of Compressor Winding 1 Turn off the power supply 2 Remove compressor leads from the compressors 3 With each compressor check the phase to phase winding resistances and winding to outdoor cabinet resistance using a multimeter
452. transfer efficiency and cause a breakdown Remove the PCB C701 08510 Heat Sink Q590 Sub Heat Sink DB509 6 Align the PCB mount holes on the PCB with the PCB mounts and fix the FAN IPDU to the outdoor control unit by clipping the PCB into the PCB mounts 3 7 Screw the FAN IPDU to the heat sink by the five screws that were removed in step 3 If the screws are loose the effected component will generate heat and cause in to breakdown Do not use an electric driver or an air driver as it can cause component damage The torque of 5 screws C701 DB509 DB510 Q590 is 0 55Nm 8 Re connect the connectors and fast on terminals T Be sure that all the connectors and the fast on terminals are connected correctly and securely inserted 9 If the components on the PCB were bent during this procedure straighten them so they do not to touch other parts 10 Install the cover then turn on the supply Check the operation 286 13 2 6 Noise Filter P C Board MCC 1608 A B Replacement Procedure 1 Preparation model selection All P C boards of this type leave the factory with default settings that are common to all applicable models When replacing a P C board assembly on site follow the procedure described below 2 Replacement steps 1 Turn off the power to the outdoor unit 2 Remove the terminal block sub assembly 1 Remove the screws on the power supply terminal block 4 and the scr
453. tric shock or injury may be caused For a check turn off the power breaker After repair work installation of front panel and cabinet has finished execute a test run to check there is no generation of smoke or abnormal sound If check is not executed a fire or an electric shock is caused Before test run install the front panel and cabinet Be sure to fix the screws back which have been removed for installation or other purposes 9 Do not operate the unit with the valve closed Check the following matters before a test run after repairing piping e Connect the pipes surely and there is no leak of refrigerant e The valve is opened Running the compressor under condition that the valve closes causes an abnormal high pressure resulted in damage of the parts of the compressor and etc and moreover if there is leak of refrigerant at connecting section of pipes the air is sucked and causes further abnormal high pressure resulted in burst or injury Check after reinstallation Only a qualified installer 1 or qualified service person 1 is allowed to relocate the air conditioner It is dangerous for the air conditioner to be relocated by an unqualified individual since a fire electric shocks injury water leakage noise and or vibration may result Check the following items after reinstallation 1 The earth wire is correctly connected 2 The power cord is not caught in the product 3 There is no inclin
454. tting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 to 04 Indicates which compressor is ON Any unconnected compressors is represented by When compressor No 1 is ON 100 When compressor No 2 is ON 010 When compressor No 3 is ON 001 Fan operation mode U SWOS setting 1 Outdoor unit No U2 to U4 At rest F 0 In mode 63 F 6 3 Release signal U SWOS setting 1 Outdoor unit No U2 to 04 Normal Upon receiving release signal 1 Oil level judgment U SWOS setting 1 Outdoor unit No U2 to 04 Normal Low level L Compressor 1 operating current U SWOS setting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 to 04 is value of operating current in decimal format Compressor 2 operating current U SWOS setting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 to U4 is value of operating current in decimal format 10 Compressor 3 operating current U SWOS setting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 to 04 is value of operating current in decimal format 11 Fan operating current U SWOS setting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 to 04 w gt gt gt is value of operating current in decimal format Note Follower unit is selecte
455. ty DN code 11 Value Capacity 0000 Invalid 0001 007 type 0003 009 type 0005 012 type 0007 015 type 0009 018 type 0011 024 type 0012 027 type 0013 030 type 0015 036 type 0017 048 type 0018 056 type 0021 072 type 0023 096 type 1 Default value stored in EEPROM mounted on service P C board 100 6 6 Applied Control of Indoor Unit Control system using remote control interface TCB IFCB 4E2 Wiring and setting n the case of group control the control system functions as long as it is connected to one of the indoor units control P C board in the group If itis desired to access the operation and error statuses of other units relevant signals must be brought to it from those units individually Control items 1 Start Stop input signal Start stop of unit 2 In operation signal Output present while unit in normal operation 3 Error signal Output present while alarm e g serial communication error or operation of protective device for indoor outdoor unit being activated Wiring diagram of control system using remote control interface TCB IFCB 4E2 Input IFCB 4E2 No voltage ON OFF serial signal Output No voltage contact in operation and error indication Contact capacity Max AC 240V 0 5A Indoor control P C board ON side Start signal input OFF side Stop signal input COM In operation signal output Error signal out
456. ued peuuojep edid Ney p1eoq O d 4 100pino Y98949 ewou 100pul S UO 51 1109 10 uonoeuuoo 20 090002 ane O d 1 Y09949 sued Buum 1991405 PAS ZAS 1984107 Josues eunssaid wo eBueuox3 S uedo es 72 uonoeuuoo 203090000 Ue sway Buwolloj lewon Wd 100pino 5 yeay 100pino jo S ui jpeuuou ue 1 s peuuojep edid 10 10 juereDujeu jeuuou Wd 100put 51 10 Je jo SOA S Zuosees ur ejejedo Ajpeuuou Joopui seoq v uoseas Buneeu ul v uosees Butooo ul un 1 jo uorounj uonoeuuoo 10 9euuoo pue e yun Joopul Aue s
457. umber of the switches SW02 and SWO3 7 segment display B and the fan mode are changed Mode output pattern of the fan is as follows SWO02 03 7 segment display B Fan mode SWO02 03 7 segment display B Fan mode 1 63 63 1 31 31 2 62 62 2 30 30 3 61 61 3 29 29 4 60 60 4 28 28 5 59 59 5 27 27 6 58 58 6 26 26 7 57 57 7 25 25 8 56 56 8 8 24 24 9 55 55 9 23 23 10 54 54 10 22 22 11 53 53 11 21 21 12 52 52 12 20 20 13 51 51 13 19 19 14 50 50 14 18 18 15 49 49 15 17 17 16 48 48 16 16 16 1 47 47 1 15 15 2 46 46 2 14 14 3 45 45 3 13 13 4 44 44 4 12 12 5 43 43 5 11 11 6 42 42 6 10 10 7 41 41 7 9 9 8 40 40 8 8 8 9 39 39 9 7 7 10 38 38 10 6 6 11 37 37 11 5 5 12 36 36 12 4 4 13 35 35 13 3 3 14 34 34 14 2 2 15 33 33 15 1 1 16 32 32 16 0 0 Clear This function is cleared by one of the following operations 1 When SWO 1 setting number was changed to other number 2 Press switch SWO05 was pressed for 2 seconds or more 158
458. unit the main heat exchanger and sub heat exchanger be switched over depending on the outside temperature and es Evaporative gas refrigerant low pressure gas air conditioning loads lt Normal refrigerant line Note The header unit is the outdoor unit to which the indoor outdoor communication line is connected All other outdoor units are called follower units The diagram shows a 28 HP system 16 HP 12 HP as an example 63 4 3 Normal Operation HEAT Mode Header unit MMY MAP1604 Follower unit MMY MAP1204 PMV1 TEA PMV4 TE2 4 Way valve 4 Way valve Y Pressure sensor TS1 high pressure Y T81 Pressure sensor Pressure sensor low pressure high pressure 5 Press re sensor low pressure i E ox SV3D s n HE 5 od m amp svat 5 42 i i i 4 4 Accumulator H SV SV42 S H H TD1 H TD2 HPS m Accumulator SV3C IG press ITK4 compressor 2 Liquid tank Liquid tank 4 SV3C v43 i TOI HPS TD2 TK4 1 ompressor compressor 1 2 Vompresso TK1 SV3E TKS i i i i
459. units Line address 5 Are addresses in the line address SW13 SW14 not duplicated in each refrigerant line NOTE The figure above does not show all the electric wires For details refer to the installation manuals for the outdoor unit indoor unit remote controller or optional devices 136 7 5 Troubleshooting Test Operation If there are phenomena such as the output of a check code or the remote controller is not accepted when powered on after wiring work or during address setup operation the following causes are considered 7 5 1 A Check Code is Displayed on the Remote Controller Check the code Header displayed on the unit 7 indoor remote segment Cause Countermeasures controller display When outdoor power is off Check that the header outdoor unit power is on Address setup error Set up the address again Only line addresses of the connected indoor units are undefined The outdoor line address and the line addresses 108 of all the indoor units do not match The indoor addresses are duplicated Units except those displaying E04 are duplicated A header unit is not set up in group control except groups displaying E04 E08 lt gt Duplication of indoor addresses address number in Set up the address again Alternate the subcode of the check code are duplicated blinking 04 There is no outdoor terminal resist
460. ure sensor Ps is zero Output voltage of high pressure sensor Pd is zero F24 F24 2 pressure sensor or provides abnormal readings when compressors have been turned off Outdoor EEPROM is faulty alarm and shutdown F31 F31 SIM Outdoor EEPROM error forheader unit and continued operation for follower unit Outdoor discharge Wiring installation error or detachment of outdoor H05 H05 temperature sensor TD1 discharge temperature sensor TD1 has been wiring error detected Activation of low pressure Low pressure Ps sensor detects abnormally low H06 e e protection operating pressure _ j Temperature sensor for oil level detection TK1 5 Hur Hoy e e oval protaouon detects abnormally low oil level 01 TK1 sensor error 02 TK2 sensor error Error in temperature 8 03 sensor error e e sensor for oil level du 04 sensor error detection TK1 5 05 5 sensor error Outdoor discharge Wiring installation error or detachment of outdoor H15 15 e temperature sensor TD2 discharge temperature sensor TD2 has been wiring error detected 01 TK1 oil circuit error 02 TK2 oil circuit error Oil level detection circuit No temperature change is detected by H16 03 TKS oil circuit error H16 e error temperature sensor for oil level detection TK1 5 04 oil circuit error despite compressor having been started
461. ure to disconnect the relay connectors between the U1U2 and U3U4 terminals on all the header outdoor units that will be connected to the central control Factory default disconnected o O k Ele TO TO TO CENTRAL r CONTROL OUTDOOR LER UNIT Turn on indoor units first and then turn on outdoor units About 1 minute after turning the power on confirm that the 7 segment display on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit indicates U 1 L08 1 flash Press SW 15 to start the automatic address setting It may take up to 10 minutes normally about 5 minutes to complete one line s setting The 7 segment display indicates Auto 1 Auto 2 gt Auto 3 After the indication U 1 U 1 flash starts flashing on the display When the flashing stops and 1 0 1 light remains lit on the display the setting is complete Repeat steps 4 to 6 for other refrigerant lines After completing address setting of all systems turn off dip switch 2 of SW30 on the interface P C boards of all the header outdoor units connected to the same central control except the unit that has the lowest address For unifying the termination of the wiring for the central control of indoor and outdoor units Connect the relay connectors between the U1 U2 and U3 U4 terminals of the header outdoor unit of each refrig
462. urely matches with the expected No of indoor units Check No of indoor units No of units with heating thermo ON Set the rotary switches SW01 SWO02 SWO3 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 1 5 3 Then No of indoor units connected to the system is displayed on 7 segment display A Check that this display surely matches with the expected No of indoor units 7 segment display A B 1 of of units connected with cooling outdoor thermo ON units 7 segment display A B H of No of units connected with heating outdoor thermo ON units Check incorrect wiring 7 segment display According to the indoor temperature select one of the SWO 2 to SWO2 to 2 1 A B following items for setup of the rotary switches on the B de Heating Cooling interface P C board of the header unit Cooling J C Cooling SW01 SW02 SW03 to 2 1 1 Heating J H Indoor temperature Heating SW01 SW02 SW03 to 2 2 1 10 10 43 5 Outdoor temperature 146 A Operation start 7 segment display Press the push switch SW04 on the interface P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more The B operation starts Cooling C CC Operation Check that 7 segment display B shows CC for Heating HH cooling and HH for heating Confirmatio
463. ving of brazed point on left side of strainer 1 location 4 way valve proper h pi Removing of brazed point at back of PMV 1 location PMV assembly Removing of brazed point for pipe located below 4 way valve 1 location Before Removal of PMV Assembly After Removal of PMV Assembly 274 13 BOARD EXCHANGE PROCEDURES B indoor Unit 13 1 Replacement of Indoor P C Boards Part code Model type P C board type 431 6V 379 MMU AP 2H series MCC 1570 MMU AP 2WH series MMU AP 1MH series 431 6V 437 MMU AP 2SH series MCC 1402 1 series MMD AP 1SPH SH series 431 6V 325 MMD AP 1BH series MCC 1402 MMU AP 1WH series MMU AP 1 YH series MMD AP 1H series 431 6V 326 1 series MCC 1403 MML AP 1H series MML AP 1BH series 431 6V 343 MMD AP 1HFE series MCC 1403 Points to Note When Replacing Indoor P C Board Assembly The electrically erasable programmable read only memory hereinafter EEPROM IC10 mounted on an indoor P C board holds important setting data including the type and capacity codes intrinsic to the model set at the factory as well as the line indoor group addresses high ceiling adjustment setting and the like during installation either automatically or manually Proceed with the replacement of an indoor P C board assembly in accordance with the procedure de

SERVICE MANUAL

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents